Time-Loop Chronicles

The Day the Earth Fell Backwards

Title: The Time-Loop Chronicles –

The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Paperback: 318 pages
Language: English
ISBN-10: 978-1548297091
ISBN-13: 10:1548297097
1st edition Large Print April 2017
Product Dimensions: 8.5 x 11 inches
Publisher: Create Space
Author: John V. Panella

Page | 1
 Time-Loop Chronicles
About Author

John V. Panella has been writing off and on for decades. Back in the early
70’s he dabbled in writing scripts for television shows and movies for personal
enjoyment.

It was then in the 80’s he began to get serious and started writing about
potential errors in our historical archives and records.

This led him into a series of writings and his first book dealing with
codes, prophecies, history, religion and spiritual belief paradigms.

For the last 25-years, he has spent a lot of his time sharing his
discoveries, writing hundreds of articles, magazines, along with many books.

Then one day he decided why not go back to his past and leave the non-
fiction genre behind for a while and get back to his first love, Science Fiction
and Time Travel.

Instead of trying to fit all the pieces of our past, why not change a few of
them with scenarios that make you wonder, what if this happened, or that
happened, and what if what we have been told is simply not true?

After spending so much dedicated time trying to make sure everything

he had written was accurate, he decided, why not throw it all up in the air,
and let the chips fall where they may.

What if our history was wrong, who would know? Was any of us
personally aware to prove it one way or the other? Is there a possibility of a
totally different history than we have been told?

What if our accepted sacred stories and heroes were not what we had
believed, but were somehow different? What if the times of these stories
were not thousands of years ago, but mere hundreds?

Page | 2
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
What if time travel was possible, and we could use it at will to learn a
much different past? What if ancient stories of ancient Indian tribes
disappearing had a totally different story behind them than what we have
been taught?

What if things today that we take for granted is a controlled deception?

What if the world is a virtual play station and none of it is real?

What if space, along with our sun, moon and stars are not what we have
believed, but in truth it is nothing but a big interactive movie screen, with a
few exceptions?

From strange stories to historical conundrums, this author has decided

to tackle all of them in this fascinating science fiction tale, “The Time-Loop
Chronicles – The Day the Earth fell backwards.”

Nothing is sacred, nothing is tangible, the table has been overturned,

and now wherever this story leads us we may wander within a pseudo-reality.

Not even the story behind this book fits according to everyday logic. The
twists and turns will leave you scratching your head as to what happened,
how did it happen, and when did it happen?

And yet when it is all over you will be asking yourself, could this possibly
be true? Well, maybe not, that will be for you to decide.

One thing is for sure, it will stoke the fires of your imagination, and leave
you with more questions rather than accepting antiquities sacred answers.

Page | 3
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Preface

This adventure begins with the protagonist walking down a path early
one morning and he discovers a strange anomaly. It is a cave inside a red rock
mesa in Southern Utah.

He stumbles upon a door that leads into the past, to another world,
maybe even another dimension.

Yet, was any of it real, or was it a dream? The central character meets an
ancient courier bringing with them information that could rattle the
consciousness of all of humanity.

The protagonist carefully does as he was instructed only to find out the
world is not what anyone would have believed. Now struggling with his own
false paradigm, he goes on a mission to uncover the mysteries of reality only
to get lost in the illusion of time.

As the story moves forward, all the information that was gathered is
now gone, it slips the mind leaving a nagging imprinted memory with no
plausible proof.

The journey is all but convoluted from the moment it begins to its
amazing end.

Imagine a world that is stuck in a time-loop due to an inherent error of

the Earth’s rotation, and after an exact set of years the entire world reverts to
a specific date in history, and starts all over again, proving nothing is new
under the sun.

Thus, revealing even deeper insight that this is a never-ending story that
everyone has experienced repeatedly, even though few ever awaken to this
beguiling repetition, that one may even call hell. A seemingly eternal existence
in the dream world of the mind.

Page | 4
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Imagine figuring out the key to crack the code to this amazing journey
that will free you from its tight grip.

This story is going to take you on a very curvy path, leading you step by
step into ideas, theories, worlds and counter worlds that will seem wholly
false, and yet…

Deep down within the depth of your mind, no matter how crazy and off
the wall it all seems on the surface, there will still be a ring of truth in it. Your
adventure begins now!

Page | 5
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Table of Contents
The Journey Begins
Time-Loop Chronicles 1
About Author 2
Preface 4
Table of Contents 6
(1) My Encounter 7
(2) The Doorway to the Past 13
(3) The Two Worlds 19
(4) Historical Enigma 24
(5) Old Script New Information 32
(6) The World Order 40
(7) The Generation that lost it all 58
(8) The Mystery of Time 74
(9) The Great Culling 83
(10) The Three Races of People 91
(11) The Kingdom on Earth 107
(12) The 360˚ Cycle 108
(13) The Lost Dark Ages 115
(14) The Awakening of the Soul 122
(15) Multi-dimensional Awareness 126
(16) Back to the Future 135
(17) Government Interference 146
(18) The Moon from another time 167
(19) The Holographic Sun Projector 190
(20) Vortex doorway 207
(21) Past Lives 220
(22) Antarctic-Arctic controls 250
(23) The Illusory world 266
(24) Returning from Somewhere 270
(25) Beyond the Dream Gate 271
(26) The Very First Day 287
(27) The Reckoning 290
(28) End of the Age 295
(29) The Awakening 300
DISCLAIMER 318

Page | 6
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(1) My Encounter

“That which has been is that which will be, and that which has been done
is that which will be done. So, there is nothing new under the sun. Is there
anything of which one might say, “See this, it is new”? Already it has
existed for ages which were before us.…” Ecclesiastes 1/9-11

T HE H IKE - M YSTERY OF THE R UINS

My story begins, it is June 12th, 1984 we are having a normally warm

beginning to our summer.

What I am writing in this notepad is going to seem unbelievable. If these

events did not happen to me, I would deem it, ‘lunacy’ of the mind. I can't
even begin to comprehend how all of this could took place, but what I am
about to reveal will change every paradigm that you ever believed in.

I realize that most people will not give this a second thought that it will
seem farfetched and it will become impossible to ever conceive of. Yet what I
am about to disclose was revealed to me on a hike in the Red Rock Mesas of
Southern Utah.

All I ask of you is to read my story and try to comprehend what it was
that I was revealed. Realizing that something of this magnitude is too massive
to be an invention of the mind; or is it?

According to what I discovered, if we do not take heed to this warning,

then we are all about to see unexplainable massive events occur that will send
humanity into another time and place.

I am not talking about terrible cataclysmic events Per Se, although these
will indeed occur. I am talking about a shift in our entire consciousness, which
will further the amnesia in everyone whom are going to be transported to the
other side of time.

Page | 7
 Time-Loop Chronicles
My incredible journey begins and yet as you will discover, it is not the
beginning, and in fact this journey may have played out for everyone
cyclically.

The trail was very hot today, it feels like 100˚ in the sun, but that can be
normal this time of the year, and the wind has slowed to a breath. I had just
wandered into a lost Anasazi ancient burial ground.

Some of the artifacts there I’m told are 900 years old. It is amazing how
some of their clay mixed fortresses and cave walls are still apparent after all
this time. However, the mystery of these people has long been forgotten.

No more than an hour away, is a small thriving modern-day town where

I live, and yet these ancient elements buried beneath our feet seem to leap to
the surface and scream out their stories in the hope that someone would
remember their flight and fight of endurance.

History seems so different upfront and personal. All the lore and myth
begins to wear away as we peer into the past gaining a new perspective of
what seems somewhat unmistakable. And as it touches the depth of our own
memories, it reveals the possibility that we all might have walked this same
path and endured its adversity.

I decided to sit down and take a swig of water out of my canteen, which
is now three-quarters empty. I can't take too many chances out here. I know
the terrain can be confusing and even to the avid experienced trekker, one
could get lost and vanish in time.

I had hiked about ten minutes from the last dig, which was somewhat
unknown. Most of us do not like speaking of where we discover these ancient
relics.

We simply do not want the masses of tourism to distort or destroy these

ancient marvels. We often keep our discoveries to ourselves making sure few
tread upon these lost ruins.
Page | 8
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
At this point I decided about turning around and heading back before it
gets too late. Once the sun goes down chances of ever getting out of here are
slim and none, and would force one to bed down for the evening, under the
stars, along with the critters and creepy crawlers.

I had noticed a small stream a little way up, I could hear the flowing
water. I meandered my way slowly over to the rushing bounty. I could sense
the coolness of the stream when I decided to reconcile this heat by pouring
some of its exquisite H2O over my head.

As I walked near the water I took a casual glance looking over to the
southwest, peering through the trees. I realized the sun was noticeably getting
lower in the sky.

I could see a small red rock mesa protruding from the ground like a sore
thumb blended into the surrounding trees, its height was about thirty feet tall
with a flat ridge on top.

And near the northeast side I noticed what appeared to be a strange

curvature on the side of the wall that was somewhat hidden by trees and
branches, it appeared to be a door or an entranceway of some type.

I was deeply intrigued by the appearance of this rock face, as it seemed

quite odd to me. It was as if the rock had patterns designed into the surface,
and it did not look natural.

That alone had me thinking, who could possibly have designed this
pattern out here. It was a small rounded shaped pattern about four-feet high
made of what appeared to be laser cut rock, and it was no more than three-
feet wide; appearing as an entryway.

It was heavily crafted, meaning the entrance looked as if it had some

sort of artistry with designs and etchings engraved into the curvature of the
stone surrounding. It appeared alien-like.

Page | 9
 Time-Loop Chronicles
This was obviously not the work of some caveman, this appeared as a
technologically advanced imprinted rock sculpture, but gave off the
appearance of being very old.

It didn’t make any sense why someone would be out here fastening a
doorway into the walls of this mesa. It was an obvious enigma. And as you see
above, I tried to copy the strange writing into my notepad.

I stared at the writing to try to ascertain some meaning. But no matter

how long I tried, none of it made any sense. Some of the symbols looked
familiar, most of them did not. I will need to ask my Professor about this, as he
teaches about these symbols. It is obvious that there is a message here, but I
do not have the gift to crack this code.

I have never seen these designs before, they appear more like pictures
rather than writing, almost in the sense of being an ancient Egyptian
hieroglyphic, but it is not quite accurate these seem Indian in nature.
Page | 10
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
After I splashed some water on my face from the stream, it was time to
investigate the anomaly of this rock face, because it was too inviting to let it
pass by. I had to find out for myself why there was such an entrance-way into
this mesa, and who could have built it, and for what reason.

I attempted to climb over a fallen tree that was in the path to this door,
and I took a few acceptable scrapes and cuts along the way. There was no trail
out here, this was off the beaten path, as one might say. There were no signs
of invitation, it just seemed so out of context to see a doorway in a mesa
hidden behind brush and trees.

This strange walled cave entrance that most likely no one would have
seen unless they were in this exact area, did not have any rhyme or reason for
its existence.

Yet the doorway was technologically modern, and as I got closer I

realized to my stunned heart, which was now taking a few extra beats, that
there was indeed a door. A small rounded thick rock door as if elves built it,
and it was partially opened as it appeared to swing by some engraved latch
that allowed for easy movement.

It is true, I am an adventurer but I do not like danger. Those things that I

do not understand, I do not usually like blindly walking through, wherewith it
might not have my best interest at heart.

There was something about this door that really kept my attention, and
it was partially opened. I could see the faint glimmer of what I thought was
light flickering from the inside. I did not know what to do, I was very cautious
about getting too close or for that matter, entering.

I just sat there on the tree limb that I had just climbed over after cutting
away some of the twigs that were spiked, and asked myself what could this
be? Is this the workings of some artistic drifter? Is this some explorer’s
hangout? Is this some government operation… but out here?

Page | 11
 Time-Loop Chronicles
I was very nervous, and was deeply affected by this strange out of
context anomaly; so much so, that I decided to leave and come back another
day.

I figured no one except the actual builder of this door would even know
about it, and being that the path to this door was untouched and was so
cluttered by trees and brush, I really doubt anyone has been here for a very
long time. It should remain a secret until I return, hopefully wielding a ton
more confidence in the process.

But what about the flickering light inside?

I realized there were some strange inconsistencies here and there was
an enigma about this doorway. However, I was not about to search any
further today. As I turned around to walk back home, I was spooked out of my
mind when I heard this voice call out to me, saying, “Friend, don’t leave.”

I had a thousand thoughts per second racing through my mind, I could

not fathom who would be out here. Is this another hiker finding my secret
discovery? Could this be some tramp who lives out here and is trying to hustle
me for something? There was no doubt in my mind that I had no desire to
turn around, however...

The voice was deep, and it rang with an odd dialect and a tone that
seemed strangely familiar. Throwing all caution to the wind, I turned around,
and standing there as if I was somehow teleported back into the past, was...

Oh my God!

Page | 12
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(2) The Doorway to the Past

The Introduction - Mystery of the Gateway

My hands are trembling, I can barely write as the overwhelming memory

of my experiences are still strong in my mind, and I am hoping others will be
able to read my shaky handwriting.

I always carry a decent sized notepad with me everywhere I go; mostly

to verify directions when I hike using markers, where a certain tree is, or a
valley or mesa, all of it is to make sure I do not get lost.

I am having to explain what I was revealed in the best way that I would
hope others could understand. The things that were revealed were beyond
normal intellectual protocol. And I know most people would have a difficult
time in believing any of this.

The question I must ask myself is why would I even believe? I guess the
answer is, because I saw it with my own two eyes. I was there.

What is so funny in life, so often no one is a believer unless they witness

things for themselves, and yet only the few ever witness that which is out of
the ordinary, leaving the mystery of life hidden under the sands of doubt.

I have been given the opportunity to write all of what I personally

experienced. I am not sure I can explain everything cohesively, because much
of it was beyond my own normal brainpower.

I was told that I would have to remain there for some time, and being
gone for an extended period like this would alert my wife and friends that I
might have fallen into some danger.

However, what was first revealed was so mind blowing that I had to
remain, even at the anxiety of those who care about me. I just prayed that

Page | 13
 Time-Loop Chronicles
when I had the chance to explain all of this, they would understand why I had
given them such a fright.

As I turned around, looking directly at me was what appeared to be an

Indian Chief with all the regality and trimmings with a full headdress. He was
my height about 5’11” and his face was thin and worn, obviously, he was
elderly and the youth of his past gave in to age, yet he was vaguely familiar.

His skin was as if he had been standing in the sun for many years. It was
very leathery, and his eyes were deeply sunken into his sockets. His nose was
small and pudgy. His lips were thin and very pale, to that of his sunburned
dried red skin. Yet he held himself with a certain distinguished demeanor.

Yet I could not fight the fact that he was very familiar, although I could
not place him, like a long-lost memory of another time and place. He stood
there in complete silence as I gazed over his body and behavior. There was
this soulful compassion coming from his dark eyes, like he was looking at me
as a trapped animal and there was little he could do to help me.

He allowed me to scan his facade and appearance, and he waited

patiently for me to respond. Of course, not being educated in the ways of the
Indian, nor their culture, I simply blurted out what was in my thoughts, saying,
“Who the hell are you?”

I then backtracked over my reactive response, and tried it again, “I

meant to say, who are you, and where did you come from?” Obviously not
scoring many points for cultural diplomacy, he seemed ever willing to make
my acquaintance even though my outburst left a lot to be desired. He replied
with a slight smile on his face...

“My name is Chief Animae Cibus, I come from the Anasazi, a name
meaning, alien ancestors and basket weavers. We walked this earth and these
lands for a very long time. I have not come to harm you; I have come to
admonish you.”

Page | 14
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Instinctively I was pondering all of this and wondering how is it that he
would even know me? Why would I need help? Who is he that he thinks he
needs to admonish me? I responded in like, “How do you know me that you
would assume I needed help? I am just a hiker out here investigating ancient
ruins.”

The regal clad man replied, “It is not of great importance as to how or
why that I know you, what is important is that you of this time-period take
what I will teach you and shout it out to the four winds, humanity needs to
know.”

“This time-period? What do you mean?” I queried.

“The time you are living in is about to change.”

I was not sure if he was explaining this properly or not, or maybe I

couldn’t understand his reference to time. I carelessly corrected his remark by
saying, “You mean the world that I am living in, correct?”

He bowed his head in sadness and shook it from right to left very
adamantly and then proceeded to tell me these very strange words.

“We all live in this world, we do not all live in the same time.”

I irascibly responded, “You mean like… 1984?”

He then waved for me to come over and follow him into this cave
entrance. I really didn't want to do that, I mean, I didn't know this guy from
Adam. I have no clue what he is doing here, and following him into a small
cave didn't seem to be my idea of using my coconut properly.

As his head was turned away from me, I said, “I am not sure that this
would be a good idea for me to follow, I don't even know you.”

Page | 15
 Time-Loop Chronicles
He then, as he bent down pushing the tiny cavern door completely open,
had this obvious look in his eyes that I wasn’t getting it, “Friend, you know me,
you have known me for a very long time. You have always known me. Do you
know how many times we have had this encounter?”

He mumbled something as he turned around that sounded like, “How do

you fight memory loss?”

I unabashedly I responded, “Sir, how do I know you?”

Laughingly he said, “It is so amazing how the soul forgets and the mind
interrupts.” He then continued, “My friend, we have known one another for a
thousand years, continually, we have had this dance one too many times.”

I was starting to think this guy was a sandwich short of a picnic. You
know, the light was on but no one was home. However, I did begin to realize
something of great import was happening here. Like a long-lost memory that
was deeply embedded within my thoughts as it spoke its own revelation,
telling me to follow and get it right this time.

I was very reluctant as you might correctly have surmised. Yet I knew
there was something unique and uncanny happening here. To miss out on this
opportunity seemed to be too great of a price to pay.

I then followed slowly, but deliberately through this small doorway and
to my shock there was nothing inside. It was stone-cold empty, except a
burning torch hanging on the wall, obviously, the flickering light I had noticed
earlier.

There was no place to lie or sit down. It was completely barren, with
rock face all around, and it appeared to be a circular rounded room. The cave
was small; probably about the size of 10-feet wide, 15-feet depth and about 8-
feet in height. And the only thing that was in there was another small door on
the opposite end.

Page | 16
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
As I stood there looking around this empty space, the Chief continued
toward the other door. He then said, “Do not be frightened but you are a
doorway away from the twilight zone.”

I had to laugh because that was always my expression for things that
seemed weird. I would have the, [da-da-da-da], [da-da-da-da], theme song
ringing in my mind of the old Rod Serling show.

Again, still scrambling for the correct term in what he meant by time, I
continued to believe he was referring to something different. And now the
reference to the Twilight Zone really had me scratching my head.

Little did I realize when I walked through the second door, and came out
into a large vast area of trees and mesas just like I had entered, I would be
dumbstruck by what it was that I would see.

The area was filled with Indians of the Anasazi tribe and they walked
over to the Chief and conveyed their allegiance to him in some ancient Indian
dialect. I must have seen fifty to a hundred of them. They were milling about
to and fro, from their dwellings, and working off the land.

They looked at me as if I was a ghost or something, a stranger from

another place and time. But they were friendly, even beyond friendly, as if I
was someone they all knew.

I wondered if this was some sort of play acting going on, somewhat akin
to the Battle of Gettysburg, where every year they reenact the ceremony of
that battle during the Civil War.

I asked him, “Who set this up, and why didn't I hear this from the other
side of the cave?” I was referring to the chatter and talk of the Indians as their
children also laughed and played like any other children would do.

There is very little distance between one side and the other of the mesa,
and I am sure that I would have heard these voices. It never occurred to me
Page | 17
 Time-Loop Chronicles
that I was not on the other side of the mesa, even though it was obvious that I
had to be.

“Friend, this place is not on the other side of your mesa.” The Chief
correcting me as if he could hear my thoughts, while he jumped in to say.

“This place is on the other side of time!”

Page | 18
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(3) The Two Worlds

Day One – Mystery of the Soul

As I stood their examining my thoughts I was thinking, my God do you

know what you are telling me? Are you really trying to tell me that I am back
in time, that this is when the real Anasazi Indian tribes worked and lived, how
is any of this possible?

I was starting to get angry, I began to believe someone was trying to

trick me. I ran back into the cave entrance on the one side and quickly
maneuvered out the front side. I was upset and wanted to show this Indian
character that I don't like being made to look like a fool.

Of course, the reason there was so much anger is because I couldn't

shake the fact that my consciousness awareness was experiencing a time shift
and my puny little brain was not along for the ride.

What I saw on the other side was too elaborate, I mean ancient huts and
the way the Indians were working and toting things along on their backs,
everything looked so authentic. The children were all speaking a strange
dialect that I had never heard before.

Their games were even strange, one such game that they were playing,
was that there were three children standing and in front of them lay three
small stones, one in front of each child. The first child bent down to pick up
their stone and threw it about 10-15-feet in front of them. The other children
laughed as if something went amiss.

Then the second child would throw their stone, this time it went a little
further than the first child’s stone. The children all made a sound like, ‘awe,’
as if the second child did much better than the first.

I did not comprehend what it was they were doing. I then noticed on the
ground in front of them was a circle carved into the ground. I then understood
Page | 19
 Time-Loop Chronicles
after watching for about 15-minutes, that the object of the game was to get
the stone inside the circle.

Then finally the third child threw their stone and it landed in the circle
and bounced out. The three kids laughed and ran to the circle to retrieve their
stones.

The first child who missed the circle was made to stand inside the circle.
The other two went back to the start and held their stone in their hand, this
time, instead of picking up from the ground.

However, the last child’s stone that landed inside the circle and bounced
out, that child had to turn around facing the other way at the start. The
second child’s stone that landed inside the circle, they could throw the stone
first, and the objective was to get it close to the circle without hitting the child
standing in the circle, if that child was successful then that child won the
event.

The circle was about 4-feet in diameter. However, I noticed that it was
not that wise for the child who made it in the circle the first time to get it in
the circle again.

Because the chance of hitting the child inside could be too great. Hitting
the child was an automatic loss, and the child that was hit returns to the
beginning and the child who hit the one inside the circle must replace him in
the circle, sort of as punishment.

Since the child landed inside the circle with the stone the first time, they
didn’t have to get inside the circle the second time. I guess that was the
reward for doing it properly. Therefore, the child could throw the stone
slightly away from the circle and still be able to remain in the game.

Obviously, they didn’t throw these stones very hard, they tossed them.
The child in the circle would not really get hurt if a stone hit them. In fact, the

Page | 20
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
child inside the circle wanted to get hit so they could exchange places, they
egged them on so to speak, like, ‘I dare you,’ in their language.

Now the child that had to turn around, they had to blindly throw the
stone back over their head, and try to get inside the circle without hitting the
child, if he didn’t get inside the circle or if he hit the other child, they would
also have to exchange places.

Who could have taught these children to speak in this language, and play
these very odd games? It would have taken a good while. I was bound and
determined to prove this was nothing but an elaborate hoax.

I scurried around the mesa as fast as I could, by the time I came to what I
believed was the other side. There was nothing there, not even a doorway
leading back inside of the mesa. I scratched at the walls, looking for any sign
of a doorway, and there was nothing there.

I looked at the surrounding area, and it seemed all wrong. However,

over to the northwest buried under trees and leaves is what appeared to be,
one of the ancient Indian dwellings that I had observed moments earlier. It
was in the same place, but trees were growing all through it and the hut
looked centuries old and was badly deteriorated.

It was obvious that great periods of time had elapsed, and there was not
a single soul anywhere to be found. This is when my heart sank. I stood there
shaking like a leaf, saying this can't be happening. This can't be true. How can
walking through a cave take one into another period?

My mind was firing neurons lightning quick. My thoughts were not

making any sense, so much was happening in my mind I could not make heads
or tails out of what I was thinking or how I was going to react.

I thought I needed to tell someone immediately about this, and let them
know, but who would believe me? They would laugh at me and extoll the

Page | 21
 Time-Loop Chronicles
virtues of my stupidity. Yet, if I could get just one other person to verify this I
would then have a witness, and then it wouldn’t be so easy to toss it aside.

I wondered who would I be able to tell about these things, and what
should I say? And then this familiar voice that I heard ever so recently spoke
from behind and said, “I want you to tell your story to as many as you can.”

The Indian Chief had come around to interfere in my chaotic thoughts as

if he was reading my mind again, and he was telling me that he wanted me to
reveal my story long and wide.

I turned around to see this amazing Chief in full regalia staring at me

intensely, and I offered a voice in return, “You really want me to tell others
about this secret doorway to the past?”

Chief Animae Cibus looked at me in this troubling aura and said, “No,
this door is meaningless, soon this door will be open for no one and yet ‘in
time’ it will be opened for everyone.”

“WHAT?” I angst.

“Listen carefully to me, I want to teach you something, I need you to

listen, and it is these ‘words’ I want you to share with your time and people.”

“What ‘words’ might they be?”

“I want you to come back to my time and listen, and learn. I want you to
understand what is happening to you and your world.”

Still not really grasping all of this is I spurted out, “Could you be a little
more precise?”

Again, he shook his head and grumbled in his breath while chuckling,
and then he said, “Lost memory is the root of stubbornness, which creates
lifetimes of bad results?”
Page | 22
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“I am sorry, I really don't understand.”

“Yes, I know, I realize you do not understand, yet, and then after I am
done explaining it, you might fail to realize the seriousness of this message
and you may forget all about it, in time, and guess what, lo and behold; here
we are again.”

“Sir…?” As I was getting ready to reply… the Chief interrupted.

“Please, call me friend.”

“Why, should I do that?”

“I don’t want you to look at me as a stranger but someone very close,

like a friend.”

“Sir? UH… I mean ‘Friend’, do you know who I am?”

“Yes indeed, but it is more important that you remember to know

thyself.”

Page | 23
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(4) Historical Enigma

Day Two – Mystery of the Past

Trying to compose my thoughts, I didn't even want to respond to this,

yet I was so intrigued that nothing mattered than to learn what it is that this
strange enigmatic Indian wanted to tell me.

He looked again at me and said, “This door was opened to you because
we are connected. We came from the same beginnings. And you and I have
lived in many bodies during many ages. And therefore, you have been able to
find this connection. This doorway is between our souls, not different time
periods.”

At this point my thoughts were racing, but they became more focused
on what it was that this Indian wanted to tell me. It was then I slowly walked
back to the front of the mesa and then walked between worlds of time once
again and found myself standing among those in the world of the Anasazi. I
was then motioned over to sit down in what seemed to be in type; like an
amphitheater. A large cylindrical monument with a group stationed in the
center.

There were others who were with him that did not speak much although
they would utter a few English phrases, as if the Chief had been teaching
them, which then made me wonder, how did he learn the English language so
fluently?

His friends that stood by smiled often with what appeared to be intense
hope that I would understand, but more than that, they all seemed to know
me. I was then asked to sit down in a round circle with the chosen tribe
surrounding the mysterious stranger whom I met, which has become obvious
that he is the Chief and the true leader of this tribe.

While the ‘Chief’ was in the center, each of us had our legs folded while
staring directly at him as night time was quickly unfolding upon us. There was
Page | 24
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
thirteen of us altogether, including the Chief, and as the twelve of us encircled
him it was I that was in the center staring directly at the Chief.

As the stars were starting to reveal themselves, and two great fires were
stoked, one behind and one in front of us, the Chief looked directly at me and
asked me; “Consider the sky… (we all looked upwards) What is it that you
see?”

I gazed around gently turning my head upward, “I see the stars.” Oh,
they were brighter than I had ever seen them before. The sky was so pristine
and clear. No smog, no pollution of any kind, no light to deteriorate its
exquisite beauty other than the flames of the fire and the sparkling ash
residue, as it fluttered into space.

The Chief continued, “Yes indeed, you see the stars, but you do not see
what they mean. With your eyes you see, and with your ears you hear, but
you do not see and you do not hear.”

I asked, “What is it that you see, what am I missing?”

The Chief smiled, as he gazed upwards, “I see a Time-Piece; I see time

unfolding. The stars are everything, and they are unfolding, they are the hands
of the Universal Clock.”

The Chief continued… “Do you realize that this world operates in ages,
each age has a specific amount of time for the constellations to move to and
fro? Space is a clock for time, but what most do not see is that it is constant.
That time does not move outward forever, it rotates like a clock and returns
from where it came from, just like the stars.

Therefore, we witness the sun every morning, with the newly formed
grass in the spring and fallen leaves in the autumn, as a cycle, we see the same
with the constellations every year as they move like hands on a clock. Time is
in a loop; time is not linear.

Page | 25
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Earth is a time machine, it simply moves back and forth through time
and always comes back to the beginning once it reaches the end. It cannot
proceed further.”

As I was trying to take all his words within, I replied, “Yes, I can see that,
not sure I totally understand where you are going with this, but I understand
what you are saying.”

The Chief continued… “Earth is a time machine, the problem is earth is

no longer set up on its original clock, it has been changed.”

“Changed? I don't understand, what do you mean changed? It seems the

clock as you call it via the stars functions perfectly.”

“The clock we see in space time is the master clock, it reveals the times
of the ages. Each age exists in a perfect numerical output of time. Each age
last for approximately 2160-years. And there are twelve ages that last for
approximately 25,920 years. This is the master clock.

This completes the grand cycle. The problem is, the cycle was interfered
with, the earth clock jumped off the time mantle and has been rotating not in
2160-years of ages, but it is now stuck within one-half of an age, or 1080-
years.

And it keeps repeating this half-age, continually, it doesn’t travel through

the twelve houses anymore, it is stuck in one house, the last one-thousand
and eighty years of Pisces.”

“Are you telling me our earth has its own clock and somehow it is stuck in
a loop of time that lasts only one-thousand and eighty years? That would
mean our history is only one-thousand-years old and it then starts all over
again. Is this correct?”

Page | 26
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“That is correct my friend, we are stuck in a shorter time-loop and it has
become a prison. We are no longer following the initial ages of 25,920-years,
the furthest we can go back in this loop is the 10th century AD.

Anything before this time has been eradicated from our memory, many
millions of years have been erased except for memory fallout or information
given to us from sources beyond.”

“Memory fallout?”

“Yes, this is when a person’s consciousness remembers something that

has been blocked long ago. We call it fallout.”

“So, you are telling me that there is no history prior to the 10th century?
How can that be? We have plenty of proof our history goes back to the time of
Egypt and even long before, and so much further back even unto the
dinosaurs. What you are saying is not logical.”

“The history that you speak of which we have been given, much of it is
all a lie, it is either a deception, a fraud, or a forgery that has been replicated,
duplicating historical events that have been relegated from one-time and
replaced into another time extending the historical document.

It is an alternative history or a fake history created via wars, where the

victor changed the knowledge of history, of which their history was usually
wrong also. Because even those cultures were once conquered and their
history was redacted.

There is no viable ‘known’ history before the 10th century. However,

there is a history; it is just no longer available via memory, unless you have
access to the energy centers on the earth.”

“Energy Centers?”

“Yes, I will be discussing this later.”

Page | 27
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“What about the sciences of carbon 14 dating and other techniques like
Dendrochronology, Potassium-argon dating, Thermoluminescence, Amino acid
dating, and so many more, we use all these to prove our ancient sources and
artifacts? They date back well before the 10th century? Also, what about family
lineages that extend long before these said dates?”

“Again, mostly fabrications, these inaccurate sciences were created to

make sure you never know the truth that our history is only a thousand-years
old and that you are stuck in a time-loop. But Remember the earth is not a
thousand years old; it does go way back into antiquity.

Everything that occurred before this period was removed from our
memory, there is very little-known history prior to the 10th century or 937AD
to be exact; as of this time-line, based on this time-loop we are now within.

And the interesting thing is about carbon 14 dating is that it completely

deteriorates about 900-years back, and it becomes corrupted, revealing false
data, therefore much of our historical record prior is all invented or guessed
at.

All that we have is a duplicated history of the same events repeatedly,

with names changed and certain details are forged on top of others with a
blending of actual events in false era, but never revealing the true source data
about these lost ages.

It is the same history being repeated time and time again, from events in
the future and not the past.”

“Whoa, that’s almost too hard to believe. There are entire libraries with
proof of our history, are you saying that they are all wrong?”

“Most information gathered in from what many would call a library is

repeat information of the same facts via fraudulent coercion. Most do not
carefully examine the content; they simply repeat what past authors teach

Page | 28
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
about the history. And if the deception was paramount back then, repeating it
only empowers the lie.

The real libraries on this planet were all removed, hidden or destroyed,
and the information either was buried or confiscated, except that which is
within the energy vortexes, which keep everything in memory.

You have heard of libraries such as Alexandria. These were the works of
the real ancients, and they were destroyed and replaced by the new albeit
chronological historical lies. It is important that we not quibble over details, it
is however important that you understand what is happening in the big
picture.”

“How did all of this happen, who could cause this to occur? I mean we
are talking about changing of times and records, I would think only a deity
could do this. Why would anyone want to do this?

And secondly, if what you are saying is true, and our time-loop began in
the 10th century, wouldn’t that mean the time I am living in now, that the
events in my time are coming to an end?”

“Now my friend you are beginning to ask the correct questions. Yes
indeed, we know exactly when these events will occur within five-year period,
the loop will occur, in April 2017, as you understand time, in this loop. It can
go to 2022, maybe even as far as 2027, we are not totally sure why this is, but
we believe the time will be cut short for various reasons.”

“Holy crap that is only about 33-years away, you mean each time-loop
could have a different end time date?”

“Yes indeed, it can differentiate due to micro changes. Now maybe you
can better understand why it is imperative that you start your training now.
Time itself has changed in how it operates, and the earth is now programmed
to follow an approximate 1080-year cycle instead of a 2160-year cycle of the
25,920-year grand cycle. It had to be changed because there was not enough
Page | 29
 Time-Loop Chronicles
control over historical events over long periods of time as there is with shorter
periods.”

“What do you mean control over, who is controlling this?”

“I will get into all of that in time, no pun intended. (The rest of the
Indians there with us began to laugh at his little pun joke.) The reason this was
done was to imprison the soul. This one-thousand plus year period spoken
often by your religious and secular academia is what your philosophers
believe is a futuristic event.

Some call it the one-thousand-year Millennium, others call it, the

Kingdom on Earth, and still others call it, the World Order. What I am telling
you is this so-called Kingdom or this one-thousand-year millennial reign is not
a futuristic event. It is the time-loop!”

“Yikes, this is truly bizarre, I have heard of people speaking of a

thousand-year period that a future time will bring in peace, and you are saying
this is not our future, but it is our past?”

“Would it be a surprise if I told you, that you are already living in this so-
called millennial reign, and it is about to replicate again for one-thousand
years? It is a perpetual kingdom without end, for eternity. WHY? Because it is
a time-loop.”

“Well sure, some of our religions teach this about a coming kingdom that
will last for one-thousand years. But I believed this to be a futuristic,
benevolent period, when peace and tranquility returns to earth.

I have even read about what is called, “The World Order,” and they say it
will be a thousand-year reign also, not sure that I ever realized that this may
be the same event.

It does seem to correlate between the two, that there is something

dubious about this one-thousand-year period. And why just one thousand
Page | 30
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
years? Why not two thousand, or ten thousand or even a million? Where did
this arbitrary number come from? I have even read where Hitler wrote about
this one-thousand-year rule on earth, and he called it the ‘New World Order.’”

“Exactly, this number is not even equal to an age, or the twelve houses
of ages, so why even choose this number? Well maybe they were forced into
doing it, because this is all that is remaining.”

“Excuse me, what do you mean they were forced?”

The Chief responded, “Maybe even the controllers are stuck inside the
one-thousand-year loop, so they have to abide by its parameters.”

Page | 31
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(5) Old Script New Information

Day Three – Mystery of the Bloodlines

We took a break while the Chief wanted to have some time to prepare
himself for what he called a very important lesson. I was having a problem
with the concept of this time-loop, and although I have never been that
scientific I realize science plays a great part in this world, which could help
reveal more on this time-loop enigma.

The Chief continued… “What I want to discuss today is extremely

important in that it is the basis of everything that is occurring in this world.
Have you ever heard of the story of Caelestus Pater?”

“No friend, Oh, let me call you Chief, it feels easier for me. But no, I do
not believe I have heard of this story.”

“There is a story among my people spoke long ago about Divinum

Spiritus. This is a saga of a powerful link that certain people on earth have
with the heavens and beyond into the invisible realm. This connection can
only come from the soul.

However, long ago the soul lost something very important about its
internal reality, and ever since then it has been seeking for this connection
externally, completely forgetting about the Divinum Spiritus and how it only
operates internally.

Caelestus Pater was the one that created the key in helping the soul to
remember that connection. However, the only way to access this key, is one
must eat it.

Therefore, Caelestus Pater of the Divinum Spiritus sent this key down to
earth in a form that was so unique the world would never be the wiser. Only
the true souls of the Divinum Spiritus would eventually realize what it is and
then eat it.”
Page | 32
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Chief, what is it that they were to eat?”

“It is called the, ‘Panem Vitae’”

“How does one find this special food?”

“The key was placed into a substance called Sanguis. If you successfully
locate the key, you would be able to access the Panem Vitae.”

“Do you know where this key exists, can we find it?”

“The key is called, ‘Verum in Sanguinem’”’

“You lost me!”

“Verum in Sanguinem means, ‘TRUTH IN THE BLOOD.”

“You mean there is something in our blood that contains the key? Are we
vampires now that we must drink blood? Yuck!”

“Not exactly, what it means is, the carrier of the Panem Vitae comes
from a certain blood, meaning from a certain tribe of people. Now listen
closely to the story that was passed down long ago.

Once upon a time before the world was, when it became known that a
special key was being created, a malevolent entity known as Sol Malum
decided to create a copy of this key and offer it instead to the people. He
called it the, ‘panis venenum’. This copy was so close to the actual key that
most never knew they were not eating Panem Vitae, but instead, panis
venenum.”

“What would happen if you ate the wrong one?”

“It would slowly sedate the soul and recondition it to cause it to forget
everything it once knew. Sadly though, nearly everyone took of the panis
Page | 33
 Time-Loop Chronicles
venenum and completely forgot about the Panem Vitae. And thus, the entire
world was blinded and forgot not only who they were, but where they came
from.

It was then decided by Caelestus Pater to send the key to one individual
to be the key holder, and then entrust that person to send it down through
their children until the time when the Panem Vitae could materialize into a
form where everyone that was blinded would then recognize it and then eat
it.

The key was given to an individual that would be successful in passing it

down through many generations. It was almost like magic, no matter what
happened the key was passed from one child to another until the grand
deception occurred.

Every time a father was to pass this key down to the correct son, he did
so towards the end of his life. This would assure the key remained safe.
However, over the years there was so much intrigue and deception, and
counter keys that it was nearly impossible to keep the key safe from the
wrong hands.

Then one day, when one of the children who was the first born and
rightful heir of the key was to have it transferred from the father to the son.
The father was tricked.

What had happened was twin sons were born, and although they were
twins, they were not identical, the second born son conspired with his mother
to deceive the father and transfer the key to the incorrect son- the second
born.

The father was very old and his eyes could no longer see. The day when
the father decided to transfer the Key, that same day the mother conspired
with the son to trick the father into believing the second born son was the
chosen key holder.

Page | 34
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Since the father could not see to verify the truth, he succumbed to the
black magic and he passed the key to the wrong son. There was one major
problem though. The key was not physical it was encoded into the rightful heir
and no matter what happened, the key would always remain with the true
inheritor. This is something that Sol Malum never could not grasp.

When the twins were born, the second son was a progeny of Sol Malum.
Therefore, they appeared and looked differently. And the key that the second
son was given and then passed down throughout the generations had nothing
to do with the Panem Vitae, it of course was the panis venenum.”

“How can twin sons be the offspring of two different sources?”

“It is called DNA manipulation, and source integration, which I will

explain in a future discussion. It is possible for a woman to have twins from
two different fathers.

Let me return to the topic. Unbeknownst to the firstborn son, he still had
the correct key and now his betraying brother had the fake one. The problem
was the world was told a lie, that the false key had then become the true key,
and the legitimate key became the erroneous key. And thus, the beginning of
all confusion.

Manufactured deceptions were unveiled to make people believe that

the carriers of the false key were the chosen ones, and the carriers of the true
key were damned to oblivion and completely forgotten about throughout all
of history.

Of course, this angered the brother who felt he was betrayed out of his
royal birthright. He and his progeny were forced to separate from the clan and
moved to a new location on the earth.

The second born son who was carrying the false key, went on to glory
and greatness. His progeny went on to become great nations upon this earth
that still exist to your day. It all began when the second son named, Proditor,
Page | 35
 Time-Loop Chronicles
had twelve children. Two of his sons of the twelve went on to become key
holders.”

“Chief, I thought there was only one key. Could these two have the same
key given to different sons or were they different keys?”

“It is true, there was only one key, but when Sol Malum added the false
key he decided what the heck; let’s make two of them. The one key he gave
he passed it through royal blood from one of the initial sons, and the second
key was passed down for national greatness through a later born son.”

“What is the difference?”

“The Royal key was given to those who would then rule over great
nations, and the second key was given to those who would become the great
and powerful nations.”

“What happened to the child who carried the correct key?”

“We are not sure if the child was aware that he still contained the code
of the correct key, whether he did or didn’t it was still successfully passed
down through generations. His people went on to become the people in the
Greek world of Turkey of the past.

Unlike his defrauding brother who was named Proditor, the one that had
become vast and powerful over the nations due to this trickery. His brother
that was named Verum who happened to be the correct key holder, was
never given greatness, never given glory or power or anything. Yet he still
carried the correct key and it was passed down throughout the ages until a
specific bloodline son was born.

Finally, this chosen offspring of this long lineage was born and then given
many titles, but only a few believed he was the key holder, most did not
agree. He was different, he was unique. He didn’t fit into any of the other clan
types of either Proditor or Verum, where this had all begun. He was not a
Page | 36
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
warrior, he did not seek power and glory unto himself. He was peaceful and
loving and he wanted above all else to restore the Key to the lost souls.

He was a child that carried the original key given by Caelestus Pater. And
this child along with his many titles was named, Panem Vitae.”

“I am still a tad confused Chief, I thought Panem Vitae was something we

were to eat. How do we eat a person?”

“Good question; that was also something many have asked down
through the ages because they didn’t understand the key. What we had come
to learn is the key was encoded in the blood of a certain tribe or race of
people. And within those people, every generation the key was handed to one
son who had been chosen to carry the key in his blood. By the time, it came
down to Panem Vitae; he became the key in the flesh.”

“Does this mean only one son chosen in every generation could have the
key just to lead to the One? I am not sure how successful this entire operation
was. So Panem Vitae became the key, but what about all the other souls who
were blinded that had lost the key from before the world, how do they receive
the key if it is only passed down to the One?”

“Again, another excellent question. Understand, the key was simply in

the blood, but the blood nor the flesh is Panem Vitae.”

“Then what is it?”

“Panem Vitae is the ONE that will transfer the key to all of the lost souls.
Every soul who became blind and lost can now be given the Panem Vitae so
they can eat it. It isn’t just meant for the one, it is meant for the many; it is
meant for all true souls.

When the false key was added it also went through a blood lineage. And
one named panis venenum took upon the name Panem Vitae. Sol Malum

Page | 37
 Time-Loop Chronicles
wanted to make sure that panis venenum became the chosen one under a
false nom de plume.

However, he wanted people to worship him as a deity, and to believe he

was the only one that had access to the Panem Vitae. The people all over the
world were being seduced to follow a lie under the guise of it being the truth.

It was then decided to lock all souls together, and trap them into the
time-loop. It was hoped that all souls would forever forget where they came
from and who they were and this was accomplished by giving them the panis
venenum. The time-loop was created after Panem Vitae was murdered to
substitute the panis venenum for the Panem Vitae.”

“He was murdered Chief?”

“Sadly, he was.”

“Was the key passed down before he died to one of his sons as was the
tradition?”

“No, and that was the indirect cause of all deception from the beginning
on earth. When the real key stopped being passed down, the false key that
was being passed down, continued. And when the time-loop was created, this
has become the only key people understood, that which they can recognize.
The great lie became the substitute for truth and it has caused great
confusion.”

“Oh wow, does this mean the true souls will never access the true key
then?”

“Fortunately, Caelestus Pater was much smarter than Sol Malum. The
truth is, the blood was not the power it was in the Panem Vitae and that was
the true encoding all along. You see there never was a key in the blood.”

“Say what?”
Page | 38
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“The key was only to distract the enemy away from discovering the
truth.”

“And what pray tell was that?”

The Chief begins to laugh hysterically along with all his friends. It must
have lasted for three minutes, I felt like I was the brunt of a bad yarn. I
couldn’t figure out why this was so funny. Finally, the Chief composed himself
and said these words.

“The key as Sol Malum believed, was never placed into the blood, for the
flesh and blood are meaningless. The key was inserted into all true souls.”

“I am totally confused; how could that happen?”

“It means at the death of the Panem Vitae; at that very moment it
occurred, all keys were activated in all true souls. Now the key must be
internalized by the soul’s avatar, by eating the Panem Vitae and then it will
unlock the doors of this prison to set everyone free.”

Page | 39
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(6) The World Order

Day Four – Mystery of Duality

The Chief told us to get some rest before he would explain anymore. He
said, mysteries should be revealed slowly, one at a time, or else we would
become scatterbrained.

He told us we would continue in the next morning. I was perplexed by

the knowledge and information the Chief was revealing to me. But it took
every break I had to make sure everything he taught me was being written in
my notepad. I didn’t want to forget a single word. Therefore, while he spoke
to us I would keep notes and then later I would compile them into the
notepad.

A lot of what the Chief was telling me had a ring of truth, almost like a
long-lost memory. I am not sure if this was an ancient myth, or some story
that was passed down. It just all seemed familiar to me. There were so many
things I wanted to ask the Chief about Panem Vitae, and the panis venenum.
He would always say, ‘all in good time, all in good time’.

Now getting to the other part of what the Chief had been explaining to
me that I was trying to grasp. He was explaining how that Sol Malum created
an Order. I began to wonder if this had anything to do with the panis
venenum, it was all so intriguing, and I wanted to learn more.

“Chief, what really is this World Order as it pertains to the time-loop and
the thousand-year trap that you were talking to me about earlier?”

“The time and place you live in now is the most powerful time of all ages
because it is the time of the information age. It means to be informed. If there
was truly a coming World Order out of an ancient order or a massive
intellectual collection depot, wouldn’t the time that you live in now above all
other times represent this new order of things?

Page | 40
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Coming out of the Middle Ages and into the Renaissance, the people
were wholly ignorant. They lived their lives in subjection to the Kings and
Queens of Royalty and mostly the religious power who dictated the world’s
dogma, so they could control the masses via to influence and subversion.”

“Royalty? You mean like the secondary fake key of panis venenum?”

“Exactly! The most powerful ruling royal line where all the key royals
stem from is the continuation of the lineage of the panis venenum, which is
now after all these years located in Great Britannia.”

“Are you saying the royal line of Britannia is the carrier of the panis
venenum?”

“Yes, indeed and it is also part of the secondary part of the key of
national greatness. Together both keys found its home in the same place.”

The Chief shook his head back and forth while in thought, and continued
on, “It’s a conundrum, isn’t it? Let me finish… this is what they believe, those
who are part of the deception, they believe they stem from the lineage key of
the Panem Vitae, but they are foolishly following the panis venenum.
However, the world basically has little to no understanding about any of this.

The people during this earlier period in my time did not have access to
the technologies, and luxuries, and stupendous knowledge your time avails.
And yet in your time that has a vast information depot of knowledge are
slowly losing all of it, how is this occurring?

How is it possible to have a Global World Order when the world is

returning to what the world once was, an Old-World Order? You are not
evolving you are devolving where you are being controlled like the people
were in the Middle Ages.

Page | 41
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Your present time is slowly reverting to the strange customs, where
there is no freedom and the people are wholly ignorant of everything wise,
proper, moral and true.

This is when humanity worked as slaves for breadcrumbs, and were

forced to be obedient to strange laws or they would be beaten or even killed
by the edicts of the panis venenum.

The period you are from now, your country, the United States of
Americanus, had represented the greatest period of advancement in morality
and creativity through all of the half-age time-loop cycles, and ironically it
always does.”

“Americanus did become a great nation; does this mean it is also part of
this national greatness of the fake key? And what do you mean, it always
does?”

“Absolutely, it was all predestined by the false key in the blood.” The
Chief then stood up as if he was wrestling with what he was revealing to me
and then he began again.

In your last one-hundred-years, as it moves toward the end of all ages.

People were free, they were learning to be moral and they were governing
themselves with laws of virtue under a powerful Constitution. It really
appeared as humanity was on the threshold of breaking out of this prison, and
of course that is exactly what they wanted it to appear like.

Yet all of this is changing during this last portion or last fifty-years before
the time-loop in 2017 as it always does. Everything began to change circa
1967. It was then that the world was no longer moving forward into a greater
more prosperous time of both physical and spiritual wellbeing. It was all being
reverted backwards.”

“What happened in 1967?”

Page | 42
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“It was the time when people demanded human rights forgetting they
already had divine right. Morality was replaced with immorality. Individual
power was being removed for central power. Government was being given
more and more authority all under the guise of new freedoms based on
conditions.

Then 20-years later a new form of power was given to the people called
debt under the guise of financial responsibility. Banks made everything
accessible as a debit not an asset, to create terrible debt upon the shoulders
of the people until they became slaves again. You could live like a king but be
in chains and balls.

However, it was not freedom nor was it rights. It was the removing of
freedom and rights and giving one’s own power and authority to another to
establish a new creed.

The real power, which is given as divine sovereignty where all authority
and power comes from, is within. This power was then rejected to give the
power to others to control the masses under the guise of permissions and no
longer rights.”

“Chief, correct me if I am wrong, it almost sounds like the two keys,

where the one was the internal key of the Panem Vitae, and the other was an
external key of the panis venenum.”

“I certainly do not need to correct you on that. You are exactly right,
now you are understanding the beginning of the plan of Sol Malum who has
been controlling this world in secret, but soon will unveil himself to
reestablish the one-thousand-year control again.

Your soul is being prepared to go back in time, where the powers of this
world will beat you with a rod of iron establishing their role as Sol Malum’s
servants, crushing mercilessly upon the breasts of humanity, while they serve
their millennial long prison sentence under their Sun deity.

Page | 43
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Do you understand the reason these changes are occurring? It is because
the time machine is starting to return in its cycle. And only those who are
awakened will be able to free their soul from the delusion, the rest will be
recycled.

So yes indeed, in my time the world is about to enter several distinct

events which has been established in the choreographed time-loop. First the
ancient religions have been re-established via the fraudulent monks who will
keep the secrets with them from the future and the past.

The true Panem Vitae had come once to fulfill the mission to unlock the
key to all that were encoded. To allow them to see through this global farce of
the false keys of the panis venenum. Many have come to believe though, that
the panis venenum is the true key, and have been led into greater dissolution
and deception.

The panis venenum that has deceived the whole world is fraudulent to
the core. And a lot of that story was added or blended in with the true Panem
Vitae. A bad seed and good seed were planted into the same garden, and then
mixed.

Today we have nothing but a potpourri of the keys that were passed
down. Understand, the Panem Vitae died before the foundations of this
world, when the light of Caelestus Pater was sacrificed via Sol Malum as
darkness removing light and truth. But the man who portrayed the Panem
Vitae in the flesh was simply performing a ritual of the original death of the
light of Caelestus Pater, as the awakened key holder.”

“When did the actual man known as Panem Vitae live?”

“Panem Vitae lived in Turkey in the year 1053AD as best as we can

deduce. And he died in the year of 1086AD, 33 years later.

My friend, everything that we know about this world primarily came

from the 10th century and later. Very little has ever surfaced on what occurred
Page | 44
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
in antiquity. So yes, I am trying to tell you Panem Vitae lived during an earlier
time-loop in the 11th century.

I do not care who you are, or what you believe, the entire world is being
ruled by those who have instituted their plan via panis venenum. You are
either being controlled by panis venenum or Panem Vitae, there is no middle
ground.

The Panem Vitae was killed at the beginning of the first time the earth
went into this loop, and it happened a long time ago because the time-loop
does not replay the death of Panem Vitae, it happened once and that is all, so
the true memory is fading.

Due to the time-loop being engaged, this event does not happen
repeatedly. Instead panis venenum is sacrificed repeatedly claiming to take
away the sins of the world.”

“Chief, forgive me, but this sounds a lot like the story of Jesus Christ in
the Bible.”

“There are many stories, some of which are contained in the Bible that
try to reveal this event, but so much of these stories are the mixture of Panem
Vitae and panis venenum, therefore, people are confused.

The greatest lie ever told was that the Panem Vitae was sacrificed
everyone’s sins. A sin is created by faulty behavior, if you do not change then
how can someone else change you?

The Panem Vitae brought the knowledge of how we are being controlled
by the panis venenum. And that by only eating the Panem Vitae can we
understand how to break away from this control, but you must eat it or else
the panis venenum will kill you.”

“Are you trying to tell me that panis venenum is something we also eat?”

Page | 45
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Yes! And that is the problem with your time, everyone seeks a savior
but no one wants to change themselves. They want someone else to do it for
them.

Therefore, the loop continually operates every thousand-years, because

the lie is so infested into the mind of the masses, no one believes they have to
change to reconcile their own behavior.”

“How many times has this thousand-year loop occurred?”

“Once!”

“Ah, I’m not sure I understand, you keep saying it has happened time and
time again, haven’t you?”

“Yes indeed, but it is a dream loop, if it happened a thousand times, it

happened only once, because you will never remember, and when you do
finally awaken, then you will have taken the Panem Vitae.”

“I am still not sure I completely understand this.”

The Chief thought about it for a short time and then his eyes engaged
with a brightness letting me know he has the answer.

“Let’s try to rearrange this puzzle. Let’s say you are driving down a
highway and you come to what is called a circle, which was invented in Italy.
This is when cars come off a merging road and go around a circle to merge
back on either the same road or a new road in whatever direction they need
to proceed.

Now let’s say you get stuck in that circle, and you go around and around,
repeatedly. You are not moving forward, you are stuck in a loop.

As soon as you break free from that control, then at that moment your
trap will cease to exist. You didn’t make any headway during the time of your
Page | 46
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
mind-numbing revolutions, until you were released. Therefore, whether you
went around once or a hundred times, it only accounted for one-time for your
success that you had finally moved forward.

The sacrifice that Panem Vitae went through on earth was an allegory of
an event that predated this world before it existed. Yes, Panem Vitae was
murdered, because Sol Malum hated him for who he was, but the act of the
physical event was not the real event. It was only a sign of what happened
before the world had existed.

What had happened during this event only happened one-time when
the earth went into its erred one-thousand-year time-loop. It does not need to
happen every time the loop occurs.”

“Why not, if it is a time-loop why wouldn’t his death happen

repeatedly?”

“Simply because when Panem Vitae brought with him the internal key to
free everyone, he did so to finally break free from this prison, it was also a sign
that it can be done.

He does not have to return to do it all over, he has escaped. We are the
ones who have yet to be freed until we follow the same path to also become
free, and then we will no longer remain trapped here either.

Now what we have is different cultures all speaking of the same event,
but since it doesn’t happen again and again, people believe these were
ancient events that predated Panem Vitae and then they add mythology and
sun paganism into the mix as to the worship of Sol Malum, the Sun God.

And the true event drops even further back in time within the mind, and
then we have all sorts of a myriad of stories that surface from this one event
that is now being drastically altered.

Page | 47
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Therefore, the conclusion by some is that the story of Panem Vitae may
not even be true, or it is simply a mythical reconstruction of a different people
and history, because it appears to be a reduplication of the same event going
further and further back in time. Yet it is all a deception that Sol Malum
created to make sure we do not access the real key. Are you understanding it
now?”

“I am getting there but still a tad confused about one thing, if this
continues to occur every time-loop, and it is all part of the setting up of Sol
Malum to be the panis venenum over the people again, for one-thousand
years, why does Sol Malum have to keep repeating the same event to get
others to follow him? Doesn’t he already have them?”

“Yes, but as we enter towards the conclusion of the age, some begin to
awaken and begin to share that information with others, which then greatly
puts a damper on the plan of Sol Malum, so he simply reconstructs a new
Panis Venenum as the Panem Vitae returning to earth at the end of all ages to
set up his kingdom. Therefore, if you are getting confused then you will
continue to follow the lie thinking it is the truth.”

“You have even told me that this bloodline is through the royal lineage of
panis venenum, I would think that this would be understood that people are
being taken for a ride.”

“Remember, what I said about the twin sons Proditor and Verum, and
how the true lineage came through Verum, but the false one came through
Proditor?”

“Yea!”

“Well what I didn’t tell you was, there was another deception, another
switch. Through one of the twelve sons of Proditor he gave the key to the son
that became the royal ones, his name was Pendula, grandson of Proditor.

Page | 48
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Now Pendula had twin sons also and they were named, Calcaneo and
Fracturam. Now Calcaneo is the lineage that we were told is the panis
venenum acting as Panem Vitae.

Calcaneo and Fracturam, were also born as twins, but the actual
bloodline was noted by a royal thread that was on Fracturam’s hand coming
out of the womb.”

“Why is that important?”

“My friend, just as the Panem Vitae came in the flesh to establish the
key, so also will Sol Malum come in the flesh to act as the copy of Panem
Vitae, but he will be the panis venenum. Panem Vitae came from a bloodline
so also will panis venenum come from a bloodline!

The problem is, if you do not know where to look you will believe that
panis venenum is the Panem Vitae returned.

It was all a delusion to create the deception. However, since the royal
bloods have come as part of the panis venenum lineage, it is believed that the
one who is coming in the flesh direct through this bloodline is coming from
that bloodline of which was Calcaneo, but this is the deception, it is actually
coming from Fracturam.”

“Sorry Chief I don’t understand, because frankly, who really cares, no one
seems to know any of this anyway?”

“Oh, Contraire mon ami. Someone does care, the royal bloods that
control the world, they care.”

“So, what is the big deal, don’t they know the true bloodline?”

“They are part of their own deception and their pride and ego has led
them to believe their own lie. Therefore, Sol Malum is allowing his own
followers to be deceived, but for what reason you might ask? He needed to
Page | 49
 Time-Loop Chronicles
figure out a way to deceive the followers of Panem Vitae, and the only way to
do this was create a secondary bloodline of Pendula carrying another false
key.”

“And this is important why?”

“Because part of the lie is Panem Vitae is returning to the earth to take
rule of the earth, when the truth is, it is Sol Malum that is coming back to give
the world the panis venenum again to keep them in their continuous illusion.

However, he needs a way to make everyone believe it is the truth and

the only way he could do that was deceive his own followers so they don’t let
on to the secret of this global conspiracy.

The bloodline coming through Calcaneo is not the correct bloodline even
though the royals have ruled during the entire thousand years. It is
Fracturam’s bloodline who was given the royal key in the form of the scarlet
thread upon his hand. Now of course babies are not born wearing clothing,
this was all part of the hidden message.”

“What is this scam going to produce, I mean the world doesn’t even
understand what this is, so who cares?”

“My friend everyone should care because it is the great double sting and
switch that is going to deceive the whole world.”

“Why, I don’t understand?”

“Because those that believe Panem Vitae is returning as the sacred key
have been led by the lie that the key is external and not internal.

Remember when the panis venenum was instituted everyone believed it

except the few. This new bloodline, which will end the royal power of
Calcaneo for a short period, will come out of the East through the blood of

Page | 50
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Fracturam, and this is where Sol Malum will rise as the false Panem Vitae to
take over the world. He comes from the East, like the rising sun.”

“East? From where?”

“The Bloodline is now in Asia in your time and it is forming to become

the new world power bloc of many nations under the dragon society. When
Fracturam rises again as the secondary line of Pendula, this time he will
subdue Calcaneo, and that long so-called noble bloodline will come to nothing
until after the time-loop and it all begins again.”

“You are telling me Chief, that for a very short time, Sol Malum has set
up a switch between his own royal followers at the end of the world just so he
can get people to follow him once again as the Panem Vitae when it is really
the Panis Venenum.” Was this ever really needed?”

“The people will feel that the world is changing for the better and that
the Panem Vitae is the one that is really making the changes prior and upon
his return, and everyone, believers and non-believers will worship this sun
god.”

“Will anyone know this is actually panis venenum?”

“Only the true seed awakened by eating of the Panem Vitae will know
the rest will be deceived. Most will really believe this is the Panem Vitae
coming to free the world from this horrible monarchy and global deception
that has created such a malevolence on this earth. So why fight it. Something
good is happening; in their thinking.

As the sun rises from the east, so shall the coming of the lord Sol Malum
return in the clouds, where every eye shall witness this event, from the East
even unto the West.”

“One thing I am not quite grasping, it seems for Sol Malum to pull this off
he would have to have some friction or adversary as the component to this
Page | 51
 Time-Loop Chronicles
deception. Because right now it looks like he is fighting against himself and his
own.”

“Astounding, you have unwittingly cracked the secret code of the ages.
Sol Malum is fighting against himself as a ploy. From the very beginning, Sol
Malum believed in the law of good and evil. He governs by the rule of law, and
it is by law which reveals good and evil.

The key is, to control everything, one must also be able to control the
enemy. If you control the enemy, you control everything. Sol Malum acts as if
he is the good one, the savior, coming to free mankind and deliver them to
the one-thousand-year kingdom of his rule; with a rod of iron, which on that
merit alone should be suspect.

But do to so, he must also govern the enemy, he must control how
everything works. It is called Ordo Ab Chao. It means to establish order you
must create the chaos.

The sun god created a dual mask for himself to wear. As he is the sun
shining upon darkness he creates the polar light of the moon to reflect his
glory, and the god of the moon is Luna Lumen; known as the Diabolis.

Thus, he can control the light-good, and the darkness-evil and set up
what is called the God and Devil conspiracy. God and the devil are one in the
same. The one shines the light as the ruler and the other reflects the light as
the servant, they are twins that are divided into a polarity of opposites.

Notice closely how corporations all over the world use the symbol of the
sun rising as their logo, it is very important that you understand. Whether
people want to believe any of this is true or not, it is being shoved down their
throat all the time via symbols.

Obviously, many believe it is true, and that someone has so much power
that nearly every corporate power in this world is following this power in one
form or the other, whether realizing it or not.”
Page | 52
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“But why would the people of the world follow after this? People do not
really believe in spiritual or religious stuff anymore.”

“That is why they will follow…

”

“Again, how do you eat the Panem Vitae and why would anyone want
to?”

“All things shall be revealed in time. And guess what, how much time do
you have to change? A perpetual time-loop repetitively every thousand-years,
repeating the same events continually, but having the choice to change things
each time around.

Can you imagine waking up every morning and having the same events
all around you happen again and again? And only you can change the day
once you become aware that it is occurring. But no matter what you change
the next morning it will be the same day, until you use your time wisely to
change yourself. Then finally that day will turn into the next day.

In your near future, a movie will be released that will depict this very
thing, keep an eye out for it.”

“How do you know all this about my future?”

“Because time is irrelevant, it is not real, what happens in the future

continues to happen because the future always returns to the past.

Panem Vitae came to reveal the true nature of our slavery and how to
become free via the Great Caelestus Pater that lives within the true seeds via
the code. But instead, what has been passed down is nothing but dogma of a
bunch of do’s and don’ts that seldom reveal any real answers to ever set you
free, in fact it makes you a greater prisoner of Sol Malum.

Page | 53
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Soon during my time of the 13th century, a great evil is about to occur
which will hit the shores of this new land, which in truth is very old.

There will arise even a greater malevolence as those who hid themselves
within the earth at the time of the end, will arise, and between the 10 th and
13th century their children’s offspring will govern and rule with a rod of iron
leading to the famed but albeit wicked inquisition, which does indeed always
repeat itself... Do you know what the inquisition is?”

“I have heard of it, people were tortured and killed for not believing in
the teachings of the church.”

“Exactly, this was called the time where people were controlled using a
rod of iron. Sadly, beating people does not change who they are, they may
indeed obey, but only out of fear of their own lives, but never through
character.

Force cannot and never will change any soul to become something else.
They will always internally fight, regret and hate the direction they are
following. But Sol Malum does not care, if you are being brutally controlled he
keeps his power in place over the flesh hiding the soul.

Already during my time things are happening in Europe to continue this

malicious sinister mindset, but first they must unleash the black plague again.”

“Oh, my god, isn’t that the disease that killed a great portion of Europe?”

“Yes, sick, isn’t it? And yet it never ends. It is during my time, that the
Phoenix has arisen from its ashes after the destructive time-loop occurred, it
has risen in Asia, India, Africa, parts of South Americanus, the Middle East,
Europe and Russia. Soon it will be coming once again to the shores of the New
World, Americanus.”

Page | 54
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Oh, so the New World Order is simply a metaphor for the new land of
Americanus being discovered and becoming the new world, as the key
holder?”

“Well, sort of, Americanus carries on the national greatness that was
offered as the panis venenum as they were handed it as a baton in a race from
Great Britannia. The United States of Americanus also became great.
Therefore, they are trying to establish the NEW WORLD ORDER, out of the
Old-World Order. But their New World Order doesn’t ever materialize because
Sol Malum has other plans.

That once proud land, which stood for all that was right and true, that
became a great nation, yet was decimated because of ignorance via stealth to
once again repeat the process, and rise from the ashes to be born and soon
become the greatest nation on earth, until it is morally decimated by plan
again. Around and around it goes and when it will end nobody knows. It is a
living hell. A ritualistic sacrifice!

Most of the crimes of humanity during my time of the 13th century, are
occurring in other parts of the world as the church is gaining more strength as
being the Kingdom of God on Earth. Americanus will not resurrect until the
late 15th century. And then they will become a supra-nation that Sol Malum
long ago promised unto them as one of the keys.

What I am trying to tell you is it is part of the plan, to make the key
holders appear great only to destroy it from within. It is all a planned sacrifice!

If Americanus was truly a great nation with proper character it would

never allow what always happens to occur time and time again. Its glory and
greatness is only a façade created by a false Panem Vitae.”

“You mean there are some people planning the destruction of

Americanus even before it comes into its greatness, what is the purpose?”

Page | 55
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“People is a bad choice of terminology, there are dark entities out there
that follow this precise plan. And many are being used to foster off this plan
even without them understanding what is occurring.

Do you know what this does to the soul that believes with all their heart
that this country is the result of the Panem Vitae? Many believe that
Americanus became great by divine right. They have used this greatness to
destroy others and use their power for deadly control. Sadly, it was the panis
venenum that was used to lure the souls into a trap.

It is doing great harm to the soul. What I am trying to say is, Americanus
is part of a greater deception to trap souls into the great lie. These same poor
souls will be punished eternally, during the millennial time-loop, which is
indeed Hell.

And what is hell, it is a repetition of the same events, repeatedly, never

really allowing for true change, but only the reality that no matter what
anyone does, nothing ever really changes.”

“Chief, is this really hell?”

“Sadly, it is. The very thing many fear, is the very illusion they exist
within called, the time-loop. This is an eternal hell called the Time-Loop plan
of the Kingdom of Sol Malum.

It is not just Americanus it is the entire world. However, Americanus

brought hope to an otherwise hopeless world, albeit a false hope. And then
that hope was dashed into pieces. It is all to destroy hope continually, to
psychologically turn the soul into mush causing the soul to reject the internal
key of Panem Vitae, believing the external key is more important.

The world is not moving forward in time, you are at the end of the one-
thousand-year kingdom, where the world is going to shift back in time, at the
beginning of the one-thousand-year kingdom to repeat the process.

Page | 56
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
The ruler of this kingdom is not Caelestus Pater in the vast hidden
dimensions, it is none other than the Sun God, known also as the Sun of God,
and his quantum polar personality as the Moon God.”

“These entities are real?”

“Their spirit is real, their attitudes are real, and their motivation is real.
They exist, and their fruits expose them in everything they put their grimy
little hands on, and everywhere they go.

The SUN God and the MOON God are the adversarial opposites working
together, revealing the tree of good and evil. Both are one and the same. This
is not only real; they have a progeny that exists among all humans.”

“What? They have human children here?”

“Yes, but they are not human, they just look like us while they are
dressed in the human costume, while using the program.”

“The Program, Chief? What is that?”

Page | 57
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(7) The Generation that lost it all

Day Five – Mystery of Ignorance

I had no words to express my shock, all I knew is I never expected in a

million years for my world to be turned upside down like this. The next day we
then continued where we left off, I began the day with these words, “Do you
realize Chief what you are saying is monumental?”

The Chief went on to reply, “I want you to think about the world during
your time and in your very near future. Isn’t it called the information age? Is it
not the time when there is more information than ever in the history of
humanity, where individually everyone has access to knowledge?

Now wouldn't you think that the people of your generation would be the
smartest most intelligent people ever, having direct access to the fruits of all
knowledge and they would be the cleverest over all previous times? Compare
the 20th century from where you came from to the 13th century where you are
now, do you understand what I mean?”

“I understand what you are telling me. We have access to much

information and our technology is vastly more supreme, especially compared
to centuries prior.”

“Exactly, and just wait in about 30 years, you have seen nothing yet, in
your immediate future, information is going to become readily available to
every person on your planet, where entire libraries will be accessed at the tip
of your fingers, inside what is called the, ‘Internet’, more than at any other
time in ‘known’ history.

It is a technological vehicle known as the Global Information Highway.

And nearly every man, women and child on your planet will have access to it.
There may have been great knowledge in the distant past but did the average
person have access to it like humanity will have in your time? Obviously, not
within the boundaries of your memory.”
Page | 58
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“I do not remember where I heard this, but someone told me that the
military uses a secret communication called, the Intranet, but never heard of
the Internet, is it the same or did I hear you wrong?”

The Chief rapidly responded… “That may be your memory surging

through from a past time-loop. The ‘intranet’ was the forerunner. Now ask
yourself this question, if humanity has access to greater knowledge and
information in your time than in any other time in memory. Why is your
education failing and your morals are disappearing? Why are you not
advancing to higher spiritual levels?”

“Important question Chief, why is this happening?”

“Within the next few decades what you will witness will astound you
where the world will become blind, immoral and greatly lacking even in the
simplest comprehension, and in great numbers most people will lose
awareness and the ability to discern.

How is this possible unless something is occurring beneath the souls of

your feet, through the blindness of your heart and above the crown of your
head that is changing the world paradigm?”

“Chief, I will admit the more I think about it, more people have fallen
behind in their education than it was even one-hundred-years ago. Some
people are becoming dumber than rocks so to speak. There is no doubt about
it. There is very little discernment from the people or its leaders. I agree there
is a trend developing.

I have met some that do not even know how to grasp simple equations.
And as for discerning, I think that has been a lost gift for a very long time.
People are more like sheep than those of educated minds. And that is really an
oxymoron considering what you have just revealed.

I guess it is because people tend to gravitate to others, and believe what

someone else tells them, instead of them trying to ascertain the core value of
Page | 59
 Time-Loop Chronicles
the knowledge for themselves. How can we be living in the greatest
information age ever and the education of the masses is not even near the
academia we had back in the 19th century, where it was considered much less
civilized, and information was in little abundance?

I recall reading an 8th grade test for students that came from the late 19th
century. Their curriculum was so advanced, 99% of College Students of my day
would not have passed this test.

It is sort of eerie, but it is true when you think about it. And it must make
one wonder, how could this be possible during the greatest time of
information release ever, and most are becoming dog bone ignorant?”

The Chief rocked his head back and forth in agreement and proceeded…
“The reason it is possible is because humanity is being mentally bastardized.
And sadly, my friend, within the next 30-years what you see now will be
magnified one-thousand-fold in a very short period of time.

Humanity is being stripped mentally, emotionally, spiritually and

physically of their innate talents and abilities and they are slowly entering
back into the 10th century mind. Humanity is retrograding, reverting, going
backwards. They are not evolving.

Most humans alive back between the 11th thru 16th centuries were
ignorant, many were as dumb as rocks as is your idiom, because there was
little developed mind power that remained after the Time-Loop and yet
people were already retrograding before this event. And wretchedly, all that
remained was the remnant of those whose minds had been wasted, polluted
and destroyed.

Now understand this one truth, you cannot rule over people unless you
first remove intelligence and then create absolute mental degradation which
is granted to them via the loss of morals. Then and only then can people be
governed by and under any extreme. Strip the spiritual innate inner quality
out of them, and what you have left are dangerous animals.
Page | 60
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
After the loop, an entire world had to start all over again to relearn the
basic kindergarten level of knowledge, like having to learn to walk all over
again as a child after being a world class sprinter. However, this time you’re
slowly being beaten by force to obey, making it nearly impossible to grasp any
new personal identity or revelation, or to retain any memory, everything was
stripped down in the soul.”

“This is beyond my understanding. If everything is shifted back in time, all

that will be left are the people that existed back in 937AD, correct? Anyone
from my time could not be taken back unless they time traveled somehow.”

The Chief’s eyes lit up again and immediately cautioned me. “AH… you
are partially correct. What you need to comprehend is that the people of the
past, are the people of the future.

“Breaking in to thought here Chief, if the people are moving forward

from the 9th century into the 10th century, are they not already mentally
bastardized, because if they are humanity of that time, they obviously lack
quite a bit?

“My friend, that is correct! Now ask yourself this question, if these
people lived for ages upon ages of time as their generations melded from the
past into the future, why were the people so very ignorant after having so
much time to change or evolve, maybe even millenniums, unless something
occurred that destroyed their comprehension?”

“OH wow, Chief, you are right, they had more time than us to change,
why didn’t they, and if they did, then something must have gone wrong.”

“A world that should have had an articulate, dynamic, academic prowess

due to ages of knowledge, instead became moronic and zombie like.

There is very little education or knowhow or smarts. It was all lost,

because the people of your day, which came back in time had all their
memory removed from them during a new retrograde cycle, and the
Page | 61
 Time-Loop Chronicles
ignorance remained. Remember, events occur slowly, from one birth to
another, each soul enters and either begins to add to the equation or change
it.”

“Chief? Were the people in the 10th century changed because of the
people in the last age returning during the Time-Loop?”

“Not completely, remember Sol Malum’s Kingdom begins in the 10th

Century, he rules with a rod of iron, he simply made sure the mases became
ignorant and those who came back from the future simply melded into the
ignorance that was already occurring in their minds and hearts. It was a dual
attack.

And if they were becoming dumb as rocks during your time, what do you
think they will become when they are the product of the Old-World Order
design? Their minds will be beaten sponges to receive whatever a dictator
decides that they need to learn, to allow them only the ability to work and eat
as slaves.

These will become the fathers and mothers, and teachers of the old
world completely forgetting the new world. May the divine spirit forgive us,
AGAIN? A complete world of empty minds leading to great shame, easily
controlled by the enemy.

During your time, technology becomes rampant, and many poisons will
be entering the air, water and food, which are decimating the minds of the
masses, not even talking about the drugs that the majority are ingesting,
which is changing their DNA and limiting them to barely being able to scratch
out an existence. It is more in tune to the mind of an animal than a human. I
should retract that, not even most animals sink this low.

The reason this is occurring is because the rulers of the world cannot
afford knowledge to awaken a sleeping giant.

Page | 62
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Most of humanity will not survive the upcoming upheaval. Billions are
going to perish. However, souls do not perish. These souls will once again
incarnate, according to their placement ticket, and be stripped of all memory
only having what their soul has obtained, like water in a pipe with a leak, they
forget everything they had ever learned.”

“Are you saying reincarnation is real?”

“Of course, where do you think the soul goes? It must go somewhere
that is why it is called, ‘the transmigration of the soul’. The soul is eternal,
therefore life in this world is actually in type; the burial of the soul.”

“Then why does it matter about the information or knowledge of today?

Why would these dark entities concern themselves that information passes
between the time-loop if everyone will forget anyway?”

“Excellent question, the soul can still remember at the time of death, it
can keep knowledge within at a soul-conscious level. The more that the soul
has garnered before it exits this program, it may be able to retain in the time-
loop of what it had grasped at a deeper level, and thus would create an
enigma for the rulers.

However, it will feel like a dream as the brain of the body does not
contain this information only the soul does. Therefore, they need to create
confusion in the soul by altering their perceived reality in the flesh.

Let me tell you a little secret, there is a reason that the dark lords of this
world want people in a state of absolute ignorance. It is because, hold on to
your hat now, (Laughter heard from all around our circle) when you die, you
carry the knowledge of what you believed to the other side, and if you were
living in error or were being deceived, or you were awakening, this is what you
will take with you to the other side, incrementally.”

“You are saying, at death we carry with us our memories? But why
doesn’t the soul remember from beyond our time?”
Page | 63
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“To an extent, we carry with us the general modus operandi of beliefs
that we actually received within our soul via the flesh. The soul itself is
actually in a coma, it is sleeping, but believing it is awake.”

“Uh, Chief, you lost me there! We are sleeping, while thinking we are
awake? Is this happening here in this world or the next world?”

“The soul is always sleeping because it has been tricked. And what the
soul knows, but can’t recall, could be a vehicle to thwart those who are
wanting to send you back to start all over again.

If you are knowledgeable, let’s say, about reincarnation and you know
that coming back is a risk of being returned to prison, you won’t follow those
who direct you to follow the same event repeatedly. The dark side is very
fearful that we will figure this out.”

“But many die and some are very intelligent how come they are fooled?”

“Intelligence of this world is really based in ignorance. Most people who

are very intelligent have no grasp of the reality that they are being tricked.
They follow right in path with the deception, yet they are rather intelligent in
human terms. There is a verse in the Bible that states, ‘the Wisdom of man is
but foolishness to god,’ and now you know the rest of the story.

The entire world is being governed to believe the lie, only a few ever
correctly comprehend the con in any generation. Upon death, most will be
willing victims to follow whoever it is that is orchestrating this deception,
because they simply had no clue in the first place.

Let’s be honest, most humans no matter how intelligent they are, have
no clue what the afterlife is going to bring them or if there even is an after-life.

And when they see this bright light and bright tunnel and all its beauty
and joy and happiness all around them with loving hands and even past

Page | 64
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
friends and family supplying all the lost information that they would ever
dream of, who would not follow into this seeming paradise?

And yet never occurring to them it is a trap, a trap to send you back to
your provided body in another life whether in the future or the past. And just
like that, here you are… doing it all over again without any memory.

And most of the memories that you do retain will all be based in the
original deception that got you caught in the first place. Spinning wheels, rats
in a trap. The more you do not know about how the dark lord’s rule this realm,
the better for them that you will never catch on to their con.

However, if you do catch on then you are public enemy number one.
Ignorance is such a delicacy unto the rulers in the last days, not because of
what it can do for you, but what it can do for the masses at large. You become
enemy number one. If you begin to awaken other true souls, then you can
damage the entire plan of Sol Malum.”

“Do the rulers also die during this Time-Loop, and can they remember
anything in the new life as they come from the future and return to the past?”

“Friend, now you are beginning to understand the lesson deeply within
your soul proving you are starting to awaken, but WARNING… do not get
tricked into going back to sleep. The earthly rulers of your day have been
building and extending walled cities within the earth cavity.

Many of them are desiring to pass through the time change, and come
out during the 10th century. It is mostly humanity that will perish on the
surface.

Many of the rulers also control the program from the other side, and
they are not earthbound. The earthly rulers that happen to be alive believe
that during the transition on earth that they will escape through the gateway
inside the planet, called the time-tunnel.

Page | 65
 Time-Loop Chronicles
During this event, these rulers will come back out of their walled cities
and begin the process all over again, and their children will be the recipients
of their control, passing it down to their parents again as they reincarnate
back into this realm as their children’s offspring.”

“Aren’t they going to miss the technology that they had to once again
having to live basically like hermits? And are you saying they will enter within
the earth and be spared the shift, how is that possible?”

“This may surprise you, these entities love these role-playing scenes to
fit right in to the culture of the time. Many of them could care less about the
technology, they are more interested in personal control of others. They are
demented. And as to the second part of your question, I will answer shortly.

The enemy will easily be able; under these circumstances to control the
course of events again, including the necessary changes to your historical
documents, religious artifacts, and scientific dogma, to keep the con from ever
being exposed, so those that they rule over will not be able to function as an
opposition.

“If they kill people who they believe are waking up to the con, then won’t
those people be aware on the other side? Also, do any humans that remain on
the surface escape into the past alive, like these rulers?”

“They do not care if you perish having the truth, they only care that you
can help others. According to their beliefs, they trust they will escape the
time-loop shift being within the Earth.”

“Why is it that the rulers can be spared the shift while being inside the
earth as you say?”

“It is important now that you use your discernment and not go back to
sleep, I will teach you all about this world and how it operates, but for now I
will say, based on their beliefs, that while being gathered up and sent inside

Page | 66
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
earth; it is like being part of the earth itself, as living inside of its belly, the
shift does not affect them as it does those who simply live on the surface.

Now think about it, why would dark forces desire to make your planet
nearly unlivable? Because they already know the end-game. The Phoenix will
rise from the ashes. They believe the earth will not be destroyed, it just starts
over. And all the pollutants and toxins and horrible atrocities will be erased
during the shift, as if these horrible elements never even occurred.

And the world will be reborn anew, but the occupants will be wholly
ignorant. And the process will begin again, where the world and its occupants
will be led by the same malicious spirit that is like a stagnant ever persistent
parasite that feeds out of a cesspool.

This is no different than what I spoke about as complete libraries being

burned to the ground, and all the knowledge was lost. They do not want the
soul to capture or regain any knowledge of previous loops.

People that still use their minds and are educated with reason and
discernment, which is beyond mere book knowledge, are considered
dangerous during this change as we enter back into the beginning of this
Kingdom of this mindless reprobate.

What is truly happening is, the time called the awakening is occurring,
therefore, I have spent all my time trying to reveal to you that this is what will
finally free you. During the darkest time of this world at the end of the age, is
also the most powerful time for opportunity, change and disconnection.

This is when those who awaken among the masses begin to

comprehend, that the world is following a false logic, and then they begin to
realize that they fell away from their true realm long ago and must find a way
out of this time-loop trap to return home.

But there is only one way to leave, and it is not death as you may
perceive, death is also a trap. The true exit doorway is the doorway that is
Page | 67
 Time-Loop Chronicles
located within your soul, as the KEY-Panem Vitae, and it is not your human
body.”

“Why is death a trap?”

“Because to those who are unawake, death simply recycles the soul back
into the time-loop program. You will never know it is happening, if you are
stuck in the cycle, you will repeat the process never knowing you did it before.
There is nothing new under the sun.

Knowledge is being erased right before your eyes, so the people that re-
enter the new world will be the old comers in the thousand-year kingdom,
blind, dumb and ignorant.

These will be the previous teachers and parents of the old-world order
under the tutelage of Sol Malum using the panis venenum, and his children
are preparing his kingdom back at the beginning. They are building shelters
inside the planet to be saved.”

I was having a hard time understanding the term, inside the Planet, but
he told me to be discerning, and that has me wondering now… “Inside the
planet? This really stumps me. Are you serious that there is an operation going
on where underground facilities are being built under our feet?”

“Yes, they have extended the building from past time-loops to become
great fortresses with cities and walled communities so they can hide from the
destruction while most of humanity perishes. This is how they desire to
escape and continue with the deception as internal players.”

“Are you trying to tell me that there is a world beneath our feet?”

“Oh my, there are many worlds and many occupants of those worlds?
They have and are building many underground cities below that is so beyond
your imagination, so technologically advanced it would blow your mind away.”

Page | 68
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Oh, so they will have technology when they go back in time?”

“That is a secret I cannot reveal now, too much knowledge could cause
serious repercussions and could harm you. Of course, they always tell you that
technology is just man’s own development, but it is old knowledge that was
given to them by alien worlds, but we will discuss this later.

Sadly, mostly deviants, and sick minded trolls who worship Sol Malum
will lie within these halls of rocks built beneath the earth. They will even bring
with them in their underground prisons some of the offspring of humanity to
torture them, during this horrible time.”

“If they have underground cities with all of this technology why not just
live down there and exist there and not bother to come above?”

“They cannot exist with each other because of their darkness and
malevolence, they would turn on one another and kill each other. These are
sick reprobate entities that exist only to steal energy from humans as
vampires would suck out the blood. These energy vampires exist to live upon
the woes of humanity and its created system of Sol Malum. They exist only to
destroy, and never give life.”

“Is there no benevolent being that can stop them, are we left alone?”

“There is ONE that can help, the Great Caelestus Pater, the spirit above
and within.”

“Then why don’t we get this help?”

“The help is always there, however there is a law of free will that all
souls are given. The Caelestus Pater will never force anyone, by any means to
obey. We must by law make the decision for ourselves to produce the
necessary character to withstand the temptations. Until we reject the
deception, we will be compromised to always experience the choices of our
decisions.
Page | 69
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Those destined to return to the 10th century will have little to no
knowledge, they will simply live to survive like animals, and this will continue
until the Renaissance era, when finally, art, poetry, science, and all sorts of
knowledge is brought back slowly and very carefully by those who are skilled
artisans in controlling this kingdom’s awareness.

And this knowledge and awareness will funnel into the future again
leaving the masses limited to what they will have access to. But none of us
need to make this round trip, we can exit it now.

The knowledge that is eventually released to govern the people is done

in piecemeal and it only serves the elite or power players, so they can rule
from a greater advantage. And then they can control the knowledge the way
they deem fit.

Even those you have heard about like Da Vinci, Nostradamus, and so
many other secret players, are aware of the future, as being exposed to the
sinister dark societies. They already know what the future has in its tentacles,
because it keeps being replicated.

There is no real prophetic insight as if someone is peering into the

future. It is all known beforehand.

These so-called savants have had access to all that you have in your
time. The only difference is, it had to come out in such a way as to not spill the
beans, on what continues to unfold in this world.

Instead of them having access to future material from the gatekeepers,

they become known as visionaries and spiritual adepts, holding great status
among the people as prophets, sages and seers.

And these things were also passed on to those who became this world’s
teachers, as well as historians. This is where your libraries come from, not
from the factual data, but from what men and woman who were selected to
be worthy to extend the hidden agenda.”
Page | 70
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Forgive me, but if my memory of history is correct, or at least what was
handed down, weren’t your people cannibals, and lived a savagery life, and
didn’t the Anasazi eventually get killed off?”

“The knowledge that was passed down was given to you by those who
conquered the early land-dwellers known as the Indian. Obviously, the tales
told would honor the victors and not the losers. And the last I saw the Indians
were not ruling over your nation.

Granted many of the Indians fell from their ideal belief to fend for
themselves against anyone that would try to destroy them or their land and
their ways. However, the tribe I am with now are not Americanus Indians as
you might perceive, they are 4th dimensional helpers.”

“Okay… you really lost me there, 4th dimensional helpers?”

“Granted, we are getting a little ahead of ourselves. Now listen carefully,

my people are the gateway to the souls, all true souls. Those interlocked
within our group who return from the future and come back to the past are
the souls of my people, but not necessarily in the same form, and my people
live all over the earth.”

“You are saying someone that is not Anasazi in the flesh could go back in
time and be among your people, and yet be from another culture and race.
Does that really happen?”

“Well you tell me, you are here, are you not? And are you not part of my
people right now? Where did you come from?”

“In all honesty, I am not sure where I am anymore?”

“Hasn’t it occurred to you that I came from the future and became a
friend to these people of the past? Where do you think I received all my
knowledge about the future? Do you understand, the Anasazi did not come

Page | 71
 Time-Loop Chronicles
from the Anasazi, they became the Anasazi, and this occurs when they find
their pilgrimage home?

There are no Anasazi during your time, there are other tribes of Indians
as well other cultures, creeds and factions, but the Anasazi are not
Americanus Indians as you would perceive.”

“How is that possible? You are with the Anasazi right now, and based on
what you’re saying, the Anasazi came from the future, my time, as did you,
and they sure look like Indians to me?”

“Yes, they did, but when they came from your time, they were not yet
Anasazi until they moved through the doorway of the soul.”

“Whoa, take it back a few steps Chief.”

The Chief begins to laugh and says, “I told you it would be more
surprising than you thought. It is possible because the Anasazi are the
gateway to our soul. It is the beginning and the end. Once you find it, it is
over. What I am trying to reveal to you is we do not exist somewhere back in
time, we exist throughout all time through your soul. We are connected to
you.”

“ME?”

“I am speaking in general of course. Why do you think they call us basket

weavers and alien ancestors? We are weaving the fabric of your soul as
someone within yourself. Thus, we are alien to your world but not necessarily
alien to you. Now for you to understand the mystery. There are many Anasazi
that live among other races. Do you understand what I mean?”

“Sort of.”

“What I mean is, the nature, the inner parts of the heart, those who seek
peace and not war. Those who love the people and the land and not destroy
Page | 72
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
it. Those who care about what is right versus what is wrong. In their hearts
they are becoming Anasazi, weavers of the soul, they just never knew it.

When these advance to the highest level of conduct in their heart, they
become Anasazi, meaning the ‘awakened ones’. Are you now beginning to
understand what I am saying?”

“I think so, I think what you are saying is, an Anasazi is simply a nomad
upon the earth no matter what race, creed or color. They try to live a simple
life; they try not to get involved with the world around them; separating
themselves from all that which is. They are here, but they are not really here,
they know they belong somewhere else.”

“Fantastic, you nailed it, this is just a voyage of their soul until they can
find the gateway to return.”

“Are you saying you are not really here but are some vision or dream?”

“Hmm, well I guess it might be prudent for me to ask, ARE YOU REALLY
HERE, or are you dreaming?”

Page | 73
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(8) The Mystery of Time

Day Six – Unraveling of the Time Machine

At this point I am barely able to grasp everything the Chief is talking

about. Is he even there, is he here, what is all of this about? Who am I, why
have I been chosen to learn these things?

As we slept the night away and I spent the following day learning about
their beliefs and practices, quickly sunset was upon us and we began the
lessons again.

I began to ponder more deeply on what the Chief was saying. How is it
possible that the world can continue to revert in time? Doesn't it move into
the future; how can the earth be set back in time when life seems to continue
to move forward? We age don’t we, doesn’t this prove some form of linear
movement in time?

This is hard to understand? In my mind I was wondering, do we live as

the same person repeatedly since we reduplicate time patterns? Have we all
done this before?

The Chief went on to explain further… “It is because the Earth is a time
machine that operates from the North Pole through the South Pole, and other
energy center vortexes, like near the great sphinx of Egypt and the Bucegi
Mountains in Romania, along with multiple other places on the earth’s grid.
This is where the mechanisms exist that operates this machine as a
holographic energy source.

No one can go any further into the future, because it is the end of all
ages, like running into a brick wall, or a program that comes to an end. The
time clock stops and reverts to the beginning, however in this case the
beginning is the 10th century.”

Page | 74
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“I have heard and read in books, which I always thought were science
fiction that people claim to have seen our future and say that it is filled with
futuristic cities and wonderful technologies. Are these just figments of people’s
imagination, or is there any truth to this?”

“An extremely important question, it has to do with dimensions of the

time-space quantum continuum. The fact is these people are not seeing in
their future, they’re considering another time even another dimension.”

“Just a sec, if time is not linear, and we always revert in time, in a loop as
you call it. Then, how can someone see another futuristic time that is non-
existent?”

“I will soon be answering all of your questions. What you are witnessing
right here and now, is one of many time-lines, and each time line is unique
and yet sometimes parallel, but all different dimensions of the mind.

As an example, there are many earths, maybe millions and even billions
unto infinity, but each earth is unto its own time. And each one is in its own
dimension. And they are all part of a dream. Again…”

“More on this later, right?”

“Exactly!”

“Is time within every dimension also in a time-loop like this one?”

“No, time only exists in the three-dimensional virtual world, other higher
dimensions are not regulated by time. However, those that are regulated by
time, time is unique in their respective dimensions, just like it is unique on
every planet. Whatever the solar clock reveals within that particular
dimension then that is its time-loop.”

“Are there other earths in a time-loop like ours?”

Page | 75
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Yes, via the fact new earths are created all the time from the minds of
the occupants.”

“Excuse me?”

“Where do you think dreams come from? It’s the mind, it’s always the
mind.

Time must always come back around. All your seasons, and planetary
alignments all tell you the same truth. We are not moving outward or forward,
we are in a cycle, a loop, always returning from where we came from. This
does not change on any world, as long as there are stars and planets via the
material nature, there will be time.”

“I have read scientific dailies that espouse to the fact that we are moving
outward in space, traveling at great speeds, how can this be a loop then if this
is occurring?”

“It is not occurring; this is an illusion of a holographic laser light show

that penetrates deeper into the void. Nothing is really moving, it is all a mind-
game.”

“So, this cycle was altered, and now we are stuck in a thousand-year time
loop, living and reliving lives repeatedly.”

“Yes, and as for returning into the same bodies, yes, we do for the most
part, as well as we return in other bodies in different times, and they are also
the same. Each of us over the one-thousand-years has been here at least one
time every one-hundred-years, and some many times over. And that’s not
even counting pre-lives before the loop.”

“Pre-Lives?”

“Yes, we lived before this loop occurred. We lived before the 10th
century, but it has all been forgotten. We have existed in different cultures,
Page | 76
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
different communities, different religions, and different races and yes even
different sexes, but it is always you. The outer is an illusion as the game
template; and the inner is reality.”

“If we are the same person in whatever generation we live, does this
mean our birth and death are already known prior to coming here?”

“Yes and no. Some make wrong choices and bring about an early death,
some make good choices and may bring a longer life. But either way they
cannot pass the wall of their time unless they find a gate, or Caelestus Pater
aids in their modification, he can change the rules for the specific growth
pattern of that soul to continue moving forward towards freedom.

There is no future beyond the point of where you are at now though,
there is only the past, of where I am at now, and thus we are now connecting
together again.”

“Wait a second, you said all are in a time-loop, all worlds return back like
the clock, so how can someone see into a different future if this is the last
age.”

“It is called Soul Memory at the soul-consciousness level. There is no

future beyond that which is at the end of the age, in your time. However not
all worlds are in the same time dimension. There are worlds that began where
humans were not in the material body, they existed in what may be called in
type a paradise having energy soul bodies.

Now paradise is different to each world, some are technological

paradises and some are earthly paradises such as gardens, forests and lakes.
And then there is one that is our heavenly abode beyond space and time. It is
like being in a movie, with a beginning and an end, however, all movies are
different, and all have different beginnings and endings.

My people and many like us were the caretakers of your land you now
call Americanus long ago. Why do you think this was? It is because when all
Page | 77
 Time-Loop Chronicles
the changes occur due to the planetary time-loop, and destruction unfolds on
the entire earth, it is brought about by the same malevolent ones of this
despotic kingdom of socialist fascism or potestas daemonis, which is demonic
control.

The ones that will carry this knowledge and the facts inside the stories,
that seem to stretch for tens of thousands of years, are my people and those
like them. We always return to help those who are waking up.”

“But how did you and your people know all of this?”

“Because you are waking up.”

“I am waking up?”

“Well, you and those like you.”

“And then WE return?”

“Try not to think of this as a linear event. Stretch your mind.”

“You also spoke of the awakening, how does that play in, if everyone is
dying or returning, who was awakened?”

“That is not quite an accurate analogy. The awakening is the gateway of

your soul returning back from where you originally came from.”

“That is what I said, didn’t I?”

“Not really, there is a big difference in returning via the gateway of one’s
soul and returning to planet earth in the time-loop.”

“Now I am officially confused.”

Page | 78
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“What I am trying to convey, is not everyone that returns, returns to this
earth in its time-loop. Some move into a higher dimension even though they
may be seen and even heard within this dimension, they are not truly here,
they are between worlds.”

“Between worlds?”

“Yea, do you believe in ghosts?”

“Yes, I think I do, many have stated they have seen them, I never have
though.”

“Okay then, what is a ghost?”

“A spirit that may have once lived here as human but now is in another
realm.”

“Well sort of, the realm they exist within is another dimension. They
could be standing right next to you, on the very same planet, but they are not
here. However, Ghosts are not really spirits, they are soul-minds. They are a
projection from their spiritual mind.”

“Wow, never heard of that before. All I know is they are invisible to our
eyes, right?”

“They are invisible to most, if they can be living on an earth and yet be
invisible, doesn’t this include the fact that a separate earth can also be
invisible yet still be in the same place?”

“I guess.”

“Then how do you know I am not a ghost?”

“Because I can see you.”

Page | 79
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Well, how do you know that you are not also a ghost?”

“Because I am alive, I can feel, hear, touch, I mean I must be alive.”

“My friend you are sitting on the ground of your earth 800-years before
you were ever born, where all that have lived here are now supposedly dead
and buried, which makes them either ghosts or souls reincarnated. Are you
sure you are not a ghost?”

“I don’t think I am, I was alive when I passed through the wall of the
cave, and now I am here.”

“Are you sure you passed through the barrier of the wall of time? Are
you sure you are really here?”

One of the elders of the community came to the Chief and asked him to
come with him. The Chief excused himself and said he would be right back.
Upon returning the Chief continued…

“Excuse me my wife called for me to remind me of an important item.

Sorry for the delay... Try to imagine there being millions of earths but each
one is invisible to the other and yet all occupy the same space.”

“Now that would be tricky.”

“It might be tricky, but it is a fact. There are many earths, but they are in
different dimensions. Right now, you are a ghost to someone else that also
exists on earth but in another dimension. And right now, I am a ghost to you,
but you can see me.”

“Whoa hold those horses a second…”

“Don’t worry it will all become clear. The only difference is, when the
earth reverts the ghost of the Anasazi return, but this time they make

Page | 80
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
themselves visible due to their ability to walk through gates between the
worlds. Now let’s get back to the time-loop.

Those who control the world during my time became the monks, the
silent ones who control the destiny of the earth. Haven’t you ever wondered
why it is that the monks are the ones that always seem to restore history after
finding lost documents and relics? Didn’t this seem a tad fishy? A people who
had no technology, were unable to travel long distance, seem to have all the
lost data.”

I wondered, “Where did the Monks come from?”

“They simply followed through with their earlier incarnation and became
the caretakers of information.

They then transformed themselves into lowly teachers that would

become the custodians of all history… or should I say controllers?

Women became infidels and were treated horrible and the Monks
stayed among themselves and separated from the women. But those of the
elite had many consorts or harams. And through these relationships were the
elite’s children born that represented their houses via their specific progeny.”

“I didn’t think the monks married?”

“It wasn’t the Monks it was the leaders of the church, and those who
were power magnets over countries. Also, there are many other mysteries to
this puzzle.”

“You mean like those inside the earth that escaped during the Time-
Loop?”

“Let me just say, not everything is being revealed correctly. Remember

the monks did not start as Monks, they became Monks to fulfill the mission of

Page | 81
 Time-Loop Chronicles
the earth chronology, and then the Royal houses began to take over to
continue the lineage of the malevolent ones.

The stories of my people that were handed down from their Fathers, did
not come from our past, they are stories and prophecies from the children
who were from our future. The same with the monks and the priesthood,
which became the secret societies.

Do you understand? I know what I know because my soul returned back

into the past already having this knowledge, but I failed to access the secret
that would allow me to return to the sky of our ancient parents, and thus have
been stuck in this trap, but soon to be no more.”

“How did you acquire all this knowledge, it is all new to me as you are
revealing it?”

“Yes, that is true, in 1984 all of this was new to you, but in 33 years you
will understand all of it.”

“How?”

“Because I am revealing it to you in 1984.”

“Chief, there had to be a point where you didn’t have this knowledge
also, so who told you?”

Laugher everywhere commenced. The Chief looked at me straight

forward into my eyes and said, “YOU DID!”

Page | 82
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(9) The Great Culling

Day Seven – The Mystery of the Past & Future

I sat their trying to process all this new information that the Chief was
giving to me. He then allowed for time for me to reconcile this material, for
there was much to consider.

He stood up and said, “Open your heart and seek.” He then walked away
as I remained in my own thoughts. I began to wonder, there is nearly five
billion people on this planet in 1984, where will they go during this event to
come.

Are all these people destined to die? And then my thoughts went into,
where does the soul really go? Who really are we? As the Chief came back and
sat down, he said, “Your thoughts trouble you, let me be of assistance.”

I asked him, “Where do these people go during my time. We have five

billion people in this world. Americanus is but a dusting of humanity. What
about the rest of humanity?”

The Chief not surprised I would ask such a question seemed to already
be prepared with more data.

“Now what is important to understand is, billions of people are going to

die when the earth falls backwards. But this should not shock you. Everyone
dies, it is the nature of this world. Billions were born and billions will die.”

“What kind of event would cause this?” I shrilled.

“Death comes to everyone; however, this particular time is when

apocalyptic events take place in your near future. The earth will shake from its
boundary and will roll along like a child’s little toy ball. The earth will fall
backwards because it has come to the end of the program. Earth is going to

Page | 83
 Time-Loop Chronicles
bounce to and fro as it resets the time clock as a time machine going back to
another time. The earth is being reset.”

“Are you saying, that the planet itself will change back to what it
appeared as 1080 years ago, with both land and water mass? And anyone
living on the planet during these events will witness the earth changing
backwards in time? As an example, if you are living on land that one-thousand
years ago was under water, will you then go under water?”

“Well for the most part yes, but not exactly. As well as some land that is
under water in your time. If that land was above water one-thousand years
ago, it may return again.”

“Does this mean the fabled Atlantis, Phoenicia and Lemuria will also
return? I have read about these lost cities.”

“Not really, except for portions of their lost world may become visible.
They are not within the one-thousand-year cycle. These are lands which were
occupied and above water many thousands of years ago, before the grand
cycle was cut short. The last time they went below water they have
remained.”

“So, they could be hundreds of thousands of years old, now right?”

“Oh no, not really, remember time is in a loop. Atlantis ultimately

disappeared ten-thousand years ago and Lemuria vanished even further back.
No matter how long we continue to remain in this cycle, these lands do not
move further back in time, they will always remain the same in time
separation due to the loop’s nature.”

“So, they are just lost forever?”

“No, in fact they are not lost at all, their energy always keeps them
alive.”

Page | 84
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Explain to me how can their energy keeps them alive if they’re long
gone.”

The Chief smiled and asked, “Are you ready for this?” I nodded to give
approval. “Where are you right now?”

“I am sitting on the ground looking up at you.”

“No, where are you right now?”

“Oh, I see; I am back in time.”

“You just walked through that door and came from your time back to
this time, correct?”

“Yes.”

“Do we exist, or don’t we?”

“Well of course you do, I am speaking to you right now.”

“How is that possible, if you are hundreds of years into the future,
wouldn’t we have passed on long ago, yet we are as close to you as that
doorway?”

“Yea but, you said you may not be really here.”

“Yes, I did, I also said you may not really be here either. But the fact
remains, you are speaking to me hundreds of years into your past.”

“Does this mean all time exists at the same time?”

Those that were surrounding the Chief, along with the Chief all stood up
and waved their hands to the sky, and shouted with glee. He looked at me

Page | 85
 Time-Loop Chronicles
with a huge smile, and said, “Exactly, time is not moving, the interactive
avatars are moving through time.

We are as close as an open door to all previous times and all future
times. The only difference is most do not walk in doorways into other periods,
they move forward one step after another via linear deception.

It is like watching a movie that has been copied or taped. The entire
movie is all set within the boundaries of that recorded program. The one
watching the movie can determine what place in the movie they would like to
begin viewing. If you choose to start watching towards the end of the movie,
does this mean the beginning of the movie is no longer there? Of course not,
it is all on the same tape.

Time reacts as a recording, it goes from start to finish, only we are the
ones who jump around time viewing the results of the movie, but in this case,
while interacting within it.”

“Stop the presses Chief! That would mean this world is not real, it is a
program that was already created and we are like interactive watchers in a
movie that bounces in from time to time to watch a specific frame.”

“By George I think you’ve got it! Now you are starting to understand.
The entire planet reverts in time, because the tape is being rewound during
what is called the Piscean pause. And instead of moving into the 1 st Age of
Aquarius as it once did, it then returns to the Piscean age, again, it is being
redirected back one-thousand-years back into Pisces, and the planet is part of
the setting.

We the observers are heading back with it to start watching the

beginning of the show, via what is called reanimated soul insertion via the
time shift, but this time instead of moving forward; we are all returning to the
day the Earth fell backwards.

Page | 86
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
You cannot watch anymore into the future because the movie ended,
there is nothing left in the movie because the programming ended. Therefore,
there is no future, there is nothing left of the movie to watch, except the
credits.

Lands that were once there as part of the program will have appeared to
return to where they were a millennium ago, and the system will be reset. At
that point, the movie will be rewound, as it had been in 937AD.”

“Chief, you said the reoccurrence might not be exact, how is it possible if
it was already programmed, wouldn’t it have to be exact as it was
programmed?”

“No, not necessarily, while answering your questions as to how this

occurs. It is true some things may change because this is an interactive movie,
along the way changes are made by the actors, that is all of us.

And when we make a change it is adapted into the programming and

thus creates a chain reaction revealing not everything is perfectly exact, past
or future. This movie is likened unto a liquid film where it can adapt to new
things, however, it is still all old things. For nothing is new under the sun.

Very little is ever changed because the interactive agents, are not
making wise decisions, instead most follow the program. However, one thing
to be aware of is, when the movie does change, hardly anyone is aware of it. It
becomes fluid as if nothing materialized. Slight changes occur all the time,
every day, but most do not recognize them.”

“Chief are you telling me events surrounding us in our lives could change
from what they had been to something else and we would not know this?”

“Let me just say, events are constantly changing and most of humanity
has not been aware. However, as the planet enters the final scene of its movie
play, during your time, many will begin to recognize things are changing all the

Page | 87
 Time-Loop Chronicles
time, this is because the time-loops are crossing over one upon another, and
the dimensions are melding.

Let me continue… The time clock was interfered with. We are no longer
in a 25,920-years’ cycle as I have continued to relay, it is much harder to
control the artificial intelligence as interactive agents/directors in a movie that
is extremely lengthy.

What is easier, to direct a movie that is two hours long, or one that is a
hundred hours long? Events must be controlled and, more compacted. Too
much time allows for too many potential changes that would allow souls to
awaken, and this, Sol Malum will not allow.

These programmed events must not change too much, so they decided
to simply install a mended time-loop to revert the clock back to the 10th
century, instead of the 1st age.

It is much easier to deal with than to have to start all over again from the
beginning. However, there is a much greater reason for this. Because when we
use to shift back to the 1st Age, many were awakened, as the 1st age is the
water carrier, meaning the spirit can flow again after the loop.

Billions of people will be shaken to their core, and nearly every soul at
the end of the cycle will be instantly removed, in the twinkling of an eye, few
to everlasting life, and the majority to everlasting shame and contempt as
they are stuck in hell again, and those who fail to awaken will be reinserted
back in time during the cycle of their connection.

What I am telling you, is billions of flesh and blood bodies are going to
be removed from the program, the movie is over, and later I will explain who
they all are and what happens to them.

The plan has always been, by those who control to destroy humanity,
because the movie is over, you might as well go out with a bang. So, the end
was designed in the program itself, because they already know the end of the
Page | 88
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
movie. They already know that humanity as we know it ceases to exist in a
blink of an eye, because the program ended and then it is restarted again as it
was one-thousand-years ago.”

“May I ask you a silly question?”

“Certainly, don’t be shy! No question is ever silly if you need to know an

answer.”

“How many people are on this earth during 10th century, if this is the
time it reverts too?”

“The time and world that the time-loop occurs during the 10th century
had for the most part, 350-million people, obviously, this is a far cry from 8
Billion, in the last generation. These are mostly the true souls who have been
reinserted.”

“So, you are telling me that only 350-million people will survive what is
about to happen out of 8 Billion people?”

“The 350-million are the souls who advanced from the earlier ages of the
past as they entered the 10th century before the time-loop occurred, these are
not the people who survived the future Per Se, but they were from the future.
Do you understand?”

“Barely, but I will try to tackle this. I suppose what you are telling me is
those from the past are some of us from the future, as they had advanced
through time. They are not those who survived to return to the past as
humans, but they are souls who continued to move forward during their
period, as the reincarnated of the future. Boy this is weird.”

“Actually, let me explain it a little better. Normally when a body

perishes, it returns to the light or remains stuck as a ghost. And then it is
recycled through reincarnation. However, at the end of the age, it doesn’t
really work like this.”
Page | 89
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“What’s the difference then?”

“The difference is the people coming from the 9th century into the 10th
century, are already there, as generational life moves forward, remember it is
a dream-movie. That means when this shift happens, these people do not
come from the future as those who are dead and reborn, they haven’t even
been there yet, at least in their thinking according to the dream-movie.

These people living in the 10th century will wake up one morning like
they always do, and they will be the same soul they were when they went to
bed the night before, However, they will also that person from the future who
was replanted back into the past.”

“This is like a tangled ball of thread, you are saying it is just like, ‘poof’,
you die in the future and instantly you are back in the past, but you are still the
same person who reincarnated from the past into the 10th century, but, you
just came back from the 21st century?”

“YEP! Just like a dream, the program doesn’t change, just the dreamer.”

“But Chief if there is only 350-million people that continue from the 9th
century into the 10th century, then where do these billions of souls who passed
on from my time return to, there are not enough bodies to re-enter or
reanimate?”

“This is because there are billions of bodies that have no souls, they
cannot pre-exist, because they never really existed.”

Page | 90
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(10) The Three Races of People

Day Eight – Mystery of soul, spirit and body

The Chief told me yesterday that I need to take some time to imagine
what he just revealed and we would return tomorrow. As the evening came
upon us in the new day, both the Chief and I were alone, and he began to
speak with a very sullen demeanor. I then realized this subject was not only
going to be important, it will be nearly intolerable to accept.

Without hesitation, the Chief began... “There are three races of people
on this planet, the divine race of the Aeons, the created programmed soulless
race and the angelus genus, Archons, which are the children or followers of
Sol Malum.

The soulless race is made up of soulless bodies, it functions only by the

holographic body programmed computer. As well, there are bodies who have
been taken over by the angelus genus, both occupant and possession.

The divine race is made up of children of Caelestus Pater and Caelestus

Mater. However, their children are not the bodies, they are the souls, which
reside inside the body template program with their mind.

What happens is a war occurs between two forces, a programmed force

and an intelligent consciousness force, the body and the soul. In the Bible, it
spoke of the war within the members of the body, now it is time you learn
what this means.

This is a real war. As the body is programmed a certain way and it

follows that way, the soul must not follow in the same direction, it must
overcome the lusts and desires that which is programmed in the body. If it
allows the body to fulfill its mission, you will have fulfilled prophecy, because
this is the program.

Page | 91
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Unless a soul from the Divinum Spiritus inhabits a body, it is not from the
Caelestus Pater. Therefore, if there are billions of bodies, rest assured only a
small percentage are Divinum Spiritus soul-filled.

We do not know the exact number but the percentage is vastly lower
than the world’s population especially during your time. Obviously as you
track back that percentage rises comparably to the time and its population.

What this means is, all Divinum Spiritus souls can incarnate repeatedly
within this one-thousand-year period no matter how many bodies there are.
There will always be plenty of bodies to accommodate all true Souls.

There is always enough room for incarnated Divinum Spiritus, called the
Aeons, children of the Monad. Remember, a selected body in whatever
generation has always been chosen for each soul. And a body has been
prepared for each soul accordingly during whatever dimensional time they are
sent.”

“So, we then come back as the same people all the time, you would think
we would finally get it?”

“Yes, because that is your container it is like clothing you have in your
own personal closet, and this is where Déjà vu comes from. Here is the
problem though, if all time is occurring at once, then how can a soul be in
multiple bodies at the same time? This can easily occur because all souls are
multi-dimensional. You can be in many different bodies at once during many
different times, from a projected source spirit.”

“If Déjà vu is a recollection of past events that one is repeating, then why
don’t we have them all the time? And just what does it mean multi-
dimensional?”

“It depends on the person, if a person is making changes in their

interactive state, the changes will interfere with the memory and the life plan
will also change incrementally. Being multi-dimensional reveals like the pixels
Page | 92
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
forming a motion picture, every thought a soul has can participate in that
specific dimension of the mind as being unique.

Remember the body shell is already programmed to fulfill the script, the
soul becomes the opposition. Once a soul enters; the programming is
challenged. And the internal war ensues, until either the body is victorious or
the soul.”

“What happens if the body is victorious over the soul?”

“Then the soul is recycled or reinserted back through the controls of the
angelus genus who rule this world, i.e. that operate this program.”

“You mean in the one-thousand-year time-loop?”

“Correct! They take back the souls and send them out again to where
they are connected in the program. There hope is they can finally break the
soul to cause them to worship these rulers eternally, which means to remain
stuck in the loop forever.”

“What is the soul doing when it is not using a body?”

“It is sleeping, but dreaming that it is awake.”

“What you are saying is, every time a baby is born it is just a program.”

“Yes, until or unless a soul or spirit essence is attached to it, all human
bodies and animal bodies are biological programmed robots. They are
programmed by their DNA on how they appear, who they are and what they
eventually will become, and what they will think and believe as to how they
operate instinctively or consciously.

Everything is already part of their programming, except that which the

soul changes due to the interactive intelligence.”

Page | 93
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“But if there is only a small percentage of real souls during my time that
means most humans are simply robots that follow the programming.”

“Now you know why this subject matter is so difficult. In the period that
you now live in; there is a great variance between the souls and the non-souls.

There is a biblical verse that reveals this, it states that before one enters
the age of the kingdom, which we now know is the one-thousand-year time-
loop. It states that the Diabolis is loosed for a little season at the end of the
thousand-years. Of course, this has been greatly misunderstood.

Now think about it this way, hasn’t your population dramatically

multiplied and all of it is in this last one-hundred-year period. From around
the 10th century to the 20th century the population raised structurally and
within limits with tiny percentage increases along the way. However, since
1900 the population has nearly quadrupled.

That is unheard off… What this is revealing is the mind of Diabolis has
begun to saturate the mind of the world. And due to its amoral adrift, it has
created massive amounts of bodies where they can be programmed to fulfill
the ultimate end game.

Thus, as it reveals, at the end of the thousand-years, the Diabolis is

released, but in truth where was he all this time? Well he was imprisoned
along with all of us. His spirit was in a type of prison.

I will touch on this later… What you need to understand is Sol Malum is
the ruling Sun-God of this world, he operates this world under the knowledge
of good and evil from outer space. The Diabolis plays the character of devil as
being evil, while Sol Malum plays the character of god or good.

They make it appear they are at odds with each other when the truth is
they fully operate in unison. At the end of the thousand-years where the
world has become so entrenched into the amoral adrift, most are wandering
around lost.
Page | 94
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Sol Malum will come on the scene to promote the one way, the one
government, and the one religion. And to do so means creating the illusion
that the Diabolis will be bound again after being loosed.

I say illusion because the Diabolis is never truly bound, it is just that at
the end of the age he has freer capacity to do ‘his thing’ because more bodies
are operating from the program alone creating the desired and necessary
effects giving the Diabolis more control, whereas when the earth shifts he is
drastically limited because most of the bodies are divine souls.”

“What is his thing?”

“Glad you asked, his thing is to divide and conquer, an exploitation of

ideas where no one has the truth but everyone believes they know. He
creates so much confusion no one knows whether they are coming or going.

Sol Malum then comes on the scene to establish order out of all the
chaos, bringing back a time of ignorance via the rule of the rod of iron.

So even though the world is lost, it is all now of one mind, following the
one Lord, while the Diabolis, the author of confusion will once again be placed
at bay. It is all part of the mass illusion of control.

The Diabolis is not really imprisoned, he is just limited to what he can do

as Sol Malum now rules with a rod of iron, forcing people to comply with the
one way.

That is why they want a global government. As the thousand-years

moves forward, from the time-loop and people begin to rebel against the one
way, the Diabolis, which is the Moon God is then released to begin the end-
game to establish the beginning once again, usually the last 80-100-years.

If you track back 80-100-years from the end of the program, you come to
World War I, which reveals the Diabolis was back at work. Now remember, Sol

Page | 95
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Malum rules for one-thousand-years, but during the half age time-loop there
is 1080-years. The remaining years is the ‘little season’ the Diabolis is released.

During your time, most people are soulless robotic bodies without
conscience. This is because the climate of lawlessness and immorality has
become so widely accepted that too many avatars of the program are being
added, creating a huge differential between souls and non-soul filled bodies.
There are simply not enough souls to fill bodies, even though souls can enter
multiple bodies at once, it is usually done in different periods not the same
period.

Let me try to explain in more detail so that you can have a better grasp
at what is occurring. The seeding of the human body is via the spirit of the
sower. The sower is either the Caelestus Pater, through the Panem Vitae, or it
is Sol Malum. The human or animal body is not the seed, it is what the seed is
planted within.

The human body of itself is a program, it is designed to operate without

anything else added to it. If there is no seedling, it is simply a program.”

“Why would the Caelestus Pater want to send his children in a time-loop
prison?”

“He didn’t want to and never did. The child, you and me, chose to do this
against orders, and now we must pay the penalty for that choice until we can
reconcile the error. However, for as long as the true seeds remain here they
are forever connected to the Great Father and Mother in the sky, and that will
never change.

As easy as we chose to reject our divine right, we can choose to

reestablish it, and this is a gift we have all been given. The Caelestus Pater has
never rejected us, we in turn rejected his orders. When the body is seeded, it
becomes like a symbiotic union of the soul linked to the computer program.

Page | 96
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
The body itself without this union is designed to think, to speak, to hear,
to touch etc... It is what some may call an artificial intelligence computer
program.

When a seed or ‘thee’ seed is planted within, it creates a symbiotic

relationship with the body program, meaning the seed is like a new
consciousness added to the mechanical wherewithal of the body
consciousness.

This soul consciousness can lay dormant, or it can literally take over the
functions, both mental and physical inside the body.

The seed is planted when the door opens for the child to take its first
breath. Often the doctor will pat the child on the rear and then it engages to
bring in the breath of life. The ancients called this the N’Shamah, the breath
for the soul of Caelestus Pater.

This breath or air is the spirit conduit that allows the seed/consciousness
to be implanted. Thus, the Latin word for breath is Spiritus. It is the
disseminated soul.

If there is no seed available, the human child will be without a soul

consciousness when the first breath is taken, but this breath is a result of the
program and not the seed of Divinum Spiritus.

The body itself will have little to no ability to analyze itself, it will simply
function as a program based only on the five senses and the elements of its
surrounding world.

Therefore, the reason that there are so many people on this planet, it is
due to the fact more biological entities are born than there are souls available
here in this realm, especially now during your time.

Page | 97
 Time-Loop Chronicles
This means a large portion of people are simply programs going through
the motions without a thought or any individualized concept of their own.
They are not attached to anything beyond this program.”

“I am having difficulty dealing with this, you mean a beautiful little baby
could be nothing more than a machine?”

“I told you this was not going to be easy. However, the good news is this.
If the machine is soulless it doesn’t have anything to compare with, so it will
not care one way or the other.

What you might desire or believe, the soulless container does not
reciprocate your feelings. You may care, you may be angered or upset,
because this doesn’t seem fair. Our duty is not to judge the body, but to allow
it to grow with everyone else and at the end the results will be made
manifest.

Did you know Panem Vitae spoke of these counter bodies versus the
divine soul filled bodies? He called them the good seed and the bad seed
planted together in the same garden.

He said let them grow together until the awakening and then those who
are the good seed will be removed and taken to the barn of protection, and
the bad seeds were to be gathered up and bound into chains, and thrown into
the fire.

Remember, it also says the Diabolis will be bound for a thousand years,
this is when this happens. At the time that Sol Malum is establishing his one-
thousand-year millennium kingdom reign, the Caelestus Pater using the
Panem Vitae is redeeming those who have awakened and bringing them out
of this hell and returning them to their home/paradise.

What is happening is these robotic bodies are going to be eradicated as

in type, like being bundled, and they will be burned and erased from the world

Page | 98
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
as there is no soul to leave the body so it cannot go back in time with the
others.

The Panem Vitae was speaking of the difference between the children of
the Caelestus Pater and the children of Sol Malum.

Now look above where I said, bound into chains, this is critical. In your
time, spirits that were imprisoned can be released for a short season, meaning
they can roam around and attach themselves to any of these bodies that are
simply programmed.

So not only do we have the soulless bodies, but we have those who are
called the Reprobi Angeli that can take over these bodies at will, and use them
to do their thing.

This world is falling into darkness deeper and deeper. What this means
is, when it says these reprobi angeli will be bound and chained, it means those
that are spirit controlled bodies, not the programmed only bodies, and they
are returned to the cycles of being imprisoned by their chosen body, for one-
thousand-years or are simply imprisoned inside the 4th dimension, and then
again they will be released for a short season also.”

“What you are implying, is that the good and bad seeds are both sent
back in time to live among each other, minus the programmed soulless
bodies?”

“Yes! The programmed vehicles are not good or evil Per Se at birth,
except only by their later actions will you be able to see the structured
content of their inner being through how it is demonstrated in their
functioning, or better stated, ‘you shall know them by their fruits.’

They have no pre-history. They have not been reincarnated like the good
and bad seeds have. They are simply existing until the cessation of their
programmed body.”

Page | 99
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Excuse me Chief, you just said these were the bad seeds, but then you
said the bad seeds could reincarnate, but now you said they can’t?”

“This is what I am getting at. All the unoccupied bodies are also bad
seeds due to their corrupted avatar programming.

This is the difference, those who are the children of Sol Malum are spirits
living inside bodies like the divine ones. However, the soulless bodies are also
the children of the Diabolis, because the body is programmed like robots using
the reptilian portion of the brain to function, and like any good robot they
obey their creator. They do not have a soul, which could allow them to
reconstruct a new pattern of things, they instead only follow orders.

However, those spirit essences that were once reprobi angeli, can
reincarnate. But the bodies without any occupied essence cannot, even
though they are both bad seeds. Only the souls reincarnate, not a body.
Therefore, billions of bodies will never reincarnate leaving plenty of room for
the real essences to do so.

Now when a child of the Caelestus Pater enters the body, they enter a
programmed body of the Diabolis. This is where the war begins, the soul must
fight against the Diabolis programming and overcome the program. This is the
battle.”

“And if the soul doesn’t overcome him?”

“I have already addressed this, the soul will be reincarnated repeatedly,

until it does overcome.”

“I am really confused about something here. If the soul lives in all bodies
at the same time, even if it is multi-dimensional as you say. What happens
when it overcomes in one period and it doesn’t overcome in another?”

“Fantastic question. To answer your query, you must try to realize the
soul is also many pieces building on its entire picture. If the soul does
Page | 100
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
overcome it does so because of the unity of the whole not the individual
pieces. What the soul gathers and learns over time via all its individualized
aspects, it will eventually help it to overcome.

Whether it is in the future or the past, the day it occurs where the soul
becomes victorious that is the when the gateway opens for the entire soul-
group to move through.

Look at it this way, you have schools that you go to which gives one an
education. As you move through the grade levels, which are often grades one
through twelve, you are adding more knowledge to the previous knowledge.

When you come to graduation all that you had learned in the various
levels and grades was added together to finalize your exit of the schooling.
Even though you are seemingly broken into twelve compartments called
grade levels, it is the same you, which is advancing through the program. And
the day you graduate all grade levels will graduate with you at once.

The problem with this world is the body is not graduating, it is having to
start all over again, and the only thing it retains is the good fruits produced by
the soul that is buried within the spirit, otherwise the soul-mind returns. But
once it finally does graduate in spirit, not body, then all the levels or various
portions of the soul will all come together as one.

However, due to the nature of the program of this human body, which
was spawned by Sol Malum, these soulless entities will follow after the dark
program of the Diabolis, or the sun and moon and not the light consciousness
via the Caelestus Pater via the Panem Vitae.

And without having a superior consciousness to deflect or reflect these

innate tendencies, the body will succumb to the programmed will. Now
understand the secret, the program is holographic, the body is simply a
holographic computer, it is not who ‘we’ really are.

Page | 101
 Time-Loop Chronicles
If one is too attached to the programmed holograph they won’t be able
to differentiate between that which is the divine will versus the programmed
will. So now we can understand, there are three types of vehicles we call
bodies, whether animal or human.

They are the holographic programmed Diabolis body that is without a

seed-soul. There is the holographic programmed Diabolis body that has the
seed or consciousness of Sol Malum and his followers, and then finally the
holographic programmed Diabolis body that has the seed of the Caelestus
Pater.

Now notice all bodies are programmed as children of the Diabolis,

therefore, even in the Bible it stated, that we are having a war within
ourselves.

In the following verses, I am going to remove the word ‘sin’, and then
replace it with the word ‘program’ or ‘programmed’ so that you will be able to
understand this mystery.’ The program is the simulation.

Once you recognize this change from its earlier format, you will be
amazed how everything was coded to reveal the truth. Also, I am removing
the word ‘spiritual law and or Christ’ for the ‘Panem Vitae.’ This is what I have
written down, please glance at it carefully.”

The Chief handed me this small piece of ancient paper and it was scribed
with these words. He said the paper came from my time before the last
awakening and the time-loop. He didn’t explain how that was possible, yet I
am sure I will learn this also.

The verse begins… “We know that the Panem Vitae is spiritual; but I am (as pertaining
to the body) unspiritual, sold as a slave to the program. I do not understand what I do. For
what I want to do I do not do, but what I hate, (that) I do.

And if I do what I do not want to do, I agree that the Panem Vitae is good. As it is, it is
no longer I myself who do it, but it is the program operating (with) in me.
Page | 102
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
For I know that good itself does not dwell in (The program), that is, in my
programmed nature. For I (the soul) have the desire to do what is good, but I cannot carry it
out.

For I do not do the good I want to do, but the program I do not want to follow—this I
keep on allowing. Now if I do what I do not want to do, it is no longer I who do it, but it is the
program living in me that does it.

So, I find the Panem Vitae at work: Although I want to do well, (the program) is right
there with(in) me. For in my inner being (The Soul within the Body) I delight in the Panem
Vitae.

However, I see another program at work within me, waging war against the Panem
Vitae of my mind and making me a prisoner of the will of the program at work within me.
What a wretched person I am. Who will rescue me from this (Programmed) body of death?
Thanks, be to the Panem Vitae …”

As I handed it back to the Chief, he told me to keep it. I was truly moved,
I am not sure I ever read those words in the Bible, especially like that before. I
never really got into the bible or their stories that deeply.

It seems to be saying that we are locked in a war within ourselves, and

things what we do which is often wrong is not because of who or what we are
as a soul, it is because of this programming inside of us taking over the
controls.

I was amazed and responded to the Chief saying, “This is incredible to

me. I never realized our body was a program.”

The Chief continued his oration, “This is the key to everything, and it is
all so very misunderstood because most do not understand the process of
what is going on in this realm. Our body has a generated life of its own, it is
programmed to function a certain way. But when the true consciousness
enters the body, it goes into a war mode. We begin to have a war within
ourselves.

Page | 103
 Time-Loop Chronicles
This is critical. If we do not have this war going on, then we are either
only the program itself or the seed of Sol Malum. Why is that, you might ask
yourself? Because the true spirit of the Caelestus Pater consciousness via the
Panem Vitae is who the true seeds really are. It is not the body they wear.

The body is a cloak, as a veil or covering, hiding within its true

consciousness or lack thereof, either being programmed alone or seeded via
the Caelestus Pater consciousness or seeded via Sol Malum.

The difference is, the Diabolis programmed these bodies via the DNA
console, and these bodies have become an elaborate structure of biological
life. Thus, any of Sol Malum’s children will certainly mesh within the
programming, it will seem very natural to them, and there will be no fight, or
internal battle going on. Their fight will be against others outside of them as
they fight for control, because survival of the fittest is how the program
operates.

They will blend into the body as a perfect slipper that Cinderella might
wear. However, when the Caelestus Pater seed is implanted into these bodies,
which is simply our soul consciousness, then a war begins. A brutal all-out
fight going on within the members of our body.

We are constantly battling what is wrong so that we can do what is right,

and often the program defeats us. This does not mean the soul is a failure
even though the body fails.

Just like the story in the Bible, if this war was not going on, then we
would not be of the Caelestus Pater consciousness. So, the war within is our
testament to who we belong to. If this war is occurring, it is our proof that we
belong to another, beyond this world.

The battle is the key-defining reality, the only reason there would be a
battle, is because those that are experiencing it are truly the children of the
Great Father and Mother in the sky of a higher dimension of reality.

Page | 104
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
If we live our life without a thought towards what we do daily, without
realizing anything is amiss, then something is obviously wrong, the program is
ruling.

In truth though, it won't matter to that body mask, because if this is the
case, to the body that is operating this way, it won't care anyway, because it
won't affect it, i.e. therefore, there is no battle.

Do you understand what I am saying, only to those who are in this war is
realizing a battle is being played out within their own body, of the Caelestus
Pater consciousness, that it is in a war with the Diabolis Programming?

If this war is not taking place, then there is no true seed within. There
simply cannot be. For the Caelestus Pater consciousness is not of this world or
body, and thus the interactive state is in a state of flux, a battle, and a war.

Now some true souls may be giving into this fight, and it might not show
as much in their outer actions because they are losing the battle. These are
souls that are being debilitated by the artificial reality, or the holographic
program. And thus, will need to be replanted at another time to try again,
unless they awaken.”

“Replanted? These terms throw me off, it sounds like we are garden.”

“Again, yes indeed… Let me continue… this is all so very important and
our time is coming to an end. Sol Malum has another consciousness, a faulty
consciousness, a mixture of good and evil, to create confusion and bring forth
the negative programming. This mixture of both good and evil coincides
perfectly with the program to create trickery.

Anyone belonging to Sol Malum will love the program and find it suitable
for their needs and desires. There will be no battle internally. Their battles will
all be external ones, therefore, war is always on the top agenda for these
malicious ones.

Page | 105
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Everything they do is about conflict, war, jealousy, pride, greed and
wrath. Their war is not internal; thus, they never change. Their war is external,
because they want to force everyone else to feed off the programming.

The bodies that are soulless are programmed to become the children of
Sol Malum who is also the dual form of the Diabolis, the adversary. And when
a bad seed is planted within these bodies, that seed feels right at home. And it
uses the programming to its fullest nature.

It only reacts out of the lust of the flesh, survival of the fittest, food,
warmth, clothing etc... It desires only the fleshly staples, because in its heart it
believes it is the flesh.

And as these staples are of supreme importance, even to the children of

the Caelestus Pater, this does not truly ever feed them nor fill them up. It is
their soul that needs to be fed. Thereby they desperately need the Panem
Vitae.

Good souls who are fed with the programmed desires still continuously
seek for what they lack, which cannot be provided here. And thus, we
recognize the supreme difference between the good and bad seeds and the
programming.”

Page | 106
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(11) The Kingdom on Earth

Day Nine – Future Kingdom or Past Hell.

As the next day arrived, the Chief stood up and said he had to take care
of a few things. My mind was racing and I didn’t want to leave, so I sat there
still in my crouched position, wondering how the people are so easily
deceived.

It seemed obvious that the time-loop has allowed for one religion, one
belief, and it must indeed be what they believe is the Kingdom on Earth,
before it splinters into thousands of pieces. It was the Chief that reminded me
that the Roman Catholic Church said during the Renaissance era that they
were already in the Kingdom of God.

And this was all during the last one-thousand-year time-loop. It seems
likely they knew something most were not aware of. The only problem was,
who was their GOD?

I was then reminded by the Chief. That the true kingdom of Caelestus
Pater was encoded within one. It all began to start making sense, how to
decipher the lie versus the truth. The true encoding was not external like
these gods are telling us, it was within us. It brought back memory of the key
and the Panem Vitae.

And this is what the Chief said, that we must tap back into the spirit, and
there we will have everything we need. And thus, it remains a fact, if the true
kingdom is already within us, then our soul is the connection to our spirit, not
our flesh and blood bodies, nor the external world around us.

Thus, our Kingdom is not of this world.

Page | 107
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(12) The 360˚ Cycle

Day Ten – Mystery of the Loop

Today I woke up and I wanted to run away thinking this is just a bad
dream. I did not want to hear any more even though deep down a little voice
was telling me it was all true.

I decided I wanted to have a more thorough explanation on how it is

possible that the earth could be a time machine, and how it was stuck in a
time-loop. I began to ask more detailed questions.

I wish I had been a journalist or physics major to know exactly what to

ask, but those are not my professions, so I felt much was missing in the
conversation. Yet I did my best dealing with this devastating news. I then
prepared questions for the new day to ask the Chief, as I continued to write
everything he told me into my notepad.

“I would like to ask you Chief, how the earth could have been changed
from its original cycle and now stuck in this one-thousand year plus time loop.”

“That is a good question. What we do know is something is not

functioning correctly within the earth itself. And it has caused the earth to
leave its original time pattern. I want you to stand up staring face to face with
me, and then turn around slowly until you are once again face to face with
me.”

I proceeded to do just that and queried as to what I was accomplishing.

The Chief then asked me, “Do you know what you just did?”

I chuckled, “Yea, I turned around.”

“Do you know what that is as a mathematical computation?”

Page | 108
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“I suppose it would be called a 360˚ turn.”

“Very good. From your origin, in the very beginning, you were face to
face with me. You then turned a full turn, which is 360˚, and you returned to
your origin, staring face to face with me. Could you have turned 320˚ and still
be face to face with me?”

“No.”

“Just like on the surface of the planet, if you began walking from one end
of the planet to another, it would seem as though you were walking in a linear
fashion from a-z and yet you would simply be returning from where you had
started.

Based on the original time clock, the earth had to make a full turn
around the sun. As I am sitting here, ‘I am the Sun’. I want you to walk around
me and come back staring face to face with me.”

I proceeded to do that also.

The Chief continued… “You made a 360˚ turn around the sun, it is now
exactly one year later. It is ‘time’ you begin to understand that the math of
time travel that unveils its perfection is based on 360˚. Everything is based on
this formula because it is the coordinates of how time travel operates from
one point to another based on the laws of the cycles, i.e. the time-loop.

If you went inside the earth you would see the mechanism that operates
this time machine. It operates using arcs of light one second at a time in 60-
minute intervals multiplied by 24 hours, resulting in 1440 minutes per day.

Now add 360 plus 360 plus 360 plus 360 and you get 1440, or simply
multiple 360X4=1440. If you break it down into one-hour, that is 60 seconds
per minute multiplied by 60 minutes and what do you have, 3600 tick tocks.
The earth is divided into 24 quadrants called time zones, each cycle lasts in 15˚
movements. 15˚ movements multiplied by 24 equals 360˚.
Page | 109
 Time-Loop Chronicles
There are 24 hours per day, 12 hours in the day and 12 hours in the
night. None of this is by accident, it is all degrees and dimensions that allow
for the planet to operate as a time machine.

Now in your language you call a second a tick or tock. Therefore, it is

called the Arc-Tic or Ant-Arc-Tic representing the opposite polarity, like a
battery being operated between two polarities or the variance between the
North Pole and the South Pole.

It is a machine. The entire world is based on meridian lines that are

represented in Latitude and Longitude and all of them are based on the 360˚
cycle, so also is the working of our solar system.”

“Hey Chief, I am trying to take down some mental notes from what you
are telling me, so then later I can rewrite it in my notepad. Can you slow it
down a little?”

“Sure, but try not to think too much because you won’t remember
anyway.”

“What do you mean?” Everyone began to laugh again and I just sat there
looking like a fool. The Chief responded, “Don’t worry about it, just listen.”

The Chief continued with the 360˚ Cycle… This cycle is a perfect 360˚.
Now every second as the arc of light creates this tick-tock machine, it revolves
in a cycle lasting for 60-seconds for every minute, and 60-minutes for every
hour. And all of it is being taped, or programmed and copied as a holographic
energy pattern.

And what do you have, 3600 ARC TICKS per hour generating this
holographic machine. 360 is the core number where everything is based from.
There are ten 360 tics for one hour. It is a perfect operating machine. Any
slight variance, even a second off will throw off the cycle completely out of
kilter and the time machine will be corrupted.

Page | 110
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
As the earth rotates, the sun then hits the earth on its designated path
of light. 24 events occur represented by 15˚ each or 24 different time zones,
representing the entire path of 360˚, representing one full day.

Now the Lunar calendar represents the events of the lunar month, or the
moon months. Now each month is 1/12th of a year. We have 12 months in a
year. When the Gregorian calendar became the dating system due to the
flagrant changes by the corrupt ones, they created a calendar that would
allow for a problem that was created long ago. That problem was the half-age
time-loop.

The months were originally divided to represent the seasons, especially

the spring and fall seasons. For a very long time many people have believed
that the New Year begins January 1st. Again, another fable. The months used
to be named after its seasonal connection, spring seeding and fall awakening.

Later when old Latin was used, the months were simply numbers, one
through twelve. Today we have new names added due to the Roman Empire
influence, such as the god Janus represents January, as well as March is
represented by the war god, Mars. And of course, August representing the
Emperor Augustus.

The problem was someone in the later Middle Ages got careless and
didn’t finish renaming all the months, wherewith September through
December established one truth, that all of the months are out of sequence.

As an example, September, is the old Latin form for 7th month, today we
call it the ninth month. October is the 8th month, again we refer to it as the
10th month. And of course, November and December, both interpreted in
Latin mean, the 9th and 10th months respectively.

What this means is, January is the 11th month, and February is the 12th
month, bringing March right on cue as the first month of spring as the original
planting season as being the 1st month of the year.

Page | 111
 Time-Loop Chronicles
These things were changed to create confusion, or better stated, to hide
the problem that is occurring.

(I wrote this down in my notepad to remember that originally the Latin

was old Latin so I added the new Latin.)

1st Month March – Primo Mensa

2nd Month April – Secundo Mensa
3rd Month May – Tirtio Mensa
4th Month June – Quarto Mensa
5th Month July – Quanito Mensa
6th Month August – Sex Mensa
7th Month September – Septimo Mensa
8th Month October – Octo Mensa
9th Month November – Novem Mensa
10th Month December – Decimo Mensa
11th Month January – Undecima Mensa
12th Month February – Daodecim Mensa

The Chief continued… “Thus, originally the months were always 30-day
months, multiplied by 12 to give you the numerical geodesic computation of
360˚ rotation using the sun and moon.

360 is the secret number to the universe and how everything operates in
the programmed machine. However, something went wrong, very wrong, and
now the months no longer have 30 days each, some of them have been
changed to compute the new formula.

Over the process of time we now know the earth is no longer operating
on a 360˚ yearly time cycle, it was changed to 365 ¼, this is a major blunder.

The ¼ (one-quarter of a day) that you see before you were added to the
last month or 12th month of the year originally, which is February. They used
the last month to reset the computation, prior to the first month of March
returning, due to this error.
Page | 112
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
February has 28-days every three years and then on the 4th year it has 29
days. This creates the ¼ day for all four years. In a sense, February has 28 ¼
days due to this blunder, for how can you have a ¼ day in a perfect 360˚ cycle
motion?

Beyond February, now only four months are still relating to the original
system of 30-days. April, June, September and November. The rest were given
31-days, to fill in for this terrestrial blunder, which adds 5 ¼ days every year.
Now for most they would believe that this was changed due to the earth’s
wobble and rotation, which was somewhat skewed.

The problem is the 360˚ turn is not up for debate. When the earth
stopped functioning at the 360˚ cycle, it stopped following its natural cycle.
The time machine is no longer functioning properly. The 365 ¼ days is not
some blip on the screen that can be simply overlooked, it is a malfunction. The
time machine has been corrupted.

This was due to the cycle change from the original 25,920 years, it is now
operating in one-half of 2160 as a single cycle of 1080-years. Basically. the
program of the cycles was altered to fit a new cycle of time and to do that
they had to screw with the perfect formula. Now using basic math notice how
it was accomplished.

Take the 25.920 grand cycle, multiply this by the additional 5.25 days
every year, the answer is 136080. In this mathematical computation, you see
the perfect cycle, 360˚, 136080 you also see the half-age, 136080. And there
you have your new time travel coordinates. (360˚ cycle reverting to 1080-
years in time.) Are you getting it?

“I am Chief, I am blown away, this is far too exact for it to be anything

other than a cyclical problem.”

“Yet notice our days do not change, we are still operating at a 360˚ cycle
in 24-hours per day increments, and the seconds, i.e. ticks, and the minutes

Page | 113
 Time-Loop Chronicles
are still exact. The difference is the connection to the sun has changed, which
drastically alters the illusion of time.

Understand no matter how one might spin this, a complete cycle is

always 360˚. 360˚ is the mystery to the universe. Anything not following this
pattern is no longer in sync. Thus the 360˚ still operates the same as the 5.25
is being used to cut the loop to 1080 years. In reality, it means it is the end of
the program.”

“Wow this is astonishing, it seems rather simple but still very technical,
yet it makes sense about the 360, how can a machine function properly when
it is no longer following the perfect cycle of time?”

What the Chief was telling me made perfect sense, although I do not
have a degree in physics, I do realize that a perfect cycle is 360˚. You can’t turn
320˚ and expect the same outcome, you would no longer have perfected the
cycle.

He told me if we did not have the 360˚ cycle there would be no such
thing as accessing other time-portals. The loop or cycle allows for interaction
of time both past and future, because it is in a loop, just look up at the stars
every night.

So, whether one moves 365 ¼ it still in a 360˚ cycle, that can never
change, however what this means is, 5.25˚ is simply added toward the next
cycle.

Any deviation of this operation doesn’t just add to or take away, it

causes the entire system to stop functioning properly. It appears whoever had
a hand in this had to be able to change the operation of Earth’s protocols from
the operation around the sun. Traversing the sun is what allows for time-
travel cycles, so the 360˚ never really changes only the earth has created a
faulty cycle.

Page | 114
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(13) The Lost Dark Ages

Day Eleven – Mystery of History’s Repetitive Nature

It’s a new day and my mind is rolling once again with many questions.
Like the previous days, I couldn’t resist asking the Chief about stories we have
been indoctrinated within our education centers.

“What about the dark age, we were told that everything prior to 1000AD
towards the first century was called the Dark Age?”

“That is true, but again more deceptions. According to the Monks

especially one Italian Poet named Petrarch, he was much more than a poet.
He supposedly discovered the data of the lost millennium, and he named it,
the one-thousand-year Dark Age.”

“Very interesting! Once again that same one-thousand-year notable.”

“Of course, Petrarch like so many during this one-thousand-year time-

loop were prone to making things up by their own admission in their own
writings. We can then conclude that there was no Dark Age based on what
they are trying to tell us.

There was no one-thousand-year time where all information of the past

world disappeared and then like magic it was recovered by one single monk.
What this was is a future history revamped to reanimate the past.”

“Didn’t you say before the loop we do not have that information,
because it has all been forgotten?”

“Yes, I am not saying that we didn’t lose the ancient knowledge. I am

talking about how they described this lost age and how conveniently all this
lost data was recovered, especially by one man. How could a history of data
such as this be recovered from different cultures and languages revealing

Page | 115
 Time-Loop Chronicles
some coordinated past events from these same discoveries, by one MONK in
the 14th century, without technology?

Obviously, they already had a history, but they did not reveal what
happened before the 10th century, they are telling us what occurred during
some of this last thousand-years, and then they are replanted that
information prior to the 10th century by simply changing names, places and
dates making it appear as new or lost information. So, they say, eureka,
meaning I found it, but in truth, they faked it.

And then they try to tell us it was during this one-thousand-years prior
to 1000AD when they recovered the lost information, and they called it a Dark
Age, when all of it really occurred after 1000AD.

What they did was take the information over much of the one-thousand-
year time-loop which they always have access to, and simply changed a few
things, as well as names, and places, and reset them in the world prior to 10th
century.

And there is ‘your’ lost thousand-year dark age, recovered like magic,
voila. But it didn’t end there. They knew they had to cover their arses so to
speak, so they took this so-called lost information and rebuilt a longer history
of the past, wherever they could create duplicate stories and just change
certain areas. They continued this deception for as long as they could fake it.

And they continued to reduplicate these forgeries deep into the classical
era before 1AD going back to the, ‘Before Common Era’ times. Yet how did
they lose one-thousand-years and then amazingly they find thousands of
years that somehow existed even before the Dark Age. Very convenient, it’s
all a reduplication of the same events repetitively.

And like magic, suddenly, they have all the lost data. When in truth, it
has nothing to do with true history.

Page | 116
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Have you ever wondered why in the Bible there are stories that seem to
be the same for hundreds of years, different people, different times, but the
stories all seem to be the same? It is because they are all the same, just
reduplicated events written as allegories.

Even within the Egyptian era, they supposedly had many dynasties
before they were conquered, upwards to thirty I believe, yet most of them
were simply retread stories of the same exact events, times, places and
people.

Therefore, Solomon once said, ‘there is nothing new under the sun.’ And
of course, he would say that because he was part of the systematic lie. That is
because it is a fraudulent repeat of the same exact events, tweaked enough to
appear as different historical data, so it could be brought further back in time.

Therefore, they invented a time called the Dark Age, and then acted like
they discovered the lost data, and then they wholly invented the Classical era,
which most of those events in all our history all took place between 1000AD
into the new future millennium.

The Dark Age was invented to hide the facts of the time loop. In a sense,
it was true; the ancient information was lost, however the information they
retrieved was not the correct data. It was not the lost ancient library of our
history. The Dark Age as they call it was simply the first half of Pisces, the last
1080-years.

The real history was indeed lost, so they could add lie upon lie of the
historical fraud. They needed to hide this one-thousand-year period, just prior
to 1000AD, based on their conceived calendar, and the reason why is, the
dating system and calendar are all wrong. There is no AD or BC, all of that was
made up.

All the other dates and calendars are all invented by religions, pharaohs,
prophets, gods, kings, popes and scientists, all giving you their so-called
expertise as to the date when in truth it is utter hogwash. We have been
Page | 117
 Time-Loop Chronicles
scammed. We are the ones living in the dark age of ‘the’ one-thousand-year
millennium that is stuck in a loop. This is the true one-thousand-year dark age.

Now remember the BC and AD separation would reveal this truth if

people knew when this separation occurred. We were told it was introduced
to separate the classical era until Christ was born and then afterword’s it
became a new system beginning at 1AD from what was 1BC.

Notice how science and religion are strange bedfellows when it comes to
our history. They seem to agree alike on everything, except about the origin of
all things. I guess they must make it look good.

Therefore, we have AD, which means, Anno Domini, which is Latin for
the year of our lord, often noted as CE, or Common Era, meaning more
contemporary to our period. And then we have BC, which comes from BCE or
Before the Common era, representing, not so contemporary and even ancient.
Some even believe it represents, ‘before Christ.’

But even a blind, deaf and mute monk knows, the time between the 1st
century and the 10th century is certainly not contemporary to those in the
future, a thousand-years later. But it is contemporary if you are using the
same data that which comes from the future.”

Even I had to laugh at that one. “That’s a good one Chief.”

The Chief undaunted continued… “However, to believe that these dating

divisions were real calendar events, is so foolish it would take fifty brain-dead
mutants to ever accept it. But this is what they threw in our face so they could
maneuver our minds away from the time-loop agenda.

When you think about it, it is so ridiculous to believe people were

counting down in their years. And then when 1AD began they began to start
counting upwards again. Of course, no true scientist believes this, but they act
like they do.

Page | 118
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
All this proves is that these BC & AD changes occurred much later than
the actual events. No one in 540BC would have dated anything 540BC, it is not
logical and no one of any real intelligence would believe it.

This was all created by the church, it was not new information captured
in the lost dark ages, as we have been told, nor the classical age; the AD-BC
time-table was changed after the time-loop began.

Pope Gregory who most believe our Calendar was based on, didn’t live in
600AD of the so-called Dark Age, he was most likely living in the 17th Century.
And it was after this that the BC and AD formula was added to the past, by the
Jesuits.

Interesting to note, Petrarch wrote about a conversation he had with

Augustine over a thousand years earlier. He called it his Secretum, or his
‘secret book’.

That is quite a trick. How did he converse with Augustine of Rome? Well,
Petrarch was from Italy in the 14th century. And Augustine was from Rome in
the 4th century. Again, most thought he was just inventing this conversation.
Or was he?

Hmm… another one thousand years’ separation, how convenient.

However, what is odd is Petrarch one-thousand-years later, who wrote secret
books about his confessions, the same thing occurred with Augustine where
he wrote about his confessions.

And what is interesting, Augustine’s father was named Petricius. It is not

that difficult to see where Petricius might be a nom de plume, or a pen name
he used when writing to conceal his identity, as Petrarch.

And don’t even get me started about Plutarch, another fictional

character created after the Time-Loop; but was placed back into the classical
age, and through him we get most of our ancient dating. And his famous work
was called… Parallel lives. How clever!
Page | 119
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Now to analyze this puzzle, it was stated that Petricius died in 371AD
and Petrarch died in 1374 ad, again one-thousand-years separation, plus or
minus. Is it really that off the wall to believe Petrarch was the Father to
Augustine, known as Petricius, and that is why he had conversations with
Augustine? I will leave that with you to think about.

That which came before 10th century is all but lost. Very little
information has survived and that which did survive was all corrupted and
tampered with to make sure it fit into the new paradigm chronology.

How can we trust people that claim they found all the lost data, who
also were known frauds and charlatans making up fake conversations with
people that supposedly long died? Anyone today coming up with correct lost
data is considered a nutcase, or conspiracy theorist. They don’t want you to
know the game is in play.

Without an education program like at the beginning of the time-loop,

sooner or later people forget. And years, times and dates don’t mean anything
anymore, and word of mouth is all but lost in the lie. Seasons are all that is
important for planting and harvesting. The spring is the seeding portion of the
year and the fall is the awakening, or Harvest. This is all that counts for
survival.

There is no divine structure of how to compose a calendar for a dating

system beyond what the stars reveal; i.e. the real programmed operational
calendar. Only those like my people or some religious groups may structure a
dating system around their personal beliefs. Yet none of them match, and
now you know why.

The monks with use of the force of religion have established and
maintained the old-world order, and its times, dates and seasons. They keep
the books; they hold on to the evidence of what is occurring. And eventually
over time it will become a universal acceptance and belief.

Page | 120
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
They in turn will bring out our history, whether true or false, and then
establish the order. And their secret tribe’s or secret cabals, establish the new
education. Sooner or later everyone will be on the same page, even though it
is the wrong page.

Almost everything the people of your time believe in, i.e. history,
science, art, etc. was all created during the 10th – 19th century and obviously,
some things even a little later. Nothing is from the original Earth, everything is
during the time-loop. Most of what you believe is simply not true.

It all came from the force of hand called the World Order, from what
was called the Time-Loop or the one-thousand-year eternal perpetual
kingdom on Earth.

Page | 121
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(14) The Awakening of the Soul

Day Twelve – The Disconnection

It is mourning, the Chief told me to continue reading everything I placed

into my notepad. He said the constant absorption of the material will
internalize it within my soul.

Afterwards we took a small break and got something to eat and drink.
The Chief told me, eating and drinking should be a pleasure not a curse.
Although it is not necessary for the soul, it is a time for pleasure and
enjoyment as well as communication with others of like mind.

We then returned to our circle, I was always in meditative thought, I

didn’t want to lose my process of trying to assimilate all of this, plus trying to
write it all down. I then thought of some new questions.

“May I ask you another question?”

“Of course, please do not hesitate to break in at any time that you
desire.”

“If knowledge that we have now is a lie passed down, then what real
knowledge does anyone really have, even in the last days? You told me we are
living in the greatest information age ever, but if the information is all false,
then what do we really have?”

“Now that is a perfect question and the answer needs to come forth,
and one that you really need to understand. When knowledge is accelerating,
something happens within your soul. A transition occurs deep inside of you as
more and more knowledge is given, more is desired. What this does is trigger
the soul’s awakening.

It is not the knowledge Per Se that is important, but the awakening of

the soul to allow for it to absorb new things. Remember me telling you there
Page | 122
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
are energy vortex centers on the earth that keep a holographic record of
everything that has ever occurred in this world?”

“Yea!”

“Well these are physical centers using technology to tap into the energy
fields, which carry the information. Let me be more precise, they are massive
computer centers that are tapped into the programming of this illusion.

Now what is interesting is that your soul already taps not only into this
field, but to even higher fields of knowledge, even into the supernatural or
spiritual worlds. When the soul becomes activated it can then retrieve all
knowledge from within itself, and one does not even have to rely on outer
information or external knowledge.

The soul becomes activated when it realizes that it is more than flesh
and blood and that within them they carry all knowledge past, present and
even future. This activation occurs when the soul realizes there is more than
what they have been told. Until the soul apprehends this, the person will be
deceived and given limited awareness.

The controllers of the world are aware of what is about to happen in

your time and they use it for their own benefit by keeping the masses drugged
into stupidity, never being able to comprehend the source of all truth from
within.

They know the world is coming to an end, they also know it will rise
again from the ashes as the proverbial phoenix bird. If the rulers can force an
amoral mindset, they know the true people will never learn who their divine
ancestry is from within, because they are pampering themselves with the
external world of the lusts of the flesh.

As the people separate themselves from all that is good and true, they
fall into the trap of believing everyone matters and no one counts. I want you
to think about that. Everyone matters and no one counts. It is a dissolution of
Page | 123
 Time-Loop Chronicles
the mind. When people begin to allow immorality to occur, they now have no
real character definition.

They say that people matter and their personal whims are important and
everyone should allow them to be as they are, you know the old saying, luv-
em’ as they are.

No matter if it is destructive to the populace at whole or even to one’s

own character, they don’t want you to care. But when it comes down to the
brass tacks, no one counts, it doesn’t matter what you think or believe, it was
all set up to rig the playing field, to keep you stupefied.

Everything that is immoral is accepted and everything that is moral is

rejected. Again, all part of the plan to befuddle souls. People believe they are
breaking free from the controls. However, they are tightening the yokes upon
the neck of humanity, and many are about to be taken into a deeper prison of
their minds, again! Immorality is not freedom, it is the secret weapon to
destroy knowledge at the circuit level of the holographic mind and body.”

“Chief, what do you determine is moral or immoral?”

“I do not determine it, the soul is programmed with what is moral and
the body is programmed for what is immoral, where do you stand between
the two. A true soul will know the difference, a false entity won’t care.

Thus, the people are already being prepared for the slaughter by
conditioning them to accept everything that is erroneous. Knowledge is not
fact because someone else says it is right or wrong, it is right or wrong
because the heart and soul knows the difference already, from an internal
point of view. So, they are allowing themselves to be duped on purpose to
serve their own faulty desires.

The generation you live in no longer trusts the heart, instead it feeds on
the mind linked with emotion. As it bypasses the heart, people become
diseased in the mind and can no longer operate as a civilization, and thus they
Page | 124
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
will help to destroy themselves. The rulers that be, allow it because they know
the outcome. If you follow this direction you will be buried in its lies and
deceptions.”

I considered every word of what the Chief was saying, I could see it in my
mind’s eye, as the world did seem to be falling for the great ploy. There is a
great lack of respect for the elders, children have become perverted in their
imaginations. People all over have no moral base anymore, and the world is
indeed falling apart. Greed and avarice rule the hearts, and people are more
interested in the lie rather than truth.

We see the fruits of this world, it is obvious. And therefore, the outcome
also seems obvious. After a worldwide cataclysm, it only makes sense that the
people will fall back in time under the old order of things, where there is one
religion, one way, one dynamic, that rules the entire world again, albeit like
before in different cultures and lands all being seduced to believe the same
lie.

Page | 125
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(15) Multi-dimensional Awareness

Day Thirteen – Mystery of Dimensions

The Chief returned this night to discuss an important final matter, and it
led us into a direction most would never want to follow. I knew the Chief was
uncomfortable about revealing this next story, but it had to be done, we must
know the truth.

“Chief, why is it so easy to manipulate the people, why can’t they

understand they are stuck in a time-loop. You would think out of the billions of
people, that more than a few would come into agreement that something is
very wrong here. But no, it doesn’t seem to develop into the mass
consciousness. People just accept things as normal.

Granted there are those who see that something is indeed wrong with
this world, however, only the few ever really adapt to an in-depth approach of
the realization that one needs to break free.”

The Chief pondered for a while considering my thoughts on the issue as

he was preparing this very pungent drink, he called it the Ayahuasca of truth,
and that he would share it with me later. He looked to his fellow tribesman
and asked them to leave.

I began to wonder if the conversation was going to get more serious. I

couldn’t fathom how it was possible that there could be anymore to add to
what was already stated. But I sat quietly waiting for the Chief to speak.

“It is time now that I reveal the secret of this operation and how it is that
Sol Malum under his flag of many colors always deceives the people in the
world continually.

First, change the word God to Alien. Note that the word Alien comes
from the Hebrew, Aramaic and Sumerian tongue, it is defined as Lord God
‘ALI-EN’.
Page | 126
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
In the Bible, it reveals there is what is called the, ‘Most High God,’ but
oddly enough it comes from the Hebrew word, ‘Elyon’, or pronounced ALE-EE-
ON.

These potentates are aliens from other dimensions, and they are not
human, but they can also live inside the same flesh and blood bodies as you
and I do via the simulation.

This may be difficult for you to understand, but it is true. I have asked my
friends to leave because I wanted your complete attention. When the earth
sheds its garments and billions fall to their death. The garments are simply
coverings. That which is operating the body is an electrical force of energy
whether programmed within or operating from some other source.

Now obviously, the billions that perish would never be able to come
back right away, for there are not enough bodies to handle them in the time-
loop, as we discussed earlier.”

“Yes, that is what I was wondering prior, speaking of being reinserted

into bodies, you have stated that we all incarnate many times, so how can
billions of people incarnate repeatedly within the last thousand-years, the
numbers just don’t add up?”

“Indeed, they do not, and therefore it is important I explain the most

difficult part of this message, it will not be easy to accept, and in fact it might
be impossible to wrap your mind around it. Many have failed to come to their
awakening due to this one key point of knowledge.”

The Chief took a deep breath and he was obviously concerned as the
look of doubt came over his face and then he began to speak again.

“Have you ever heard of past life regressions or also near-death

experiences? Now some claim amazing things while revealing they have lived
before, as well as some have witnessed amazing things in the after-life.

Page | 127
 Time-Loop Chronicles
However, others claim they have seen nothing, it is just utter blackness.
So why is it some have these experiences of times and places beyond life, and
others have nothing happen?”

“Why is that Chief?”

“Because not everyone can peer beyond the body, let me try to help you
understand. As you look at the sea of humanity in your time, and you count
five-billion people, you must understand, bodies do not reincarnate, only
souls or spirit essences do. The vast numbers of humanoid bodies are
meaningless.

The first and most difficult thing to understand is the body is an energy
machine. It is complete, it has its own mind, and it has its own hearing and
sight. It can learn, it can grow, and it can exist among others without anyone
ever knowing there is a problem. By the time the world comes to its transition
there will be close to eight-billion bodies.”

“My god, three billion more people and it grows that fast in a little over
30 short years?”

“Yes indeed, it nearly doubles. This is unsustainable, but the rulers do

not care because they are encouraging mass growth using sexual freedom as
one of the amoral attitudes, which will lead to mass death, of which they eat
this energy of death like vampires at a blood feast.

The mind also has the arc of light triggering the cells every second, tick
tock. This is the electrical force based on your DNA triggering all the cells in
the body to all react accordingly, based on the holographic light waves. The
body is aligned with the time machine. If the earth stopped ticking the body
you wear would cease to exist; poof, vanish!

The internal clock of the earth is also part of your shell. Remember how I
told you how all times are occurring at the same time. That we are the ones

Page | 128
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
that maneuver through time. Time itself doesn’t really move Per Se, it is more
like a flowing river.

It appears to move each second, but if you jump out of the river you can
then go anywhere in time you desire from the side of the banks, and back into
the water and visit any period you wish, and yet the same moment of the past
is still there, only your soul moved into another part of the river. And this is
how one is reinserted back through time.

The watchers who control this realm do so standing outside of time, they
can then take a soul-mind via the programming and insert it anywhere and at
any time. However, they usually choose to insert the soul according to the
time matrix of the earth. This way each soul stays balanced in their control.

As an example, you die in 1895, and then you are reinserted in 1916.
They do not reinsert you into any given time, they try to stay linear, this way
the soul feels as though it is living via linear time. If you inserted souls
haphazardly, at any given time, then the soul could awaken. The only time this
will change will be during the time-loop, but since every soul undergoes this
same change they usually do not awaken.

Now listen closely, the world you are sitting in right now is not in the
same dimension as the world you left. If my time is occurring exactly at the
same time your time is occurring, then we are no longer in the same
dimension.”

“What! How is that possible?”

“Well ask yourself in your time, do I exist?”

“No, I would think not.”

“The what separates the two of us?”

“I guess it is time?”
Page | 129
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“But as I said, ‘time’ is not real, it is an illusion, so what separates us?”

I sat their thinking long and hard… “I guess then we are not in the same
dimension since time is not real.”

“There you go, that wasn’t hard, was it? And yet you are speaking to me,
because I exist in another dimension that once was part of the flow of the
river of time. And yet I am still here, right now, talking to you as if we are
contemporaries, because in truth, we are.

Remember, I said that the earth is a time machine. It can traverse time.
However, every single event that occurs brings with it a new dimension. Try to
look at it like a photograph, how all pictures are simply pixels. Tiny little
square pixels all placed together to give you a picture.

Now consider a motion picture. This is when movement is added and

detected. For a picture to allow for motion, new pixels must be added. Every
new pixel is a new dimension of time. If you were to watch it occur very
slowly, the pixels would be created right before your eyes, one at a time.

Have you ever taken a notepad and drawn pictures in it, with all of them
the same but slightly different? Let’s say it is a picture of a person moving.
Maybe the hand is in a different position, maybe the arms or legs are? Maybe
the facial expression changes? Each piece of paper in the notepad is a single
dimension.

Now if you take that entire notepad and begin to flip through the
pictures quickly, you will see movement as if the character or thing you drew
has come to life. Each picture is its own dimension, but when flipping through
them it appears to be a motion picture of movement through time.

Therefore, from my time to your time is one long motion picture and as
every event materializes new pixels/dimensions were added to complete the
motion. The entire picture is one single and complete compilation of events,

Page | 130
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
just like the notepad, but each pixel is its own single event. And no matter
when it happened, it is always there, it never leaves.

It is like a fingerprint of time, unless it was changed by those who

interact with it again or they discontinue interacting with it. Meaning
someone redrew one of the dimensional pictures giving it now a slightly
different motion.”

“So, time can be altered and then reflect that change in the future?”

“Not only the future but also the past, it has happened many times and
it still occurs all the time, as the rulers are constantly changing the scenes in
the movie when they get the opportunity to serve their needs even greater.
They can travel back and forth through time and make changes to suit their
needs.

We can even alter time, there are several ways. Soon you will
understand. Now every pixel is identified by its own unique piece of the
puzzle. But there is something even more amazing when considering quantum
physics. Each pixel or piece of the puzzle can also contain the entire whole
picture. This is how a holograph operates.

Now the soul is the observer. The soul can look down upon the picture
and witness all events from beginning to end. All things remain static and are
always there as the soul recognizes the complete picture.

However, when the soul decides to interact within the picture, the soul-
mind becomes locked in time or locked into a pixel or a piece of the puzzle
and then it begins the slow methodical movement like the seconds ticking on
a clock.”

“How can a soul get locked into anything?”

Page | 131
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“The soul is not locked in, the soul-mind is under the black magic of a
virtual reality simulation, it is just being aware of what is happening, it is not
truly awake.

The soul-mind becomes locked within a slow-moving motion picture of

new dimensions evolving from old ones. Yet the soul no longer knows this, it
has forgotten. The soul is witnessing the notepad as you rifle through it, it
sees movement of time and believes it is real. Again let me repeat, the SOUL-
MIND is not the BODY, the soul is simply witnessing what the body is doing.

As an example, the land of Americanus is about 3500-miles from coast to

coast. If you were to travel the country from the Atlantic Ocean to the Pacific
Ocean, it would take time depending on the speed you are traveling.

Now if you could jump above, and looked down on the country to where
you can see the entire land from coast to coast. You would see the entire
picture in one view. This is the program.

Along the way the traveler is interactive, every movement they make is
recreating the picture for them to see at a limited level. Just like watching
from above one can see all the terrain at once, and even beyond what the
interactive traveler will ever witness, while only still being part of the picture.

So, as the traveler maneuvers the pixilation of the scenes only come into
view as they move towards them. This is all they can access from being
interactive. However, from the watcher’s point of view, they see everything,
and time is completely different.

A body does not need a soul to operate it, any more than a computer
needs additional software to function. The body of itself, minus the soul, is
still human, living amongst all other humans, because it is already pre-
programmed in the hard drive. The body can be taught to learn and think,
because it has its own internal brain, or computer processing system.

Page | 132
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
It can learn to exercise limited judgment, because it can think. It can
weigh matters between two ideas and then choose. But at its core it is not
connected to the divine, it is simply a computerized programmed body,
known as the Avatar.

However, a body without a soul is static. Let me repeat, a body without a

soul is static. It has no connection to the divine ancestry, nor does it have any
connection to life beyond, it is in-effect empty, a robotic jar or doll that is
programmed to mimic humanity. When a soulless body dies, it is over for that
body until the program produces a similar one again in whatever age it
manifests.”

At this point the Chief looked at me and said, “It is time after many long
days for you to move forward.” I had spent a very long time with the Chief in
the world of the Anasazi, filling up my entire large notepad.

I learned incredible things from his people many of whom could

communicate with me in my tongue and we all became very good friends,
almost like a second family or maybe an original one.

The Chief told me the window of opportunity has passed and it was time
for me to move ahead. He said very expressively, “This will be the last time we
meet for a good while.

Please remember these things I have told you, devour the words, drink
them in and do not let them fade from memory, or else you will continue to
repeat this cycle continually.”

I asked the Chief if I could stay there longer. I was at so much peace
there. Life is completely different, everything seemed so serene and secure. In
its own way, I felt it was like paradise. Yet the Chief was adamant, I had to
return, and do it now. I felt like I was leaving a friend, and I didn’t know if I
would ever see him or the others again.

Page | 133
 Time-Loop Chronicles
The Chief taught his people well, and he had great understanding, but I
knew the time had come where I must say my goodbyes. I really didn’t want
to leave, but I knew I had to, I needed to share these things with others.
Although I was afraid of how people would perceive me with this information.

But heck it is not my words, these are not my theories, I am just a

messenger. People would have to understand that. The Chief’s final words
were somewhat an enigma. He looked me glaringly into the eyes and said,
“Give me all that you have written from this journey, I will take them and
plant the seed.”

I was dumbstruck, I told the Chief, “Wait, I won’t be able to remember

everything, I wrote all of this down every single night so that I could retain all
that you have told me in detail. Now you want it all back, how is this going to
help me or you?”

He gently patted me on the back as I was handing him all that I had
written down in my notepad.

His last words before I entered back into the doorway of the cave was,
“Things are not as you may believe, but this information is very important and
now it is within you. So, go ahead and pass it on, and when the time is right,
your notepad will become available.”

It was then I slowly walked back into the cave, knowing this was an
experience I will never forget. As I turned away from this enigmatic people
having to walk away from what may be the most exhilarating experience I will
ever have in my life. I said my final goodbyes and walked back through the
gateway between times.

Page | 134
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(16) Back to the Future

Time Loop One – Did I Dream This?

It was 7:30 am, the alarm just went off next to my bed. I rolled over to
see my wife awakening with her little smile, as we both realized it was time to
get ready for a new day.

As I sat there in bed, I had this horrible feeling as if I had forgotten

something. I was being plagued. I looked back over to my wife and said, “Is
there something we were to do today? I feel like I am forgetting something.”

“No sweetie, nothing out of the ordinary.”

“Are you sure, I feel like I am supposed to do something…” (Turning my

head back and forth with eyes tilted upward, saying) “ah… I don’t know;
maybe it is nothing.”

As the days, weeks and months rolled by, I had this nagging feeling in my
mind that I was to remember something, but for some reason nothing came
to mind where I could place it.

It was now September 1985 and my wife wanted me to take her out to
the new movie called, ‘Back to the Future’. It has something to do with time
travel. I asked my wife, “What’s it about?” She said, “It has to do with a
scientist who devises a time travel machine out of a DeLorean.”

When she spoke those words, I felt this energy stream run through my
brain, like a tingling feeling of a long-lost memory, but it faded as quickly as it
had begun. We went to the movie and as I sat there watching how the Doc
was explaining to Marty how he was going to do something amazing, and then
he said, ‘If my calculations are correct, when this baby hits 88 miles per hour... you're gonna see
some serious shit.’

Page | 135
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Marty afterwards asks Doc Brown, ‘Wait a minute, Doc. Ah... Are you telling me that
you built a time machine... out of a DeLorean?”

Doc Brown eventually sent Marty back in time from 1985 back to 1955.
This is when Marty’s parents were meeting for the first time. And when Marty
would meet a young Doc Brown.

Suddenly, I kept hearing the word in my thoughts as I was watching this

movie about going back to the future. It kept triggering something in my mind
but nothing was really coming to me.

It made no sense at the time. Yet for some reason this movie didn’t
seem strange to me, it felt like it was possible to travel back and forth in time.
After four years passed they made a second movie, ‘back to the future ‘2’ and
of course my wife and I had to return to watch the sequel.

At the end of the second movie, Doc Brown was in the DeLorean, he was
hovering over land in 1955 because time had been altered in 1985 and Doc
and Marty had to make some changes in the past to reset the time line.

There was a scene where he helped Marty escape and while Marty was
on the ground, the DeLorean that Doc was now flying in the air got struck by
lightning, and Doc and the DeLorean were sent to another time in the past.
They showed some previews of the 3rd show in this now trilogy, ending up in
the old west and during the preview; I flipped out.

At that point, I had a rush of memory hit me and I fell back into my seat
while dropping my drink on the floor, and I yelled out, “OH MY GOD!”

My wife said, “Holy smokes honey, what’s wrong?”

“I don’t know, I just had this rush of memory that made me think I know
something about time travel and it put the scare into me, as soon as the
memory was there, I lost it.”

Page | 136
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“What do you mean, lost it?”

“It all slipped away from my mind.”

It was about a year later they already made, ‘Back to the Future ‘3’ and
of course my wife and I had to go see it, in October of 1990. We decided to
make a night of it and go out to dinner and then a movie.

As we were mesmerized by the plot trying to remember what happened

in the first movie and then connecting it to the second movie. The flood gates
of my memory came back during the final movie, of the trilogy, as to what had
happened in the upcoming scene from the second movie.

Doc had been sent back to 1885 after the car had been struck by
lightning. Doc was sent back to the Wild West in 1885, where eventually
Marty then had to follow, having been given a note by a courier that was 70-
years old. In it it revealed Doc Brown had been stranded in the past and he
told Marty where to find the DeLorean that had been hidden in a cave where
Doc brown had placed it after he entered the old west.

When Marty found the DeLorean, he went to join Doc Brown as he took
the DeLorean up to 88-miles per hour at a drive-in theater and as soon as he
was about to crash into the screen he bolted into 1885 into the middle of the
desert, where he saw Indians being chased by the Calvary.

And guess where Marty ended up backing the car in to get out of this
ensuing battle? In a cave, out of rock. Sitting there and watching this scene
come together with the Indians and the cave in the rock wall, it finally
triggered the main event and I all but lost it.

The patrons there were not as excited as I was as I heard echoes across
the theater, ‘Shush, ‘quiet down,’ ‘shut up man,’ ‘we’re trying to watch a
movie here’ and then I yelled out, “I remember now!” Finally, a patron said,
‘Who the hell cares, shut up before I shut you up.’

Page | 137
 Time-Loop Chronicles
My wife looked at me and asked me if I was alright? I said, “No, I am not,
we need to go.” She looked at me as if I was losing my mind. I told her that, “I
finally remembered why something has been bothering me these last many
years.”

As we got back to the car I sat their paralyzed, I asked my wife, “When
did I go hiking in 1984 to search for lost Indian ruins?”

She looked at me like I was crazy, “You don’t hike, not that I know of
anyway. We have been together for quite some time, and you never really got
into hiking to search for anything.”

“Are you sure, in 1984 during May or June, didn’t I take a hike outside of
town? I was gone for quite some time.”

“Darling, you never took any hike, and I would know whether you were
missing for any length of time or not.”

“Then explain to me how these memories all are coming back to me? I
remember what happened, maybe not in detail, but quite a bit. I went back in
time, honey.”

“Babe, it had to be a dream, or it was your imagination. You never left

me even for one day that I can recall. Have you been talking to my cousin,
William, has he filled your mind with a bunch of nonsense? If not, then this
must be a memory from a dream, that’s all it is.”

“Is it really possible that I could have been dreaming all of this, going
through the cave wall, and entering back in time and living with the Anasazi?”

“Whoa darlin’, what are you smokin’? Anasazi? This aint like you, where
are you getting this crazy talk from?”

By this time, I knew I was losing it, my wife had to be right that it had to
be a dream. I know I never hiked anywhere, but it was so vivid, it was so real. I
Page | 138
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
then began to tell my wife what I had remembered from this dream and the
Chief whom I had met.

The time I had spent with the Chief was amazing. I have so many more
questions now that I wished I would have asked, they just didn’t come to
mind. I was in awe of the moment, unable to explain what was happening to
me. The very nature of the experience left me speechless and somewhat
impotent.

I am not a reporter, or journalist, I do not have the necessary skillsets to

know exactly how to respond to every word the Chief spoke, but I wrote down
what he said.

“Oh, damn…” I uttered. “Honey, I wrote down everything, I was writing it

all down. But he took it away from me telling me that he was going to do
something with it.”

“So, you don’t even have what you wrote down then?”

“No, and I have forgotten most of what he told me. But I remember as
clear as a bell living among the Anasazi, it was a wonderful time.”

“Well dear, it is obvious that it was a very powerful and emotional type
of dream, and that is all.”

“I remember writing everything down because the Chief wanted me to

tell others about what I had learned. The problem is, he took it all away from
me when he removed my notes.”

“Honey, it had to be a dream, only a dream would have something as

crazy as that sweetie. Why write it down if you can’t keep it? Don’t you think I
would have known about this if it had happened?”

The hours and days since my dream encounter memory has left me
wary. I can’t get it out of my mind. Some things are clear others are vague. I
Page | 139
 Time-Loop Chronicles
even remember the Chief asking me to tell everyone about this experience.
And yet he warned me that I would be ridiculed and mocked.

He elaborated that the true seeds will hear my voice, and know that
what I am saying has a ring of truth in it. He said, “just tell the people and
some will listen.

However, since you will not be able to uncover where all the seeds are
located, you will have to cast this out as a wide net, and capture everything,
and then throw away the dead fish.”

I remembered that it was easy for the Chief to say this, but doing it, was
another thing altogether. No one wants to be laughed at, or ridiculed, and I
would be setting myself up for every conceivable joke. Yet to walk away and
not respond in kind is a slap in the face to my own reality. I know what I had
experienced. I know it happened, it just had to have.

How can I ignore this? I then decided to write down what I could
remember the Chief had told me, even if it was a dream, and then let the
chips fall where they may.

It has now been nearly one year since a decent portion of my memory
returned in late 1990. Every day I walk around like a soul who had lost their
only friend. I felt the Chief and I were very close, as if he was part of my heart.

I have never attempted to return to the place of our meeting, even

though it seemed all too real it had to be a dream. Chances of there really
being a place like this, was slim and none.

I guess maybe it is because deep down I didn’t want to find out that it
was not real, and there was no doorway to the past. Even though I know it
had to be a dream. I wanted to believe it really happened.

Page | 140
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
I know that seems like utter nonsense, but having this type of
information and realizing the magnitude of it, is quite daunting, even if it was
a dream, where did it come from, what are dreams anyway?

You know the old saying, pinch me to see if I am awake. I guess I am

afraid that if I am pinched I will feel it, and it will prove none of this was real. I
felt like a great friend was missing when I thought about the dream encounter
with the Chief. I have tried my best to remember everything I could about this
dream, and sadly, there is so much lacking, therefore there truly is no story.

I do not remember most of what happened and probably never will. My

entire experience had to do with information about life and death, and where
we came from and why we are here. Most people just never seem to ask the
simple questions.

And lo and behold I received all this information and now I can hardly
remember a damn thing. As my mind tore itself apart over these wickedly
strange memories, I began to slowly remember a little more about the
doorway into the past.

I do not know if modern science allows for such things, but to think
about it, it’s cool. But how is it possible to walk through a door and enter
another time?

Are their truly doors like this on this world? Is there a lot of them? And
why was this door opened directly to a soul that was connected to me? As I
pondered what I just thought.

“Yes, that is what he said, we were connected.”

I had to stop myself again, Tim, it was just a dream. There are no
doorways into the past or future, just realize it was a dream. Yet my mind
would not let it go. I asked myself, if others would be able to see this door,
could they also walk through it?

Page | 141
 Time-Loop Chronicles
I just don’t have the answers. My mind was living through a daydream as
I tried to make sense at what I was shown. And yet what plagues me even till
this day, how is it that I was shown things that my own intellect and
knowledge would not be aware of. Can I be sure that these things were
revealed to me?

He told me that we were stuck in a time-loop. I do recall that. He said,

due to the wobble in the earth, the time machine is out of sync and therefore
does not operate via the ages as before, now we are stuck in a never-ending
trap.

I can’t even fathom how that is possible. And yet I remember one of the
questions I asked him, ‘What happened to the lost past, the ages that have
come and gone prior?’ Why would I ask that, what did he tell me? Damn!

It is obvious this world is very old, maybe millions and even billions of
years old. Where did the lost past go, where is our lost history, and for that
matter what is the lost history?

These were strange thoughts buzzing through the grey matter of my

brain and yet I could not correlate them with why I wondered about these
things. What does it mean, a lost history, all very strange indeed?

Another memory… The events of this world we have been given are
duplicates, same events brought back into the past. The Chief told me
privately that all past events of our history are unknown to us today because
of the great ruse.

I sit here day after day and ponder this dream and I am starting to shake
demonstrably, feeling that if this was only a dream, then dreams are real, real
enough to be super imposed on what we call reality. I remembered him telling
me that most of our myths are based on what is truth, and most of our sacred
beliefs are often myths.

Page | 142
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
He said something about a great cataclysm that will remove large
masses of people. And it had something to do with the sun, moon and stars, I
think. This became another trigger… Astronomically aligned, ah, “the universal
clock.” I seem to recall him telling me the world would lose billions of people.

Now I ask myself the question, “we have over five and half billion people
on this earth as of this date 1991. Are these all lost souls?” Wait another
memory, “the Chief told me that there would be upwards to eight billion
people when the shift occurs. That must be multiple decades or even a
century or more away to produce that many people, right?”

I just can’t recall in what context all of this was stated. How does the
world lose billions of people and why? And what did he mean about time
moving backwards and the shift?

I guess maybe I need to do some more searching to learn a little more

about physics, to see if anyone else may rectify the potential validity of this
strange enigma. This stuff was way over my head, so I didn’t really know how
to begin my quest.

He told me, “the earth operates on an energy grid, that it is a

holographic illusion.” Oh, God that’s right, ‘a holographic illusion’, I remember
this. Everything inside this grid works and operates from this energy.

What he told me was, “when the Earth shifts back the entire Earth
energy axis is changed. Everything begins to revert to the past.” I asked the
Chief, “Why is this allowed to occur?” I guess I really believed him, but in my
mind, right now, none of it makes any sense. I feel as though I need to take a
break from all of this, by brain is convulsing.

I have been non-stop thinking about this since my wife and I went to see
the, ‘Back to the Future 3.’ And I seriously needed to take a break. I just
happened to be watching a news program and the journalist made the
statement, “Well that is a 360˚ about face.”

Page | 143
 Time-Loop Chronicles
I laughed at that because what she meant to say was an 180˚ about face.
I sat there and laughed until another trigger was activated. “360˚… that means
something!”

I then began to remember, that I also asked him about the 360-day time
machine or something like that. I asked, “You mean adding these 5.25 days a
year screws up things that badly?” What could that have been all about, what
does 5 ¼ days mean and what is it that is screwed up?

I recall these words, “It was due to a malfunction and the earth time
machine is not functioning properly, and this is the effect of this anomaly. It is
now stuck in this half age time-loop.” Asking myself, “What in the hell does
that mean, half age time-loop?”

I finally finished putting together what I could remember, I had no idea

what to call it, and so I named it, “Panem Vitae”. Hmm, I even wondered,
what does that mean if anything, but I recall that he mentioned this name
allot?

I began to advertise this information on a few small alternative radio

programs. I feel like I spent most of my time defending my character and who
I am. I told people it was just a dream, nothing more but I found it interesting.
However not having all the information as to what I learned in this dream, it
came out very convoluted.

No one cared about the message, everyone wanted a piece of me, to

make fun of me. I was either loved by the few dreamers or hated by everyone
else, but whatever I hoped my message could be, was all but ignored. It was
truly a failure. I tried talking about some of the key points, like the one-
thousand-year kingdom on Earth, but man, the religious haters came out in
droves to shoot that down saying, ‘I was being led by the devil.’

And yet when I told them it is not what we think, it is a reversal of time
where the earth will shift back in time. Either no one believed it, or they didn’t
care. However, I was truly scorned. I knew most of this stuff seemed
Page | 144
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
impossible and I was an idiot for trying to share it. All it did was bring grief and
despair.

I asked myself, “why I am wasting my time.” When I brought up how the

earth is divided in this 360˚ pattern. And how everything seems to break down
into this sequence. And how something is broken because the earth is now in
a 365 ¼ pattern.

I finally figured out what the 5 ¼ days were, it was the added days to the
year, which used to be 360-days. Again, most of the time I received derision. I
was told that, “the 365 ¼ days simply represents the wobble in the earth’s
rotation and it has nothing to do with anything being broken.” ‘What an idiot,’
was their reaction.

I asked, if something is wobbling doesn’t that mean it is out of sync and

it could represent something of great import? Again, nothing but laughter.
And the sad part is, I had no real science background to represent my story, I
just relayed what I could remember, and what I somehow witnessed.

One of the callers who came on the program asked what in the hell does
Panem Vitae mean? I told them that was the name I used for this information
because this name was given to me, but that is all I remember. Little did I
know that my life was about to change forever.

I told the caller, I do not know what it means, it was a term the Chief
used a lot, but I never asked him if there was a secondary meaning. At this
point a lady called in to the show and said, I know what that means, I am
taking Latin as a minor at Pepperdine, University, where I attend. The term
Panem Vitae means, “BREAD OF LIFE.”

“Oh, my God”, I responded in total shock, “Something you eat…”

Page | 145
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(17) Government Interference

Time Loop Two – Could it be Déjà vu?

Knock! Knock! Was the sound that woke me up at 7:00 am one Friday
morning? I gathered myself as I slumped out of bed, put on shorts and t-shirt,
and slowly walked to the door.

Barely able to get the words out of my mouth, the crackling sound of air
pushing through said, “Who is it?”

“Sir, this is the FBI, we wondered if we could have a couple of words

with you?”

Trying to get my wits about me, pausing for a couple of seconds as I tried
to organize my thoughts, I barked out, “What is the problem, is there
something wrong?”

“Please sir, open the door, we need to talk about what you have been
telling people on the radio, about your experiences.”

“You have got me be kidding me?” Whispering under my breath. “The

FBI is concerned about my dream stories, give me a break.”

I wondered in my mind, why they would care about a dream when no

one else seemed to; that was a tad odd. But it perplexed me so much that I
had to find out why they would even care enough to be at my front door.

I then slowly opened the door, and staring at me were two agents, one
male and one female, both looking at me with these deep dark sun glasses.
Their clothes seemed odd to me and I had never seen sun glasses like that
before.

Both agents were dressed in black with white shirts. The 5’ 4” woman
was wearing a pants suit, although very shapely, as well as a hat covering her
Page | 146
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
auburn hair that seemed to be pinned back. On the hat were the white bolden
letters, F.B.I.

The male agent standing about 6’2” did not wear a hat, but in bold white
lettering under his lapel, the same lettering stood out like a sore thumb. He
also had short black hair like a military crew cut, not that well-built, mostly
thin and lanky, having a couple days’ stubble on his beard.

Those sun glasses sort of freaked me out, like you were looking at some
sort of strange insect eyes, and then the male agent removed his glasses
realizing they were an issue, and the female agent followed in like, and both
had a reserved but cajoling smile on their face, like something was up.

As they walked into the door of our home, the female agent commented
about our neighborhood, “Why is your town so far behind the times? The cars
and the houses all look dated, yet strangely kept up like they were new.”

I didn’t know what she was talking about so I just squeezed out a cheap
smile wondering if she had all her oars in the water. There demeanor didn’t
suggest that there was any real reason to be concerned or fear their presence,
but I was still apprehensive why they would be here wanting to talk to me
about a silly dream, even though I really believe that somehow this occurred,
obviously most did not share my beliefs.

As they entered my modest dwelling, I asked them to take a seat. I then

offered them a drink. It was evident by the quick back and forth head gestures
that they were content in only talking.

I then asked them if I could get myself a cup of coffee, or I wouldn’t be

any good to them. The lady FBI agent responded with a genial smile and
replied, “Absolutely, take your time.”

They then introduced themselves as Agent Maxwell Stram, and Agent

Laura Thol.

Page | 147
 Time-Loop Chronicles
I retorted, “Good to meet you.” I then went after my cup of Joe.

I finally came back to the living room, found an old stool and sat on it,
and spun it around, and then said, “How can I help you two?”

“We have a problem Mr. Trovel and we can’t figure out how to solve it.”

“Did I do something wrong?”

Agent Stram needed verification. “I need to double check, you are Mr.
Tim Trovel, right?”

“Yes I am.”

“Great, just wanted to clarify that we had the right house and right
person.

Sir, a few weeks ago after your little radio interview, a man was found on
an old trail outside your city, he was found injured and brought to the local
hospital where we have been notified that he is very ill and close to death. We
were then notified by H.Q. to check into this.

It appeared he had been out there in the sun for a little while. He was
elderly and seemed to be in his late 70’s, maybe older, but his skin was dried
up like a prune, possibly the result of being baked in the sun for some time.”

“I am sorry, but what does this have to do with me?”

“Agent Stram and I have just returned from walking out in the area
where the body had been found. It is quite a daunting hike.”

“I guess?” Wondering what that had to do with me, I responded, “I don’t

hike, at least not since I was a little boy.”

Page | 148
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Agent Stram continued… “Being out there at first glance revealed
nothing to us, it didn’t seem to have anything to do with you until we found
buried 15-feet from where the body had been recovered, under a rock, was
this... (Holding something in his hand wrapped in plastic.) It had been marked
or stamped by some ancient symbol and this is what caught our attention.”

Agent Stram held up in his hands a plastic bag container of what

appeared to be a thick notepad, my heart took a few extra beats and it
skipped several times. There was something oddly familiar about this pad of
paper.

“Sir, do you know anything about this?”

“Uh, it looks familiar, but I don’t think I do, it’s not possible!” (Shaking my
head in total confusion.)

“Well we have a problem.”

“What’s the problem?”

“It appears this notepad belongs to you.”

“Why would you say that?”

“Well, is your name Tim Trovel, living at 100 West 200 South #312…”

“Wait a minute!” Tim cautioned.

At this point I was in a fight or flight reaction, I was getting very nervous
because I had no way to defend myself over a silly dream that never took
place. Heavily laden with anxiety I replied. “I don’t own any notepad; I don’t
know why my name would be on that.”

“Sir, (as they removed it from the plastic container) is this your
handwriting Mr. Trovel?”
Page | 149
 Time-Loop Chronicles
I carefully looked down at it as he scrolled through the pages, and I saw
the words 1080-years in the past. And I began to feel very sick.

Again, they asked, “Well is it your handwriting?”

I then judiciously looked at the writing and most definitely it was my

scribble.

“But this never happened, it was all a dream. I don’t know… I can’t
believe… This can’t be happening!”

“Mr. Trovel, we are not here to arrest you, you are not in trouble, at
least not at this moment. This is not a murder case, the old man that was
discovered appeared to be injured possibly from the terrain, but he is alive.

We just want to know why a notepad with your name and address was
near the discovered body, as it pertains to this crazy story you were telling
everyone on the radio. We believe the old man either dropped this and it
landed in a hole nearby under a rock, or he planted it there, or it came from
you while you were there.

And then to add to this weird puzzle, why was all this information in
here, where did it come from and what does it mean? And then to add to this
mystery you have been talking to others about this same information over the
airwaves.”

“But it was a dream I assure you, none of it really happened, I made it all
up?”

“Come on, a dream? Let’s get real, this was no dream Mr. Trovel, unless
your notepad flickered out of your mind and into our hands. Now would you
please explain why you wrote all this down and why this information was
found near the old man located in the area you described in your notepad?
Were you out there with this old man?”

Page | 150
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Um, listen, I don’t know what to say, it had to be a dream, I don’t even
recall most of the information, why would I have left out all of this
information, when trying to explain it to others if I really knew about it?”

As I skimmed through the notepad that Agent Stram handed me, rather
quickly some memories were returning to me and I wanted to head back to
the radio stations and renew my fervor and to say, I told you so.

“We understand that Mr. Trovel, we truly do, it is a conundrum. But

after reading what we could decipher from this information we were told to
investigate a possible National Security threat.”

“National what...? Listen, my wife was with me when this event

supposedly occurred, I was here in my house, and never left my wife, it was a
dream, and she can vouch for it.”

“Very good, we would also like to speak to your wife. And we do realize
for whatever reason that you do not recall these events. We want to know if
you have a memory problem, and therefore, you tend to write things down.”

“The truth is; I don’t carry a notepad anywhere. Never have, at least not
in this life… (I snickered within myself wondering if this is what is wrong here.
Was this a dream of a past life, but how?) I could believe if I had a notepad
with me I would write things down to recall later, especially if it is a lot of
detail like this apparently is, but it is not a common thing for me to do.”

“Mr. Trovel, you may not remember doing this, but you obviously did.
You are holding the proof in your hands. What we don’t understand is where
does the elderly man fit in with this notepad?”

“I don’t understand any of this… I simply do not know?”

“We were hoping to jog your memory a little, we brought a picture of

the elderly man so you might be able to identify him. Because let’s be honest,
he was near the place of the notepad that described your strange adventure.
Page | 151
 Time-Loop Chronicles
It looks as though you were scribbling notes to possibly write a science fiction
book later, or maybe it is something much more nefarious or even mundane,
we just don’t know.

But there are some anomalies in this entire event and that is why we are
here. There was no identification on this man, nothing to identify him. We are
just now trying to find out who this man was, so far no luck.”

“Why not take finger prints?” I asked clumsily.

“We are in the process of doing that now, but for some reason we can’t
get a valid print. We also have a specialist team checking into the DNA
database and trying to match him with the DNA counterpart.”

“DNA, there is a database with people’s DNA?”

“Oh, yea we have all sorts of tricks to locate people, but that is not the
point.”

As they thumbed through a metal briefcase agent Stram brought out the
picture and set it on the coffee table between us. I glanced at it and then got
closer and stood up swiftly, “Oh My God!” almost in a high pitch scream,
“that’s the Chief. It’s real, it was all real… it did happen to me, I knew it… I just
knew it!”

I yelled back into the bedroom calling for my wife who was still sleeping
and asked her to come out immediately. As I stood there peering down over
this picture, I began talking to myself, “I can’t believe this, it was all a dream,
wasn’t it?”

“Mr. Trovel, is it possible you were drugged by this man and he fed you a
lot of cock and bull. And what you think was a dream was actually a live
event?”

Page | 152
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Ah, I don’t know, I guess it is possible, I am holding a notepad with my
handwriting in it, and I do remember this man as being the Chief. But why is he
dressed like this. He was in a full Indian outfit, but these are street clothes any
old guy might wear, even me?”

“That is why we believe you were drugged. These kinds of people can
really put one over on you to create whatever racket it is that they might be
trying to pull off.

Do you have money that they might know about? We checked your
records and we do not see any lure toward you for financial gain, other than
an insurance policy, and that we would like to speak to your wife about. So,
we are at a loss as to why they might be after you.”

“Excuse me, who are they?”

“Con artists Mr. Trovel, people who use a con to separate you from your
hard-earned money and/or valuable assets.”

“Who me? Like you said, I have nothing, as you look around you can
plainly see we don’t live the Life of Riley.”

“Riley, who is he?”

“Oh, it is just a saying, it come from an old TV show.”

“Must be old, never heard of it, but yes Mr. Trovel,” Agent Thol
continued, “We understand that your financial situation is obviously low
standard, that by the presence of the seemingly vintage owned 1977 Buick in
your driveway and the old type houses dispersed down the block, it is
obvious.”

Feeling a little insulted I just ignored her comment.

Page | 153
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Stram continued… “Again, we understand, we are just trying to figure all
of this out. However, we would truly like your help in doing so.”

At that moment, my wife ran quickly into the living room and asked what
is happening. I told her that my strange dream was no dream that it really
happened, somehow, someway.

My wife reacted, “That is not possible, how could this have happened
and I not know about it?”

The female agent then began talking to my wife. “Mrs. Trovel, hello, I am
agent Laura Thol, and this is my partner Maxwell Stram. May I ask you a
couple of questions alone?”

My wife was very apprehensive, and then proceeded to do what I should

have done. “May I see some credentials?”

Both agents quickly glanced at each other, and grimaced, and then
proceeded to take out their F.B.I. credentials. It was obvious by their
credentials they were who they said they were. My wife then accepted to
speak to them, she and Agent Thol went into the kitchen to talk.

My wife, as she walked out of the living room turned to Agent Thol and
remarked as to why there was an expiration date on her badge. Agent Thol
said, “What do you mean?”

“2014 that is a long-term expiration.”

Agent Thol had no idea what she was talking about and simply said that
is the issue date. My wife not understanding what she meant, decided not to
pursue it.

“Mrs. Trovel, do you and your husband get along?”

“Yes of course.”
Page | 154
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“There are no marital problems that you might want to discuss?”

“No, beyond the normal little arguments we have at times, we get along
fine, we have been married for many years. I have nothing to complain about,
I am very content and happy.”

“Have you taken a large insurance policy out on your husband within the
last 30-years?”

She hesitated for a few seconds and then replied, “No I haven’t, but we
discussed it together. Timmy doesn’t want me to be stuck if something would
happen to him, but we have not followed through on it yet. And why would I
take out an insurance policy on my husband in the last 30-years when we
were not even married that long?”

Agent Thol somewhat confused said, “You haven’t been, then why was
there a million-dollar insurance policy that was taken out on your husband?
Oh well, It doesn’t matter, it appears you did not keep up on the payments so
the policy is dead anyway.”

“I have no clue what you are talking about, I never took out any policy on
my Timmy.”

“(Hmmm) are you aware of or do you know if you or your husband has
any enemies, or could someone close to you have taken out this policy using
your name and you not know about it?”

“No, no one… and why would any…?”

“So, Mrs. Trovel there is no reason why you might want your husband to
either go missing or be deemed mentally unfit?”

“NO. I resent you saying that. I don’t like you even inferring this about
me, I love my Timmy. No amount of money in the world would supply me with
his loss if God forbid that happened.”
Page | 155
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Agent Thol scribbled a few things in her pad and said, “Ok, Mrs. Trovel,
please understand, we have to ask these questions. In truth, I believe you,
there is something strange about what is going on here, and it is about more
than money.”

Both agents came together in the living room and looked at me and said,
“Listen, Mr. Trovel, we want to take you out to where we found the body. Do
you think you are up for hike of this magnitude?”

“Um, I am not sure if that is a good idea.”

“Is there any reason you would like to tell us why you would defer on
this request? You see Mr. Trovel, if you were kidnapped and or drugged, being
out there at the scene of when all of this may have taken place might joggle
your memory and it might be a help for us to solve this paradox.”

“I would certainly like to get to the bottom of this, because right now I
am really confused. But if I was drugged I would like to know how and why. So,
I guess I would be willing to go out there if it can help.”

“Great, we have some gear in the car, if you can get yourself ready, we
can take off within a few minutes; if that is alright with you? Also let me hold
on to the notepad until we get out there.”

Begrudgingly I handed back the pad of paper and said, “Not a problem,
let me get some older clothes on and some extra water, and I will meet you
outside.”

Agent Thol then spoke, “We are not going to lie to you, this case may be
more serious than meets the eye, but we both feel you and your wife are the
victims here…”

Agent Stram continues where Thol left off. “Before we leave we want to
state a potential problem. You see if such a doorway exists it could threaten
national security. The N.S.A. asked us to check into this, they are sure there is
Page | 156
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
nothing to it, but they asked us to investigate anyway. However, when we
were out there we found no signs of any said door.”

I was somewhat startled when Agent Stram told me this. I then had to
ask the million-dollar question. “You do not really believe doorways to the past
exist, do you?”

“Ah, that is out of our jurisdiction that would fall under N.S.A., we are
simply investigators of potential crimes on our soil. Anything beyond that
would have to be turned over to another department and agency.”

Strangely enough their answer left me with more questions than I had
prior. But I decided to take this hike and see if there is anything to any of this.
The problem with following them there, what if my memory is jogged, what if
everything comes back to me and I find I was violated in a horrible way?

I couldn’t help but wonder what may come of this when we get out
there. It is obvious they do not believe the story in the notepad, and are here
only as an investigative team to find evidence of a possible crime or some odd
National Security threat.

But what about that notepad, if there is no crime I would love to

continue to read what I supposedly wrote. I was very hesitant about this
journey. I decided whatever we discovered I would remain strong.

The Agents then headed for the door and Thol stated, “That’s great, we
were hoping that you would come with us out there. It might solve this entire
case tonight and we can all go home and get some rest.”

As I went back to the bedroom, my wife was still a little apprehensive by

this ordeal. She said, “Hon, how is it possible that any of this is valid. It was a
dream, wasn’t it?”

“I know Annie, I understand. I am troubled also. It is quite bizarre. But

honey, I think this really was a dream, yet I also think it’s possible that it may
Page | 157
 Time-Loop Chronicles
have really occurred, I just don’t understand why the Chief would potentially
surrender his life over this. I really want to go to the hospital to talk to him.”

“Do you think you really walked between worlds? I am not sure it is a
good idea that you speak to this man, he may be a dangerous criminal.”

“Listen, I remember a few more things now, the Chief taking the notepad
away from me, he told me these words... ‘You will forget what happened, so I
need to keep the notepad with me so that I can plant the seed.’

This is going to sound strange Annie-May, but I think I was there and that
somehow this dream or maybe even other dreams are really happening. They
are not some quirk of the mind, but maybe they are real events, and yet
ironically could still be a dream.”

Continuing, I brainstormed this next idea. “Annie, what if this was not a
dream but a real past life memory?”

Annie-May reveled in shock, “Whoa, is that possible could there be

memory of a past life this detailed? And why would there be physical evidence
in that notepad?”

“You got me, not sure it was a past life in the sense we may think of it.
But what if I am reliving this life over again, and it is triggering things that
happened to me in that life during this life, with maybe a few quirks and
changes?”

“That is a tad too out there for me… could it be possible?”

“You tell me Annie, think about what was happening to me, going into
the past, time traveling, getting information that I never knew existed, time-
loops, and repeating lives? You tell me!”

Page | 158
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
As I finally got prepared and found a couple of canteens I had when I was
a kid, making sure we all have enough water, cause, this may be a grueling
hike over difficult terrain and I am not really in that great of shape.

As I got back into the living room I could hear some laughing occurring
outside, it was obvious that the two agents were not believers of the
doorway; commenting between each other, “…Doors to other worlds, what a
laugh…” They were obviously just doing their job no matter how corny it may
be at times.

I then gave my wife a kiss and said, “Good-bye.” She responded with,
“Good Luck.” And I left the house, we got into the government vehicle and
drove to the entrance of the trail just West of Town. There was limited parking
near the trail, but with their credentials we could park right in the front on the
rocks.

As we began to hike, I kept wondering what if all of this really did

happen? What if there is a doorway entrance? However, wouldn’t these guys
have already found it, they had to be scouring this area for a while before they
ever came calling on me? All of it was so very outlandish.

As I tried to be very calm on this journey, the fact that I was hiking didn’t
even seem to affect me. My mind was troubled in deep thought as we
continued on the trail. I wanted to know myself if what I saw was true or was I
dreaming this whole thing up, was I drugged or maybe it was even a time-loop
event memory recovery?

I had never been out here before, so it was all new to me, at least new to
me in this life, I guess. Yet it all seemed vaguely familiar.

It has now been about an hour on our hike, the two agents seem to be in
much better shape than I am at least endurance wise, it is quite humid, much
warmer than I would have hoped for, but some of the clouds blocking out the
sun is making it manageable.

Page | 159
 Time-Loop Chronicles
We finally came to the area where they located the old man. They then
said, “Take a few minutes to rest and then get your bearings and let us know if
anything rings a bell.”

At this point, Agent Stram brought out some sort of small tape recorder
and said these words, “We are at the grounds of the location of the discovery
of the elderly male, along with Mr. Tim Trovel. It is 10:35 Friday morning.”

They were both more than happy to sit down for a while. Neither one of
them seemed to have an air of thought that anything was going to come of
this, they appeared very nonchalant about the entire experience.

After I sat there for a few minutes and drank some water, I then looked
out toward the northeast and I saw something that was familiar, but I didn’t
let on. I told them I wanted to check something out, and I will be right back. I
left them both sitting on a log as I went to discover a familiar turf.

I walked off the trail for about ten minutes through some brush and tree,
and stopped and looked over and saw this red rock mesa that instantly
unlocked an old recollection.

I had a bad angle so I needed to go around this large boulder opposite of

the mesa where in front was somewhat a steep drop-off that appeared to be
about 20-feet down, patterned with soft dirt and very loose gravel. I thought
someone could fall here and really hurt themselves.

I needed to be very careful. As I maneuvered around the boulder, things

were extremely familiar to me, but danger of harming myself was also a
possibility. And as I was about to step on the small lose rocks, before I had
time to think about what the next words would be coming out of my mouth, I
said, extremely loud, “Oh shit!”

And nearly simultaneously I heard this voice over my back shoulder

saying, “What’s wrong?”

Page | 160
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
The agents were right behind me; I guess they were not going to leave
anything to chance. Not really knowing what to say, I just blurted it out, “It’s
gone!”

“What’s gone?” replied Agent Thol. “The doorway, the doorway to the
cave, it’s gone, but the mesa, the mesa is there, it is really there.”

Agent Stram addressed the other agent spurting out this devious
laughter, “Hey Thol, the doorway is gone; can you believe that?”

They both had a good laugh on that one, but I was not amused. It was
obvious that I was the brunt of this joke, and they never expected to find
anything of any real importance anyway. It was a day for them to hike
outdoors and just enjoy some things for a while, yet never believing they
would find anything.

They both looked at me as if I was some unbalanced bozo with a few

marbles missing, and with grins on their faces, voiced their thoughts, “Ok, it is
not here, why would you expect it to be here, are you remembering anything,
and could you show us exactly where the door would have been?”

I was little concerned how much I should reveal, but the answer to their
question just came out without thought or reason, “Yes, I do remember this
now, and right there on the Mesa is where the door to the cave was, but it is
now gone.”

“Are you telling us Mr. Trovel, that you remember a cave entrance? But
you do not remember the old man or who he might have been?”

“Like I said back home, the old man was the Chief that is what I
remember. And right there…” as I stood pointing angrily at the mesa, “That is
the area on the wall where the door was that entered his world.”

I pointed to the very spot on the Mesa wall, and said, “Right there, that’s
where it was.” As I shook my fist towards the mesa wall, exasperated.
Page | 161
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Agent Thol responded, “Well take us to it, but be careful.”

I slowly began to move towards the Mesa wall, I then began to slip down
this rocky hill all the while saying, “Whoa baby, this is a steep one.”

As I gathered my composure, I saw the two of them struggle to get down

but they handled it like troopers. I then slowly walked over to the wall, which
was filled with moss patterned in the rock, and I felt around the wall with my
hands and there was no entranceway to be found. Nothing was carved out, no
symbols or writing, nothing.

It was gone. I could even see the little tree I sat on, everything was in
order, but there was no doorway. I said to myself, “Geez, even that damn tree
is here.”

I turned around sheepishly and humbly snorted out these words. “Guys,
I am sorry, the door was right here, this is what I remembered, and it was right
smack dab in that wall. And it is now gone, I mean it is gone, nowhere to be
found.”

“Don’t feel too bad Mr. Trovel, (Agent Thol expressed her thoughts)
drugs can do that to people, being drugged can cause all forms of
hallucinations.”

I felt about as stupid as anyone could be at this moment, but what was
even harder to handle was, am I losing it, or was I really drugged? Was this all
a figment of my imagination, or an induced hallucination? Were these people
laughing at me because I really was some drugged-out nutcase, conspiracy
theorist?

Could I have been that deluded? That messed up? Could I have made all
of this up? I felt deep down that it all happened as I had said, it had to have
happened. At this point the two agents were combing all over the wall placing
their hands here and there, even trying to push it slightly.

Page | 162
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
They both even walked around to the other side of the mesa, and I
decided to sit back on my little faithful tree as I had done once before,
sometime, someplace, somewhere, wondering what the hell was going on.

For the first time, I felt like I had been taken for a bad ride, and that all I
was told was a big fat lie. Yet then I started wondering, but I was told these
things. That’s right, someone communicated this to me, and I certainly could
not have made all of this up, most of it I never even knew before, and could
not even have dreamt of it.

I closed my eyes for a few moments, then subtly whispered within my

breath feeling this sadness that the Chief may be nothing but a con artist,
“Chief, Chief, please be real, don’t let this happen…?”

At that very moment before I even finished what I was saying, I opened
my eyes to see that everything went black, it had turned nighttime. I stood up
not being able to see anything but the Moon coming over the Eastern horizon
above the right side of the mesa. I said to myself, “This is impossible, it has to
still be morning. What happened to the daylight? Why is the moon out now in
its full glory?”

I then immediately arose to search for the two agents, I could barely see
anything and had no light accept for the light of the moon, I was able to
peruse around the mesa but there was no sign of the two agents. As I called
out for them, there was no reply, they had simply vanished.

I shrieked out, calling a few more times for them, but no answer. I then
walked back around the mesa and sat back on the tree and began wondering,
did I fall asleep, could more than half the day have gone by and I know
nothing about it?

Did the agents see me and just leave me here? What in the hell is going
on? I continued to collapse down on the tree and sat there somewhat
confused and depressed, knowing full well I was not going anywhere tonight.

Page | 163
 Time-Loop Chronicles
What is happening to me I thought? With a paralyzing fear I asked, what is
going on? Depression began to set in more deeply.

I know I didn’t go to sleep, I had no time to sleep, I couldn’t have, but

somehow, I lost the daylight and it was already night time. I closed my eyes,
and within a few minutes I began to hear this small voice within my head.

“Do not be afraid, the moon houses your dreams, but your soul controls
everything.”

At the very next moment, I heard this female voice saying, “Hey, wake
up, we need to head back.”

It was the two agents, as I opened my eyes, the sun was shining brightly.
I looked up at them as they gazed down towards me as what must have
appeared to them as being some kook.

“What the hell just happened?” I blurted out.

Agent Thol responded, “What always happens, a person who has a

monstrous imagination induced by heavy drugs… But we need to go now, we
need to head back to H.Q.”

She didn’t understand what I meant, that I entered some strange time-
shift and the darkness took over, and the agents were gone, and now it has all
reverted back.

I slowly got up and without a thought as to why I was saying this, I asked,
“Is it possible you guys can find your way back on your own, you do not need
me anymore do you? Cuz, I would really like to hang out here for a little while,
I am very troubled.

I know you think I made all of this up, and about this time I am starting
to agree with you, but I know what I saw, I know it happened. I know there
was a doorway.”
Page | 164
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Agents Stram said very directly without even a moment’s pause, “Listen,
obviously, something happened to you, it has all of the appearances as a drug
induced hallucination. It is becoming apparent that someone took you out
here while you were drugged, and told you a whopping story.

Either they didn’t get what they wanted and left you out here, or
someone popped on the scene and spooked them. Either way, it appears the
con went south when the old man was injured.

This is our conclusion of the matter. If you desire to remain here that is
totally up to you, we can’t tell you what to do, but be careful. Oh, and by the
way, you can have this back. One way or the other it might be a great story for
someone.”

Agent Stram handed me back the auspicious notepad that he had given
to me before we went on the hike, wherewith he asked for it back. Obviously,
he did not believe anything that was written in there was valid and it was
deemed of no threat, so he handed it back to me.

The agents both extended their hands as to shake my hand and Stram
said, “We will be leaving now, you take care, and try not to fall into any more
doorways, the next time it could take you to hell, you never know.” (The two
agents both laughed, as they walked away.)

They walked away chuckling and I heard Agent Stram tell Agent Thol,
“Well I have been on worse cases, at least we got a hike out of it.” Thol
replied, “Yep and a big fat laugh too. …doorways to another time, yea right!”
Laughter commenced …as their voices faded away.

Replaying the events in my mind, by now I was really starting to think I

was losing it. I then sat back down on the tree, I closed my eyes and within a
couple minutes I heard a voice again.

“The Moon carries your dreams, but the spirit carries your soul.”

Page | 165
 Time-Loop Chronicles
I then immediately opened my eyes, and like magic, it was nighttime
again, at that point, I knew I had to be losing it.

Page | 166
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(18) The Moon from another time

Time Loop Three – Day One of the Reunion

As I sat there and stared motionless at the moon, appearing out of

nowhere was Chief Animae Cibus. With a huge smile on his face, his fixed eyes
gazed at me speaking these words, “Why are you perplexed?”

“Chief?” I screamed, “You are real and alive!” Running up to give him a
huge hug, I decided maybe this isn’t proper protocol, so I just patted him on
the back asking, “What happened to you and what is happening to me?”

“Of course, I am real and very much alive, and to answer the last query,
what is happening to you? EVERYTHING!”

“Chief, what happened to the gateway? Did this experience ever really
happen, yet I barely remembered any of it, believing it was all a dream?”

“The door was your door; it was your personal door. It was not for
anyone else; therefore, it didn’t unveil itself for the agents.”

“Oh, so you know about the two agents that wanted to see it?”

“Yes of course, but sadly for them, it was not their time.”

“They really didn’t see anything, they left and went home. I remained
behind to ferret out more about this strange experience and then I was
planning to return also. I saw your picture and you were in the hospital, what
happened?”

“My friend?” The Chief guardedly spoke to me. “The Agents didn’t return
back as you might have thought. And the picture you saw was only for you.”

“Sure, they did Chief, I said goodbye to them and they hiked their way
back alone.”
Page | 167
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“No, friend, no! They were not supposed to come here yet. Doing so
violated their own timeline. They have returned back to their time.”

“I don’t understand, I said goodbye to them, they hiked back, I saw them,
and I even walked with them part way, back to the trail.”

“Yes, you did see them, but what happened to you was a dream, you
were dreaming… Everything that has happened since we last spoke, has been
a dream.”

“What are you telling me? This was all a dream; my entire life for the last
7-years has been a dream. What about my wife, the agents, the movie, “Back
to the Future,’ this couldn’t have been a dream?”

“My friend, at this moment you are sleeping, your soul is caught in a
time-loop. You are bouncing through time like a super ball. Here one moment,
there the next. You are reliving your awakening process.”

“Why is this happening to me?”

“Because you are desperately trying to reconnect your soul with the
Caelestus Pater, but you need something.”

“And what would that be?”

“You need soul food.”

I didn’t even know what to say to that. I then noticed the Chief looking
down upon the ground with his eyes twinkling as a teacher trying to explain
something very difficult to his student.

He just smiled and looked back up, and said, “Of course everything you
have been experiencing happened, and yet it didn’t. It is time for you to begin
to understand the mysteries of the universe and the lunar insanities that
cause us to question everything.”
Page | 168
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Lunar insanities?”

The Chief pointed skyward and said, “Look upon that rock that floats in
your space.”

“You mean the Moon?”

“Yes, what do you see?”

“Oh, no, not this again? I see the Moon; I am not sure what you are
wanting me to say?”

“Tell me what you see!”

“I see a large round moon in space with many craters from ancient
meteors and comets that had launched their way upon its surface long ago.”

The Chief then called to me and motioned me over.

“Come with me.”

He began to lead me to the wall of the Mesa and there it was… the
doorway had returned, I didn’t even comment, I just followed. We then
entered back into his world.

The Chief continued to speak as we were walking back through time.

“The moon has great power over the earth, whether in my time or your time,
it has power over the tides of the oceans as well as power over the emotions
of the mind. The moon also has power over your dreams. But the moon is not
the moon.”

“What?”

“Hold on… it will all make sense soon enough. As you can plainly see it is
the same moon even back in the past. Of course, the moon has never changed
Page | 169
 Time-Loop Chronicles
because the time-loop is happening so quickly now, a jump from the future
into the past is but a nano-second of time.

What I want to explain now, is the moon is what has caused the earth to
wobble out of its proper course. It is pulling on the earth.”

“How can the moon exert that much force on such a larger planet when
it is so much smaller?”

“It is not pulling because of gravity as they would like us to believe, it is

because of the technology being used inside the moon that is creating a pull
against the planet. Now what I am about to tell you will seem unbelievable
but allow me to give you some easy to prove experiments you can use to
verify some of this.

The moon as we been wrongly told, cannot be readily seen, it would be

too small if it really was 240,000 miles away. The entire moon is a little over
half the size of the United States, based on what we have been told, in truth it
is much smaller, about 2160 miles in diameter. Do you really believe you could
see the a portion of the United States at a quarter of a million miles away
being as large as it appears, as the moon?

Just a couple of thousand-miles in space the United States appears even

smaller than the moon itself. For us viewing the moon being this size at that
distance, would appear as a very tiny bright circle in the heavens, just a little
bit larger than Venus.

According to the space program, they have given us pictures of earth

taken from the surface of the moon. Have you ever noticed that the earth
doesn’t appear any larger than the moon at the horizon? In some photos, the
moon is larger. Now explain that one.”

“I have seen those pictures and I have even wondered about that, but I
threw it off believing there was a simple answer.”

Page | 170
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Based on what they have shown us, since the moon would barely cover
little more than half of the United States, picture in your mind how small this
one country is, versus the size of the earth, then picture in your mind how
small the moon would really appear to us.”

“Yea, I see what you mean, the moon would have to be much smaller
than what we seem to be seeing with our own eyes. Then what is it Chief?
What are we staring at in the night sky?”

“Our moon is a holograph. Our moon unless it was the same size of
Planet Earth could never block out the Sun in a solar eclipse. First, the Sun is
too large. Even if the moon came between Earth and the Sun it would not be
able to block out the light where it is located.”

“Then how do we have eclipses?”

“Because the moon is getting in front of the sun blocking out its light.”

Everyone began to laugh heartily and once again I was thinking to

myself, come on, is it really that funny?

“Okay Chief, let me be the fall-guy here, I’ll go for it. So, if the moon
cannot block out the Sun, then why is it that you are now saying that it can
block out the Sun?”

“I am so sorry, sometimes levity is a great way to release tension, and I

guess that is true for those who are in on the joke. One day it will be funny for
you too. The reason is, our moon is a holograph. Secondly, the Moon is within
the Earth’s upper atmosphere.”

“Say what? You have got to be kidding me, how can the moon be within
the Earth’s atmosphere, that is not possible is it?”

“Anything is possible if it is a hologram. If I know you, you brought a

flash light with you in your hiking gear, correct?”
Page | 171
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Sorry Chief I didn’t, I didn’t plan on being out here that long, and
certainly didn’t plan on being out at night.”

“Why don’t you check your gear again; I think you might be surprised.”

“Chief, I really didn’t…” (The Chief interrupts…)

“Placate an old man, just check.”

I thumbed around my carrying bag and… “What?” Sure, enough the

Chief was right, I did have a flashlight, I grabbed it when I seized the canteens
and forgot.

The Chief continued… he asked one of the individuals closest to him to

go and retrieve a large thick white cloth, but it must not have any holes at all,
even pin holes. Sure, enough he went and found a large white blanket.

“Ok, here is your first experiment, give me the flash light and you stand
behind two of our people who are holding up the blanket. I am going to stand
about 2 feet away in front, and shine the light on the blanket.”

The Chief shined the light on the blanket, and I stood on the other side
watching the light penetrate through the blanket. The Chief then queried me.

“Would you say this blanket is like clouds in the sky?”

“Yea I would say that it would be somewhat akin to fluffy white clouds.”

As the Chief was shining the light on the blanket, he asked me…

“Describe what you are seeing.”

“Umm, I see the light penetrating the blanket.”

“And what does it appear like to you?”

Page | 172
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“I don’t see the flashlight; I just see the circle of light that the light is
creating.”

The Chief took a couple of steps backwards with the light still shining in
the same place, and asked, ‘What do you see now?”

“I see the same light, although the round circle has magnified the further
away you are, it appears larger now.”

The Chief took about three more steps back; he was no more than about
ten feet away. He asked me again, “Now what do you see?”

“I don’t see the circle anymore, the light has spread all over the blanket, I
can see no circle at all.”

“Don’t you think that is quite odd?” The Chief then pointed skyward.

Right at that moment I looked up and unbelievably a small patch of fluffy

white clouds maneuvered in front of the moon. The moon did not change its
appearance; I could still see the moon perfectly as its light peered through the
clouds.”

I became confused, I told the Chief, “I can see the moon, but with the
flash light all I could see was the round circle of light.”

The Chief then moved right next to the blanket with the flashlight and
said, “What do you see now?”

“I can now see the flashlight also, oh wow. But Chief when you asked to
have the blanket brought to you, you said it could not have any holes nor even
pinholes, why?”

“The strange thing about light is, when holes are present, the light will
reform and not scatter like it does upon a solid surface. Thus, any holes and
you would have seen the flashlight clearly, even at a distance. The further
Page | 173
 Time-Loop Chronicles
away the light source is, the light begins to refract off a solid surface. The
refracted light will spread out enough to where you cannot see the source (a
round circle) of the light.”

As the Chief pointed above, he said, “How far do you think those clouds
are in the sky?”

“I don’t know maybe 35,000-40,000 feet.”

“And yet you can still see the circle of the moonlight as clear as if the
clouds were not there. How is that possible if the moon is a ¼ million miles
away?”

The Chief pointed back at the blanket experiment while he stood again
ten feet away, and there was no circle, just refracted light. He then crept up
closer and as he did, the circle of light returned.

“Chief, the only way a circle could be seen from the moon is if the moon
was really close, elsewise it would just be a refraction of light glowing upon
the entire surface of the clouds and we wouldn’t see the moon itself. This
means it must be really close to us. Even when the sun shines behind clouds,
one no longer sees the entire sun, they see light spread upon the clouds.”

“Wait till the controllers play a game with your mind. If you keep your
eyes looking upward while considering the heavens, no doubt some time you
will see these very clouds behind the moon. Try explaining that one.”

“Then how is it possible the moon could be so close; how can it hang in
mid-air?”

“Again, my friend, it is a holographic moon. And they can place that

moon anywhere and it will float in space like magic. The moon also dictates
emotions, that is why you hear about things like lunatic, or lunacy, anything
dealing with lunar or Luna.

Page | 174
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
All of it is representing a dark emotion being foisted on the unsuspecting
mind. Also, you have heard of stories of people changing into werewolves
under a full moon.

This notion is very true, but not to the extent of the fables, but to the
fact it has power over the mind to change a normal person into something
different, like a Jekyll who then transforms to become Hyde. Often there is a
cliché which many utter when they run upon weird and strange human
behavior they will say, ‘It must be a full moon tonight.’

The moon plays a very important role for those who desire death and
destruction. Often religions were even created around the lunar months.
Some have even called them Holy Days and Sabbath Days. A Sabbath day to
certain groups, was never on Sunday, which is the worship of the Sun, it was
always on Saturday or saturnalia, or the seventh day of the week. The
Worship of Satan…

But the days did not start at midnight, they began the evening prior,
based on the moon. All the ancient Holy Days and Sabbaths were lunar-based
all beginning in the evening and closing in the evening.

The moon was called ‘SIN’ by the ancients. It is because the moon is the
programmed deception of the Diabolis. It means - ‘Simulation Interactive
Network!’

The ancient holy days were based on the moon god Sin, who rules this
earth by stealth, leading all in to a deception and a mind of obscurity. This is
where the term ‘Hol-i-days’ comes from.

Therefore, often abhorrent behavior is prevalent on this world, because

of the moon. If the moon was removed, this inordinate behavior would not
find such an easy foothold. The moon represents Diabolis, the adversary to
your inner light. The moon is why this earth is stuck in a time-loop.

Page | 175
 Time-Loop Chronicles
The Sun on the other hand is even worse, it represents Sol Malum, the
external light bringer, the one who is called the shining star of the dawn or the
bright and morning star. Unbeknownst to many that star is not Venus; it is the
Sun, which rises every morning as the day star from the East.

A long time ago there were great wars in the heavens. The ancient ones
told us that these wars led to great death and planets were destroyed. In this
destruction planet earth was shoved out of its orbit, when a moon rammed
into the belly of the earth. This moon was in battle with a rogue planet.

This is what happened in the pacific basin, if you removed all the ocean
water on our planet, which gives off the illusion of a cylindrical round
appearing object, as the water is fixed within a set boundary via the
atmospheric container, you would see the devastating outcome of this crash.
Earth is a lopsided crushed rock.

When this occurred, earth was removed out of its orbit into the one it is
now located. The orbit it used to be in allowed for a different time, as it
revolved around the sun in a different trajectory.

Instead of it taking one-year to go around the sun, its orbital path caused
it to take ten years. Thus, a person of 90 on earth would have been 900 back
before the original cataclysm. So, a year was not 360-days, but 3600 days, but
it was still based on the 360˚ cycle.

Now the rogue planet that had been in battle with a moon is in a 3600-
year orbit. This planet is where some of these ancient rulers had come from,
prior to coming to this realm.

Their planet was also in an orbital rotation around the sun, but it is also
in another dimension. Sometimes it can be seen and other times it cannot be
seen. Many have called it, ‘The Planet of the Crossings.’

However, keeping the 360 as the template, these people were living for
hundreds and hundreds of years, However, they were only as old as we are
Page | 176
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
today. It is all an illusion or a perception of the program. Perception is a tricky
beast.”

“An illusion and perception?”

“This might not make sense, but your life is regulated by the time
machine you are on. What might appear to be 900-years for one, is only 90
years for another based on its orbit of the sun.

And to each it would seem different, until they experience the other.
Think about it this way, there are games you can play in this world that are
based on computer programming.

Each game has their own internal clock. As you play the game being an
interactive, time is relative to the game only. You could spend one-hour
playing the game, but the game clock may have revealed that days, weeks or
months had passed, via that same hour.

Earth at that time did not have a moon. Its twin sister known today as
Mars was so close it had a unique spatial relationship.

However, its orbit was more elongated than the Martian orbit. Thus, it
took earth much more time to move around the sun, it also created a problem
for the rogue planet, which would get too close at certain orbital crossings
due to the strange elongated orbit of the earth.

However, when the earth was shoved out of its orbit, Mars also took a
horrible beating in this galactic battle, as its one side looks like it had been
blasted with a megalithic shot gun, appearing much more like the Earth’s
moon than a planet.

When earth ejected from its orbital path prior to finding its new home, it
apparently absconded with a moon that was located around planet Nibiru,
which was known as the planet of the crosses. Now Nibiru was not a planet
like other similar planets, in fact it was a ship, a very large ship.”
Page | 177
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Are you pulling my leg Chief, a large rogue planet in our solar system is
a ship?”

“All planets are ships in a sense; this is the dirty little secret no one
wants you to know. Planets used to be known by the ancients, as lords and
gods that ruled in the heavens. Nibiru was described as a planet with wings, as
the death angel planet, because it apparently was able maneuver on its own
beyond its orbit, which is unique.

Thus, the reason for this mega crash was because Nibiru got into a war
with a local clan who had their moon/ships nearest to them, and Nibiru’s crew
or what we may call citizens of a planet, damaged this battle cruiser and
forced it out of its orbital station during the battle.

This badly damaged ship was steered into the orbit of the ancient earth,
known as ‘Tiamet,’ the water planet. The crew could not control the ship as it
was destined to ram earth.”

“How large was this ship/planet that hit the ancient earth?”

“It was about three times larger than our moon. Now what is interesting
is the ship Nibiru has its origin from a secondary sun in the solar system, called
Nemesis, which was the dual realm of the Sun God where the Diabolis as its
polar identity came from before it burned out.”

“There were two suns in our solar system?”

“Yes, they rule as a polarity, one is positive and the other negative, or
one is good and the other evil. It is the battery that controls the programming
of the entire system. Nemesis is a brown dwarf, what some would say is a
dead sun, but it is not dead, it is the ground for the battery. It plays a pivotal
role in this solar system.

Now a brown dwarf is a burned-out star that appears as a super planet,

or a small star. It can be as large as 15-times greater than the planet Jupiter.
Page | 178
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Nibiru in its vast 3600-year orbit is the only planet/ship that orbits both
suns, as it is the caretaker of this entire solar system. One may call it the great
watcher. Nibiru was the home of the dual identity of Sol Malum, who became
the Luna Lunem, and known today as the Diabolis.”

“Chief, where do these ships/planets come from?”

“What you need to understand is, there are two types of planetary ships,
ones that are static and ones that maneuver around. They come from the suns
and suns are not what you believe them to be. They are not what they appear,
as great balls of fire, but instead they are doorways from one dimension unto
another, they are like lamps that project light.

The moon/ship that earth captured was due to its crashing into the
surface of earth and it just remained as part of the earth until both reached
the new orbit and then the moon separated. Most of this ship was destroyed
into millions of fragments. But here is the clincher. Earth didn’t capture the
ship that was sent spiraling into space, the ship captured Earth.”

“Wait a minute Chief, again, how can something that small capture the
Earth, especially after it was blown apart?”

“Because of the vast technology these ships had. Even though this moon
was destroyed in the battle, part of it escaped along with a certain group of
occupants.

These moons all operated from an internal source, of what one may call
the engine, or the bridge of the deck of the ship. The machine is the actual
ship; the rest was the cover acting as in type; like an atmosphere.

Atmosphere of planets are nothing more than energy shields to protect

it from battle and debris, as well as protect life on the surface. The actual ship
inside is what escaped destruction, while the outer planetary shell was
partially destroyed.

Page | 179
 Time-Loop Chronicles
In this case, most of the occupants were killed, and the bridge of the ship
where it is commanded from, it remained, but was taken over by some of the
crew of Nibiru. And this is where the Diabolis took over the fallen conquered
ship, which has now become our moon, and Nibiru is now hidden in another
dimension.

However, when it comes to the moon, as we have established already,

what we see with our eyes is not the ship, which was attached to earth during
the crash and then separated, but a three-dimensional projected hologram. It
is so lifelike, and so real in appearance it has many of the same qualities of the
original moon before the war. We can even send rockets in the sky and land
on this holographic moon the same as we can walk on earth.”

“How high up in the sky is the holographic version of the moon?”

“It is high enough, and yet low enough to be able to block out the entire
sun for 8 minutes, when it passes between earth and the sun. The projection
is in our upper atmosphere.

Its light never loses its integrity, even shining through a white cloud
cover, we will always see the round illuminated ball, and not the refraction of
light we should be seeing, given the distance we are told, unless there are
thick dark clouds, then the entire moon can be blocked out with only light
refracting behind.

Therefore, total eclipses are only seen from a very small swath pattern
area location on earth as it passes, due to the proximity of the holographic
moon as it passes between Earth and the Sun.”

“Just a second, if this ship was as large as you claim and it rammed the
ancient earth. How did anyone survive on earth? We are told asteroids are
much smaller than this, and they say one of them could annihilate all life.”

Page | 180
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Nibiru had many moons, as they were base stations for the ship’s
personnel, to build defense centers in their star-wars campaigns. Along the
way, they also had enemy ships stationed nearby.

The ship that crashed into the earth was an enemy ship and was
disintegrated into billions of pieces, except for the part that attached itself
with the earth and was brought into its new location.

The part that survived was an inner sanctum that was built inside the
cavity of the planet ship, a massive cylindrical metal ship that was about 1/3 rd
the size of the original surface. Many of the occupants of this ship tried to flee
into the main engine for safety before the destruction, however most all were
lost, except the few that would later become prisoners.

When the ship was hit by a particle beam-blaster, the outer-parts were
destroyed, leaving exposed the control ship that was untouched for the most
part except for the large craters that were left on its metallic surface from the
debris field, which was now locked inside the cavity of earth at the pacific
basin. The outer-shell was destroyed and it was sent as debris into space,
some of the debris splattered against Mars.

The remainder of the debris became what is now called the asteroid
belt. As for the survivors on earth there were none on the surface. Earth had
to be restored using a new holographic projection and certain survivors that
were from Mars were brought here to replenish the Earth.”

“It must have been a large ship. I am having trouble trying to recognize a
planet as a ship. Planets are rocks, dirt, water, grass, trees and all sorts of
mineral composites, whereas ships, we see as being metallic objects are able
to fly through space and have none of these characteristics.”

“Think about it, don’t planets fly through space? And secondly, some of
these moon satellites are in fact made of metal. Phobos, for one is the moon
of Mars. And of course, Mimas, Saturn’s moon was a death star in the great

Page | 181
 Time-Loop Chronicles
wars. Now this is the difference. The regular ship planets as you described are
usually stationary in an orbit.

This is because they are all holographic programs that are created by the
sun. The ships that are metal are ships that are able to traverse the
holographic solar system at will, as watchers and controllers using vast
integrated and massive technological knowhow, even mass weapons of
destruction.”

“So then, earth is a hologram like the moon?”

“Yes and no, the difference is they are both stationary within their
orbital patterns, however the real moon is a ship made of metal, but we do
not see the real moon/ship that moon is another dimension.”

“How is it in another dimension? And why can’t planets move around

also at will?”

“They used to be able to until Sol Malum created the law they must be
fixed in the heavens. This way he has total control especially after the Great
War. The reason the ship can move into another dimension is because this is
part of their ability as watchers and controllers. They can maneuver through
the 3rd and 4th dimension at will, just like any alien spacecraft that we may call
UFO’s.

It is imperative for you to comprehend one single fact, Earth is a time

machine, as are all the bodies in the solar system. They are all holographic
projections of the sun, but some masses in the solar system are projections via
certain alien ships, such as our holographic moon.”

“Wait you are losing me, planets are holographic projections of the sun
and projections from ships?”

“Be patient, we will get into that. From your point of view, each planet
operates on earth time, they are always there where you expect them to be
Page | 182
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
based on the earthly chronographic clock and calendar via their orbital
precession. Yet each planet operates in its own time, it is because of the
illusion of the space-time continuum that you think everything operates the
same, but it doesn’t.

Thus, none of the planets are there, they are only a holographic image
being beamed from the sun through a projector that miraculously your
telescope can pick up. Actually, it is not that miraculous as you will later
learn.”

“OK, let’s say a regular good ole Joe like myself has a strong telescope
and I am looking at the moon. Which moon am I looking at, the one that is a
holographic projection in the upper atmosphere, or the ship?”

“The ship is in another dimension; you can’t see that with any telescope
unless it de-cloaks.”

“How is it that we have telescopes that can see, Jupiter, Saturn etc.?
These planets are a billion or more miles away? If moon was that close our
telescopes could see much more of the surface, couldn’t they?”

“It is all perspective, the distance between these objects is all scientific
Gobbledygook. Our telescopes are not really that effective as you may think.
There is no such thing as time and space. Mars, Jupiter and Saturn are but a
thought away. If your world is a holograph. And you are a holograph that
means the telescope is part of the holograph. Think about it. So, what they are
seeing in the telescope is a projection and it is not way out there, it is actually
inside of you.”

“Come again?”

“Let’s continue to take this one step at a time.”

“I don’t understand Chief; can’t people go to these planets; we went to

the moon, right?”
Page | 183
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Yes, one could go to these planets just like you can walk on earth, but
none of it is real, not even what you perceive of yourself. Your mind linked
with the programmed computerized body can facilitate this operation as a
virtual reality simulation. As for going to the moon, most everything you saw
with your eyes was an elaborate hoax via a sound stage.”

“Our astronauts didn’t go to the moon?”

“Yes, they did, but what they discovered could not be released to the
world. They had reached the moon long before the first Apollo mission. In
1969, they took their live feed from a previous mission in 1959, and tried to
reduplicate it by editing out the anomalies that existed upon the moon. By 63,
they went to Mars.”

“Now that is amazing, we have already been to Mars?”

“Well ‘we’ is subjective don’t you think?” Laughter ensues. “Yes, some
have even gone to Mars and many are still there, but all of that is hidden
information.

It would have been obvious to everyone, if they had live lunar shots that
there were things on the surface of the moon that directly lead inside its
hollow realm that should not have been there according to our controlled
knowledge, like massive antennas being used to control the people, pointing
to the earth, as well certain flying objects that should not be there.”

“Holy smokes, what a bombshell. But Chief you are losing me. If the
holograph is what we are seeing, and that is where the astronauts went to,
then why would there be these anomalies on the surface or internally.
Wouldn’t the hologram controllers be wise enough not to show these things?”

“Yes, now learn the secret. In 1959, the astronauts went to the real
moon. As to why there are anomalies on the holographic moon, it is because
that is where the control center is now operating from.”

Page | 184
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“I thought you said it is the ship that is hidden in the other dimension.”

“The ship that is hidden is where the holographic projection of our moon
came from. This holographic projection is like a holodeck, it is so real, it is a
virtual reality. The controls are being used on the holographic moon. They are
not coming from the ship Per Se, only by stealth.

Now hold on to your hat, as is the vernacular, the moon is just one of
several holographic space stations controlling the earth’s occupants, it is
controlling the mind and emotions as well as the program itself.”

“There are more space stations?”

“Yes, quite a few, the number one home-base station is Saturn. It is time
we conclude this by getting back on track. When the earth finished the grand
cycle in 2017, it did not return 25,920 years ago or what is called the 1st Age of
Aquarius, nor did it return to any of the other ages. It only fell back a little
over one-thousand-years, back to Pisces.

It is interesting how Pisces is symbolized as a dual fish, one going one

way the other going the other, like a continuous loop that never ends.
Sometimes the symbol appears as a with the symbol of two curvatures
back to back with a dual spiral line running through it. These are the symbols
for the time-loop.”

“This is crazy, there are those that really know about this and understand
about the time-loop, remarkable?”

“Yes, indeed the rulers of this world know all about it. That is why at the
end of the last age, they give up, they throw all caution to the wind, and allow
the last-days to accelerate to its devastating end, because they know it
doesn’t matter, the time is short and everything is about to end and begin
again. Remember the Phoenix?

Page | 185
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Now based on the new moon, which was placed exactly where it is right
now as the holographic light show, it is preventing the earth time machine to
fulfil its cycle due to the wobble using a life-threatening technology that most
of us know nothing about.

Those controlling earth from the moon are using this technology to keep
the earth out of its proper alignment to make sure the planet relocates back in
the loop 1080-years and thus remaining in Pisces, which coincidentally is half
the age of 2160-years. And do you know what it interesting about that
number? It is the very diameter of the moon, 2160-miles. However, the real
truth is, it is all a program coming to an end, and beginning again at a set point
in the past.

“Unbelievable, how these numbers all come together to prove the game
is afoot. Yet you say, there are entities living inside the holographic moon
controlling our earth?”

“Actually, it is more horrifying than that. Have you heard of the tunnel of
light? It is a legend and myth some speak about as to what happens after one
dies. People are grabbed by this vacuum that creates the feeling of being
sucked up and being pulled through this light that has the appearance of a
tunnel.

Some speak of it as where you meet long lost loved ones, masters,
guides, and even gods. They also report experiencing love and light, and joy
like nothing they could have ever imagined. It is so daunting few if any are
able to avoid this attraction.”

“Why would anyone want to avoid it, if it is as wonderful as you say?”

“Because it is a trap, it is all an illusion. The light in the tunnel is coming

from a 4th dimensional ship. In fact, it is the same ship that came from our
past and created the moon, which sends out cruisers, i.e. smaller transport
ships, to pick up the dead.

Page | 186
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
When souls are released from their bodies, the ship coordinates where
they are via the silver cord that was connected to the machine and to the soul,
and through a light source from underneath the center of the spacecraft,
using holographic technology, these people are picked up and transported.”

“Why don’t people see the ship? And why would their loved ones be
there? And where are they being transported?”

“Obviously, when the soul-mind leave their bodies, they are no longer in
the 3rd dimension. So, it takes a 4th dimensional ship to greet them, which
those who remain earthbound cannot detect, but those who have died can
see perfectly. The light coming from the bottom center of the spacecraft is the
tunnel of light that people speak of. And the people they see are holographic
masks being portrayed to appear as loved ones, but most of the time are
aliens in drag.”

“You mean people are being abducted by aliens after death?”

“Tragic, isn’t it? At this point in time some are transported to the
holographic moon unless they are in the mid-realm, the realm of ghosts, what
I like to call 4th dimension without anchors, the waiting rooms. It is the moon
where all the controls exist that operate this program. Those transported
there will remain there but only a short time before they are recycled back to
earth at a new time without memory.

Thus, many of your loved ones have been recycled, they are not there
waiting for you at the tunnel of light, except for extreme cases. However, your
loved ones who crossed over may be in the mid realm and sometimes they
can contact you or you can contact them.

As soon as they are recycled that is it, they are no longer to be found.
That is why in some contacts, only certain individuals contact the living, like an
aunt, grandmother, long forgotten cousin, it isn’t because you are being
shunned by someone else that you may want to speak to, it is because they
are no longer available.”
Page | 187
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“No longer available Chief?”

“Sure, when a loved one has been recycled or going through the process
they can no longer return. They are not there available to be contacted.
However, when a loved one has not yet been recycled for a myriad of reasons,
they are now in what is called the waiting room or stuck in the mind realm.
You will learn more about this at another time.”

“How can a deceased loved one be contacted?”

“Sometimes by going out of body, or a near death experience as long as

it is before the processing center. Or a loved one can contact you in all sorts of
ways. Sometimes they can even appear in almost pure physical form.

The moon is not only controlling earth it is controlling the inhabitants of

the planet both here and on the other side of life. And thus, it is using
technology that is causing distortions in the time field. Remember, it is all a
computerized program.

Once you grasp this then none of what I am saying will baffle you. But if
you still believe this world is authentic, then nothing will ever convince you
otherwise.

“I don’t know what to say Chief, it is like we are being controlled against
our own will, and we are prisoners of a war that happened long ago.”

“My friend, why do you think it is so important that I awaken you and
everyone else? You are prisoners of the Great War in heaven. The key is the
moon is now in control of your emotions, and it is what is allowing all the dark
natures to excel in super-fast speed.

The moon magnifies fear, egos, dread, loss of hope, insecurity, failure,
hurt, personal complexes. The moon is your adversary of your internal light. It
also penetrates your dreams, and leads people into the darkness of the night,

Page | 188
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
turning them from innocent sheep into devious wolves. That is why more
crimes occur in the nighttime rather than day time.”

“Are all of our dreams negative moon creations?”

“No, there are dreams from the divine realm to help aid us, but the
moon often interferes and removes the memory from your mind. Thus, I took
your notepad and kept it so I could return it back into your dream at another
time.”

“Ah, you lost me there… return it to my dream?”

“Of course, haven’t you figured it out by now? Everyone is dreaming, but
not everyone is in the same dream?”

Page | 189
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(19) The Holographic Sun Projector

The Reunion Day Two – The Cold Sun

After tonight I am left with my head spinning as to the knowledge that

was being presented. I am still freaked out by the information given about the
moon.

I asked the Chief as we were walking back to our places of rest and
contemplation one last question. “If the moon is really a holograph, then is the
light source that we see from the moon coming from the sun?”

His eyes brightened a tad and then he verified what I had been thinking.
“No, the light source is internal created by the holograph itself, the moon is
too close to be reflecting the sun light to create its myriad of phases, so the
light is internal yet it duplicates exactly what would happen if the sun could be
able to reflect upon it. However, the source of the holograph itself is the
original moon ship using advanced technology to create the artificial orb.”

That evening when I went to sleep, suddenly reality took a turn very fast
as I found myself floating upwards while talking to the Chief, I began to
experience the same thing when I was sitting in front of the door of the cave.
Everything went from light to black…

“What’s happening… Where are we Chief?”

“We are now floating in space; we are on the dark side of the moon. We
are going to move around the surface and launch towards the sun. Are you
ready?”

“You’ve got to be kidding me?”

“Do not fear, nothing can hurt you here.”

“Where is here Chief?”

Page | 190
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“You have been taken into another dream, and I am inside your dream
and directing it. What you are about to experience will make you question
everything.”

As we began to fly around the surface from beyond the back of the
moon, I was waiting for the sun and all its brilliance to illuminate everything
and nearly blind us, but that is not what happened.

“Amazing, isn’t it? Where is the sun?” The Chief continued… “Where is
the great ball of fire that can consume whole worlds?”

“You got me Chief? I have no clue where it is, is it hiding, is it being

blocked by something, but more than that, where are the stars?”

“Are you ready for another mindboggling piece of information, in space

we cannot see the projector, you can’t see light in space due to it being a
vacuum of nothingness. Light cannot shine inside a vacuum. Therefore, the
ancients knew to call the sun, the Black Sun.”

Instantly we were moving towards earth and before you knew it we

were standing on the hot sands of the plains of the Sahara.

The Chief then proceeded to reveal a new piece of the puzzle. “Now
what we are going to do is allow our physical senses to enter the dream world.
I want you not only to witness this amazing phenomenon, but feel it also. Now
as your senses are coming into the mind-program, what is it that you feel?”

“I am extremely hot, the temperature is blazing out here, and I would not
want to have to live here, the sun is powerful and now I can see it clear as a
bell.”

“Notice how hot that blazing ball of fire in the sky really is while we are
standing on the surface of the earth in Northern Africa just 2000+ feet above
sea level. And yet we couldn’t even see nor feel the sun while in space.”

Page | 191
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“It is strange that in space we couldn’t see this powerful light but here
we can, and let me tell you, it is scorching. But I would like to move on from
here, the heat is unbearable.”

We instantly began to soar into the air and landed upon another earth
landmark, Mt. Everest, which is 29,000+ feet above sea level.

“Whoa it is freezing here, where are we now Chief?”

“We are standing on the highest mountain, at its uppermost peak. We

are standing erect on top of the world. Again, we can feel the sensations of
our external ecosphere, we notice a massive change in temperature.”

We both began to freeze in the super low temperature climate. And yet
as we stood there the Chief was simply pointing to the sun in the same sky,
and the same place that we witnessed it prior, while standing in the desert.

The Chief continued… “Do you recognize a strange anomaly based on

our two different experiences?”

“Yes Chief, it is freezing here and yet in the Sahara it was hot as hell.”

“What is wrong with this picture?” the Chief asked.

“Well, I am standing here wondering, why is it bone chilling ice cold

freezing here, when we are on the top of the world, being much closer to the
sun. And yet in the desert, we were frying like eggs for breakfast and it was
miles further from the sun.

“That is an interesting question that few ever ask. Why is it the closer
you get to the sun the colder it becomes? Scientists will give all sorts of
impressive answers as to why this occurs, but logically it makes no sense. If
you get closer to the object of the source of heat, then it only stands to
reason, the heat would intensify.”

Page | 192
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Yea, if I was camping on a winter evening, and we built a fire, the closer
we got to the fire the warmer it would become, likewise the further we were
away from the fire the cooler it would be. So, yea, this makes no sense.”

The Chief clamors, “Yet we are witnessing that the closer we get to the
sun the colder it becomes; how is this possible?”

“You got me Chief, I never thought about that before, I just assumed the
higher one ascended above sea-level it just got colder, but that makes no
sense. If we are closer to the sun, as the heat source, the land at sea level
should be colder and all of the mountain tops should be arid deserts.”

“Ok, let’s try one more experiment.”

Immediately we began to fly towards space until we were past the outer
atmosphere of earth still heading towards the sun.

“Remember, we will feel the sensations but they won’t harm us because
it is not real, we are simply experiencing them. Okay, now how does it feel out
here now that we are even closer to the sun?”

“Chief, it is ice cold freezing, a block of ice could sit out here forever and
not lose one droplet of water, and amazingly again, there is no sunlight.”

“Exactly, but how is all this possible, if the sun is the source of heat then
the closer we get to the sun, the intensity of heat should magnify, but it
doesn’t? It is obvious the sun is a source of something, but what is it?”

“Yes, I understand Chief, when the sun is shining it brings with it great
heat, it can even burn the skin. So, something is happening that is producing
heat.”

“We have what is called an atmosphere on this world. When space

shuttles have come back through the earth’s atmosphere they need special

Page | 193
 Time-Loop Chronicles
protection as they return towards the ground, as they move through the outer
atmosphere, the shuttle begins to burn red hot.”

“Just a sec. Chief, how come Astronauts say they can see the sun, if it is
not there to be seen in space.”

“As you will come to learn, the sun is able to be seen when one is within
a localized atmosphere, as for the Astronauts, their ships outer core creates
its own atmosphere. Therefore, the Sun is viewable.”

“But, why didn’t we see it?”

“Because we are not visible either, we have no local atmosphere

surrounding us.

The atmosphere is a blanket covering the earth or any object that is a

three-dimensional holograph. This blanket appears to shield out much of the
source of energy coming from the sun. If we did not have this blanket covering
earth, then nothing could survive on the surface, but not because of heat; as
we have proven. So, our first clue is there is something in the atmosphere that
is creating great heat; but it is not the sun. The sun is black and cold.

We just proved, the higher we go into the heavens the colder it gets and
the sun seems to also go missing. The very notion that the sun is giving off
heat as a furnace obviously is not accurate, yet something is happening. It is
called, Holographic radiation.

Even if we could block out the sun light then why wouldn’t the world
simply freeze? Every night the sunlight is blocked out on one side of the earth,
but we do not freeze do we? In fact, at different places it can be still quite
warm, even at night.

Now what is ironic, they tell us that Mercury can get to about 170˚
Celsius facing toward the sun. However, on the other side it can get down to
as low as minus -147˚ Celsius.
Page | 194
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Does that make sense? And Mercury is much closer to the sun, you
would think the heat of the day would last deep into the night. Why doesn’t
earth react the same? When the sun is on the other side of the planet, we
should enter an ice age every night, because the sun and its heat is completely
blocked out.”

“Good question, that doesn’t make sense either. What is really going on
here?”

“The ground contains much more heat than let’s say a mountain top.
The problem is no one wants to tackle the real enigma of why this occurs.
They think they already know by using basic science, but it cannot answer
some of these quirks that we have personally discovered.

The facts are which most in the scientific community do not want to
accept, is that the Sun is not the heat source of planet earth, or any planet, it
is the source of earth’s very existence.”

“Say what?”

“I have been trying to explain this for quite some time. Do you really
know what a holograph is?”

“I know about them but I guess I am not sure I really understand it.”

“A holograph is a re-creation of a third dimensional plane of awareness

by using projection, reflection and splitting and refracting light using mirrors.

As an example, take an apple, you can then copy that apple by taking
pictures of it while covering the entire 360˚ surface of the apple, both
longitude and latitude, it is like mapping every square inch of the entire
surface. And then using projection through a mirror, you can then split the
signal of that source and make the apple appear somewhere else in space;
three-dimensionally placed upon a two-dimensional backdrop.

Page | 195
 Time-Loop Chronicles
It will appear very real, it will seem three-dimensional, and it will have
color and mass as a presence just like the original object. Yet it is just a
projection. What is needed is a source background for the three-dimensional
object that you want to project out in space to make it appear real?

Secondly, you need a light splitter using something like a mirror. Lastly
you need a projection source of light, a very powerful light. And voila, you
have your ingredients of a mass projected three-dimensional object. Using
higher technology, you can then even create a core or the internal mass of
that object to be as real as the surface, using additional software
programming.

Did you know that these things exist in our local space? And strangely
enough, we have planets like earth just sitting in space like a magic eight ball,
just hanging there in midair, so to speak. Do you really believe that there is
some sort of gravity that is holding all these things in space? What really is
gravity, does anyone know?

Let’s look at this sensibly, something is holding these objects in space,

gravity is the invisible conjecture which gives a sense of reality to that which
doesn’t make sense.

Nothing is being held by gravity, gravity is simply a speculation to answer

why a planet can appear to float in mid-air. However, using a projection of a
holograph, via a light source, any hologram can be made to appear as if it is
floating in space and gravity has nothing to do with it.

If a hologram can appear as a three-dimensional object in empty space,

then what is holding it there? It is LIGHT Projection! There really is nothing
there but a visual response to an elaborate hoax created by bending light via
Arc Angles or Arc Angels.”

“Then you are saying the sun is a projector and it is projecting out of
itself everything we witness in space as a three-dimensional illusion?”

Page | 196
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“That is partly true. All the ingredients are there in space to make
perfect holographs.

Obviously, the heat or lack thereof that we become aware of as

pertaining to the sun, or coming from the sun is bringing us radiation via a
light projection beam. The beam itself could be as cold as ice, but when it
projects the object it can turn very hot.

Take a movie theater, the light between the screen and the projector
has no real temperature, but notice its projection source is very hot, and the
reflection it gives off is a movie screen filled with scenes and objects.

The beam itself has no heat until it magnifies the projected object in
space. In this case, the heat is caused because the object is being produced by
the projection itself.

Therefore, it will be much hotter on the surface of earth, than the tallest
mountain in the world, because the denser the terrain of the object, the more
intense light is needed to perform the holograph to make it appear real and
solid.”

“Wait a minute Chief, there is something missing. There are no mirrors in

space that I am aware of, how is the object being split without mirrors, the
mirror is what gives off the illusion of the holograph based on what you have
just told me.”

“Very astute and excellent question, but your premise is based on the
idea that you cannot see the mirrors.”

“Do you mean, there are mirrors out in space that are creating this beam
of light?”

“No, not out in space, the mirrors are more earth bound.” (The Chief and
his friends surrounding chuckle)

Page | 197
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“That doesn’t make sense. If the earth is the hologram how can the
mirrors be on earth?”

“Are you really ready for the answer?”

“Let it fly, I am ready… I think.”

“Have you ever heard the saying, ‘The eyes are the mirror to your soul?
Likewise, have you ever heard that the Kingdom of Heaven is within you?”

“Yea! Are you saying our eyes are the mirrors?”

“Of course, they are, if you had your eyes removed what would you
see?”

“Obviously, nothing, I would be blind.”

“Exactly, the only reason you can see the stars and the planets and the
sun and even the earth you stand on is due to your physical senses. The eyes
are taking in the light and then refracting it giving you the illusion that what
you see is a three-dimensional reality, but it is nothing more than a projection-
lights, camera, action.”

“I don’t follow, if you have an item, let’s use your apple thesis, you then
copy it, and then send the light of it from a lens through a mirror, and then the
mirror splits the signal of the light wave, giving you the illusion of the object
somewhere else.

Wouldn’t this prove that the light and the source would have to come
into the mirror from behind the lens and then send that reflection outward? So
how is it possible that our eyes, which see outside of us could be the mirror to
reflect what is coming from behind them?”

Page | 198
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“The question you have asked is what most scientific so-called scholars
never want to answer, but they know the answer, and the answer to your
question was already given by your dilemma’ within your question.”

“Huh?”

“You stated that the source and light of the object has to be within or
behind the lens to reflect upon the mirror as it reflects out, and then that light
must shine outward to give off the projection that the object is floating in
space.

What you fail to understand is, the eyes do not see anything externally,
as there is nothing external happening. Within the next two decades in your
time, you will learn this amazing science and you will be able to prove it.

The eyes are simply the lens which is taking in the light from behind via
the brain and projecting out what is coming from within. And then your lens
refracts the light and you believe you are looking at a three-dimensional
object. This a virtual reality!”

“Holy Cow Batman!”

“Holy Cow is right, in truth the object is within you, and the light is
coming within the dark matter of your brain, as it is being projected out
through the eyes giving off the illusion of matter outside of you.

The source of light and the object is within you, and your eyes become
the lens which is revealing the reflection, the 4th dimensional realm which is
sending that light outward creating the appearance of that which is really
from within. Without the eyes, you would never see anything. Nothing would
really be there, it has to be projected to view it.”

“It might not be there for me, but for someone else that has eyes, it
would be there, wouldn’t it?”

Page | 199
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Strangely, no, it is only there by illusion to the one who is refracting the
light, but it is an illusion of a holograph. You see the eyes are truly the
windows not only to the soul but all the hidden worlds. Everything is within
you, as such, the Kingdom of the Heavens is within you. Meaning everything
you see out there is inside, here.” The Chief knocked upon my forehead…

“If someone removed all your senses, sight, hearing, taste, smell, and
touch, and all of them were completely disconnected, what would be your
perception?”

“That is tricky, let me think upon this… I guess there would be nothing
but blackness, a void. Nothing at all. One would not be able to sense
anything.”

“Well sort of, the question you need to ask would there be anything
about you that was actuated?”

“The only thing that would be there might be my thoughts, I would

suppose I could still think and reason. But there would be nothing but
blackness. No sight, no sound, no light, no touch, everything would be gone,
total emptiness.” (Hmm Blackness!)

“Very true, and what does that tell you?”

“It tells me that our senses are the true reality of our life.”

“Or maybe better stated, the true illusion of life. Our bodies are a
computer inside the program which the soul-mind is using to enter this
playground. If you removed all the sensing software programming out of the
computer it would be a blank screen. If all senses were removed, would you
be standing on earth? Could you see, hear or smell anything? What would be
real or not real?”

“If I was standing on earth and lost all sensations, obviously, I would still
feel the surface because the planet is still there, the planet is very dense.”
Page | 200
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Not so, if you have no sensation of touch and feeling how would you
describe touching the earth, there would be nothing there to create the sense
of a dense object. You wouldn’t feel anything other than floating in
nothingness. You would just be a thought inside of a holographic projection.”

“Yes, but the earth is still there, isn’t it, whether holograph or not?”

“That is your conundrum of the mind, the earth is not there because it
never was there. The senses are simply the software in the hard drive giving
you the illusion of a solid earth. And the only reason you know it is solid, is
because of the software program that creates the sensation of making you
believe it is solid.

You remove the software you not only lose the sensation but you lose
the entire program, because the program projecting the earth is only valid due
to the sensation created by the software.

As an example, let’s say you take a computer program and place it on a

disk, that is called software. This software can produce a picture of a person
sitting on the beach. Now you place the disk in the computer and like magic
the picture is there... Now remove the disk. Is the picture somehow still
there?”

“Well, I guess not.”

“Exactly, when you remove the software from the hard drive, there is
nothing there, it is a blank screen. You would be in the void. Now listen
closely, the world needs to know this.

In the beginning the Gods created the heavens and the earth. The earth
was without form and then moved into the void. Darkness was on the face of
the deep, and the Spirit of the God’s (The programmers) hovered over the
surface of the water. Then the God’s said, ‘Let there be light’; and there was
light.

Page | 201
 Time-Loop Chronicles
What you just read is a pre-holographic world before the 3rd dimensional
heavens and the earth came into being. This is when there was nothing, just
darkness everywhere, and what is the first thing that must be done to create a
holograph, you need a light source, thus, ‘LET THERE BE LIGHT.

There had to be a light source to project the objects in question, which

would become the heavens and the earth, and then removed from the void.
Suddenly, the gods just became computer nerds.

What is interesting here is that everyone assumes the light being

discussed in the early account is from the sun. It is the light of the pre-sun. It is
the light of the projector before the sun could even be witnessed. Let me
explain.

The source of light comes out of the invisible world or 4 th dimension, or

from the invisible world before material creation i.e. 3rd dimension. If the 4th
dimension is invisible to the 3rd dimension, so also is its source of light
invisible. This was the initial light that had to be created. It was an invisible
light that needed a three-dimensional back drop and mirrors to view what was
4D and make it 3D.

There had to be a source coming from another dimension to create the

initial step for this holograph. Before this had been done, the original heavens
and earth were just photographs, pictures, maybe even motion pictures, but
they were in the void, i.e. 4th dimension, the unseen world, beyond time and
space. No one could behold them yet in this realm; they were still in the
production stage.

As an example, take a picture with a camera. The picture that was taken
is right now in the void because it cannot be seen, it is inside the camera.
Once you remove the film you can then produce the picture that was in the
void.

Page | 202
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
It is obvious our universe is a copy of something that exists in pure
energy form, however what we are witnessing is simply a projection, with
interactive holodeck principles.

Now stay with me, a source of inner light had to be created, to begin the
projection sequence. Then the idea of space was designed so that the heavens
and earth could be projected on to it, like a green screen that many movie
makers use.

Thus the 2nd and 3rd day was all about the firmament of the heavens and
the waters. Water makes a great reflection tool; thus, water was the tool for
reflection, but it was not actually water, per se, it was energy wave forms,
which appear like flowing water.

Basically, what this was is, energy waves being projected on the ‘green
screen’ called space-time, which then became the firmament of the heavens.
Now what exactly is a firmament?

A firmament in its basic definition is a large surface that is positioned as

an expanse, of what we may call space. So, something is being set up as a flat
or circular reflection surface all around us to reflect a light source image.

In this case, it is likened unto being inside a ball, and all the in-sides of
the ball are the firmament of the heavens. We may call it in type; a movie
screen. Set designers for movies create images and place them on a green
screen so they can project whatever they desire upon it, and it will appear
three dimensional, without ever seeing the actual green screen.

Now that there is a foundation for the projection, called a firmament,

including, a light source from within, to project on a green screen canvas i.e.
SPACE - meaning the waters upon the firmament, to set these objects upon.

The next two days, they had to create a source for the reflection on the
green screen canvas to project earth and all the planets and external bodies in
the solar system as holographic frames.
Page | 203
 Time-Loop Chronicles
This is where the projection of earth first began, and the dome was
created called the atmosphere, and the seeds of all plants were planted and
grew. This is your picture moving into the production stage before the
projection.

But none of this was real, it was just the planning stage for the green
screen. How do we know this, because without the sun, nothing can grow, no
plants would yield any measure of growth? The earth would still be barren.
Why? Because it needs the projection source to make appear what is not yet
there. Just like in a movie theater, the film may contain the entire movie, but
without the projection all you will see is a black screen.

So, all growth and yield of seed prior to them appearing were all pre-
green screen productions, meaning they were the source that was being used
to project from, but they had not yet been projected. In a sense, using a
garden, it is the seeds prior to them being planted, but they existed.

It was not until the 4th day, they could reveal the Sun, Moon and Stars as
holographic projections. But notice, why put the sun, moon and stars
together. What about the many orbital bodies in our solar system. How does
the moon rank above great planets like Jupiter?

As we have already learned the moon is being used for a special purpose
to control the functions of earth. Therefore, it gets the same notoriety or
billing as does the sun.

There is a duality in these first verses when it spoke of earth having been
created and then it went into the void. What happened was, before the wars
in our local universe occurred. Earth was somewhere else in the holographic
realm, as I revealed earlier. But due to the wars and violence it was knocked
out of its orbit and then restored.

The holograph had to be changed to re-create earth in another place.

Thus, it went back into the void, meaning it went back into the production
stage. Earth didn’t move into another part of the solar system, it was simply
Page | 204
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
removed from projection and re-placed via the new projection, where it is
now located inside the program.

And then on the 5th day the sea and land and bird creatures can now
come into view because the holograph is now working. Before the actual sun
was placed into the sky all there was is a green screen canvas.”

“Hold on for a second, if the light is internal then how can the sun be the
projector, since it is obviously external?”

“Is it obvious, did we see it while in space? The internal light will also
project itself as the source externally. EYES would need to be built into the
system as avatar programs as the mirrors, so they can finalize the result of the
light coming from within them, which when projected they would see it as the
sun externally, but it is the sunlight shining internally that is now being seen
externally via projection through the eye-lens.

On the 6th day a computer program was made to benefit from all this
creation. It was called the Human. Now the mirror within the eyes of humans
as it were with animals and other creature’s prior, were now set where these
things could be experienced so it could appear that it was external.

However, the mirror must not look at the reflection. If both the source
and the projection meet; the mirror is damaged, and poof it all vanishes. This
means, don’t stare at the sun.” Laughter from everyone…

“And the 7th day revealed it all, Saturnalia or Sabbath day was the
worship of the moon, as Diabolis, which was known as SIN.

Simulation Interactive Network.

Everything in the solar system is a three-dimensional holographic

projection made visible by the eyes. Beyond the solar system, it becomes a
two-dimensional screen; like a movie screen. It is no different than being in a
360˚ planetarium watching a starlit night move across the screen.
Page | 205
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Therefore, the sun is a holographic projector creating the illusion of
matter in space as the heavens and the earth; via the green screen templates.
The human body is part of the program as also being a holograph within, so it
can interact within this strange holodeck.

Everything that is within our solar system is a holographic portrayal of

what the reprobi angeli want us to see and believe, the ones that created this
whole operation.

If you attempted to travel through the entire solar system, you would
come to its edge. And simply hit a corridor or wall, and would be unable to
move forward. You would in fact hit the void, where the three-dimensional
projection ends and the two-dimensional projection begins. You would run
into the green screen.

And that is the story of the holographic sun projector.

Page | 206
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(20) Vortex doorway

The Reunion Day Three – The Doorway

“Today, (The Chief uttered) we are going to do something a little

different. For some time, I have been telling you things from another
perspective, but you do not know whether these things are valid.

One truth that is so very important is everything one learns must come
from within them to be verified. The fact is very little in this world is ever
verified, thus our reality is a deception. True answers come from personal
experience, and what may be valid for one is not valid for another who may
have not had the same experience.”

“Are you saying Chief that there are different truths for everyone?”

“Truth is arbitrary; this doesn’t mean it is an error or a fact.”

“What? How can it be truth and yet not be a fact?”

“Because truth is arbitrary, you must first understand what the word
arbitrary means and then you will grasp the significance of what I am saying.
My question to you is, why is it that so many people believe things that are
not true?”

“I guess because they are being conned and deceived.”

“Yes, but how is this taking place? It is because truth is arbitrary. If you
define arbitrary here is what you will see, ‘Something that is based solely on
personal feelings or perceptions rather than on objective facts, reasons, or
principles.’

As you can see, most people believe what they want to believe based
purely on their feelings. And although there is nothing wrong with that per se,
it does tend to lead people way off track.
Page | 207
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Arbitrary belief systems are how religions are built and maintained. Even
when the subject matter is based on misinformation. People are attracted to
that which creates a personal comfort zone within their own mind. For an
example, if someone of stature comes to you and informs you that dinosaurs
died off 65-million years ago, and they tell you this is pure science.

A person that is willing to believe what they feel is science will not argue
this point even though they have no clue whether it is valid or not. They
believe, if a teacher of science says something, then chances are good that it is
binding.

The same with religion, if a Priest, Bishop, Pastor or Minister teaches

scriptural dogma, then those students or the one’s listening will accept it as
fact.

People live their lives based on perception, if someone is perceived to be

intelligent in a field, people will listen to them even if what they are being told
is a bunch of baloney. So, when speaking of the truth, it is impossible for
everyone to be on the same page, it aint going to happen. People will always
cling to what they feel or wish to be true, rather than truth itself.

For your first lesson, you need to realize, truth is only for those who
believe it to be true. Anyone else that doesn’t have the same perception, how
are you going to convince them otherwise?

Therefore, truth is subjective, experience is the real teacher. What a

person experiences are what gives them their personal awareness. Therefore,
everything I have taught you, is useless information unless you experience it
for yourself. Do you understand?”

“I do; it makes perfect sense to me.”

“Therefore, I do not want you to accept this because I am telling you

this. Ask yourself, did you know these things before I revealed them?”

Page | 208
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Most of it is brand new information to me.”

“Exactly, then how do you know any of it is truth?”

“I guess… I don’t know for sure. Maybe, feeling, intuition…ah…”

“That is not quite accurate, you can know if you decide to experience it
for yourself. Do not let anyone try to steal what you believe or even what you
feel; away from you, but allow yourself to first experience it. Yet again, always
be open to new and different things. Once you close off your mind, then you
will never advance again.

People that believe they have it all, based on a book, a theory, a person,
whatever it may be, are lost. They have nothing but what someone else has
relayed to them. If they continue to cling to this idea, and if they are ever
challenged, guess what will happen?”

“They won’t know for sure if what they have is correct or not, right?”

“Exactly, and if their beliefs are all based on perception, hope, wishing,
or their feelings. Then what will happen when someone is telling them they
are wrong and they have no ability to back up their theory? This is what
happens in order of the operation, denial, anger, compromise, depression and
then acceptance.

They will become angry, and become disagreeable without thought or

reason. You will have challenged the very fabric of their system of beliefs, and
all they can give in return is anger and attack, until eventually they will have to
accept it through trial and error.

So, it doesn’t matter what I have told you, all of it is arbitrary to you. You
either decide to accept it or not, either way it doesn’t matter until you
experience it.”

Page | 209
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“We did experience the traveling to the Moon and the Sun correct, that
was a personal experience, right?”

“Yes indeed, but there is so much more to learn.

Not everything I tell you is absolute, but is an experience of one that

may different for another. No matter what we see or understand, we only
have part of the picture.

What happens when we only have part of the picture, we decide to fill in
the blanks to make the picture whole, so that we have something to sink our
teeth into and can tell others about, with a little more consistency.

Just like an artist, if the canvas is only half full only the artist will know
what the painting is going to become. We can try to fill in the blanks with our
imagination, but we may be fully deceived when we realize the picture turns
out to be something completely different.

The world and the realm that we are within is a painting that has never
been completed. Everything is bits and pieces left here and there, albeit
purposefully mind you.

All we have left is to try to fill in the pieces. Now is that considered
wrong? Of course not, the pieces we fill in may not be accurate, but the
attempt to do so is our only validation that we are paying attention. What
would you rather have, someone else fill in the pieces, or you yourself fill in
the pieces?”

“I guess we tend to rely on other people filling in the pieces, like teachers,
scientists, religious leaders, governments etc. This way we do not have to do
the leg work. We simply trust someone else is telling us the truth.”

“That is a valid response, the problem is, no picture is complete in this

world, and therefore everyone else has to fill in the pieces. If you do not take

Page | 210
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
this honor, someone else is going to do it for you, and then the chips will fall
where they may.

Here is a simple fact, most believe if they are wrong then they can point
the finger to someone else as the culprit. ‘Well they told me this, they are the
one passing off this drivel, it aint my fault.’ The problem with that is, the
person is taking no responsibility for themselves. And they think that passing
the buck solves all their problems.

However, they have an even bigger problem now, if what they thought
was proven false, what do they have left? Emptiness! And guess what, they
are in the void. What happens when one is in the void, they are blank
templates where someone else will fill the void. However, trying to solve
problems for yourself, will always prepare you for any difficulty. And this is the
key.

When applying the personal touch, one is always prepared for what may
happen. You see if the picture turns out to be wrong, you know where it went
wrong and you can apply the change once the experience validates the
modification.

There’s absolutely nothing wrong about being mistaken. Where there is

a problem, is when one refuses to make the change due to casting blame on
others and then they are still without, they become broken vessels.

So today, I am going to have you pick up the paint brush and begin to fill
in some of your own pieces. Before I do this, I am going to tell you a story, and
it will seem so impossible that you will not want to believe it at first.

However, after I tell you the story, I am going to hand you your own
personal paintbrush and then you can fill in the details, and accept what is
revealed, or deny it, it is up to you. Either way, it will be your canvas and your
paint brush.

Page | 211
 Time-Loop Chronicles
The doorway you are about to walk through is what is called a spiral
vortex portal. It is an entranceway that leads into other times and dimensions.
In computer logic, it is called a backdoor. When a person creates, or devises a
program, often they add a backdoor entrance into the program so one can
enter without going through the controls at the gate.

This world is a simulated program, and the earth is a time machine that
can maneuver through the program. As with any program there are backdoors
where one can walk through without being seen. They can bypass the gates
and walls, and other controls of the program.

The problem is, if someone else finds the door they could possibly either
escape or enter the programming controls. Therefore, the doorways must be
keyed, with a password or code.

This way not just anyone can fiddle around with the program. Now some
of the doorways are heavily protected, by either earth elements or guardians.
On this planet there are many backdoors, and there are also program
centers.”

“Program centers, what are those?”

“A program center is a computer system environment. Meaning, when

one builds a computer program, you can operate or at least check the vital
statistics of the program from the external.

This is to verify if it is all working properly. However, when programs are

as detailed as this is, where it becomes an interactive environment, then it is
expedient to create the control center also within or inside of the program.

This way those who are the guardians of the control centers can view
anything they desire within the system without having to go back out of it and
complete the task from an external source.

Page | 212
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
In retrospect, one can operate the program from the computer controls,
while being inside the program. Sort of like a dream inside of a dream. There
are many centers on this earth that has an internal operating system. Most of
them are hidden from plain view. If you could get inside the operational
controls, you would have all answers to your questions about this world’s
history.”

“Like what Chief?”

“First, in these centers they have what is called holographic recorders.

These can record every event in precision that occurs or ever has occurred on
this world proving everything is a program. You could go back in time and view
history as it really happened.”

“But you would need the password right. Wouldn’t they also guard these
places so not just anyone can enter?”

“Well, it is not really to keep people out, it is more about making sure
they are under control. They would guard these places by a password. The
funny thing is, they didn’t want to constantly update and change the password
all the time. They needed it to be unfailing throughout all ages of time. So,
they decided to make the password different for everyone and yet at the
same time universal.”

“Wait just a second, even I in my limited awareness know that would be

next to impossible? It would take billions and billions of passwords to save and
keep; that would seem even more ridiculous than just changing a single
password all the time.”

“Ah, you are so right in one respect, it would seem simpler, but it would
not be as effective. This way they could give everyone a password of their own
where it is automatically built into the system. And everyone already has
their own password.”

“How is that plausible, I don’t know that I have any password?”

Page | 213
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Sure, you do, we all do, and it is given to us at birth. It is called our DNA.
Everyone has a unique DNA, and it is a number sequence of data.”

“That is interesting, but how do I know what that number sequence is?”

“You do not need to know; it is pouring out of every cell of your body.
Every one of your cells are encoded with this same password just like any old
good holograph where the smallest part is still the entire whole.”

“Okay, if that was true, then anyone that got into these centers could
activate the controls if they knew their DNA code.”

“Yes, to a point. You see, if you could go inside of these control centers,
all you would have to do is touch the console of these holographic computers
and you would be encoded into the system. You could witness the world as it
was and it would be historically accurate. You could peer into the past and
into the future. You would be able to witness everything.”

“Could I make changes also?”

“No, you are not coded for the changes from the inside, except that
which you personally interact with. What I am saying is, you can change your
life, change your circumstances, and even change yourself down through time,
and it will create the change through the overall time continuum.

You cannot change history or the future for anyone else beyond your
personal interactive process; from the inside. You could witness everything,
witness secrets that have been hidden. Witness historical chronology, but you
cannot make changes.”

“Then everyone on this earth could do this?”

“Again, to a point, when you enter the console and place your hand
down, it reads your DNA sequence, it will begin to show you everything as it
applies to ‘you’ over all of your history.
Page | 214
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
As you are encoded into the system, it then automatically senses your
trail. As an example, you have watched the show called, ‘Star Trek’, these
shows will reveal how a warp drive can be seen via the energy it leaves
behind.

You could follow the trail of a ship due to this warp energy trail, even
though you can’t see the ship or its trail, it leaves an energy in its wake, like
waves upon an ocean. When we travel through this program, our DNA is
coded directly into the system think-tank, so to speak. Everything we do,
everywhere we go; we are encoded as to how we interact within the system.

When you touch the console in these computer centers, it will track your
DNA imprint like a warp drive energy. And it will visually scan everything that
occurred that was directly related to you. Have you ever heard of the Akashic
records?”

“No, I don’t think so.”

“Well, in time you will, a growing movement in this world, called the
NEW AGE will talk all about it. It is a record or movie of everything everyone
does visually throughout their lifetimes. It is your own personal video camera
of your many lives, and it imprints everything about you from all angles. It is
impressive.

It is simply a data collector. The Bible even refers to it, and it is called,
the ‘Book of Remembrance.’ Everything that you have ever done, is recorded
because of your DNA imprint.”

“There is a potential problem I am seeing on what you are telling me,

Chief, I can see how this might work over one lifetime, but many lifetimes, how
is this possible? When we are born, we all have a different DNA encoding don’t
we?”

“Now you are starting to think cogently, and becoming more aware.
What you said is partially correct. Since you are the product of a time-loop life,
Page | 215
 Time-Loop Chronicles
meaning you lived in this body before, then you could carry the same DNA
throughout many lifetimes. However, there is a problem, due to interactive
design, things can be changed.

When a birth occurs, you are correct, the DNA of the child is based on
the father and mother as it is being passed down to the offspring. However,
what is not unique or new, is your soul. Your soul has an energy vibrational
pattern that can be deciphered numerically. Every soul is unique.

When you touch the console, its reads your DNA right now, the one you
were born with in this life. It automatically transfers the DNA coding linked to
your soul energy and discovers all your past or future lives instantly through
what is called, the silver cord.

As an example, let’s say the DNA was, 242FG21yy and your Soul energy
coding was, DBw231Xw. The number would be your DNA code plus your soul’s
energy code, and it would look like this, 242FG21yy-DBw231Xw. Just a bunch
of numbers but holding key statistics.

Whatever the DNA coding was, it will be attached with the same soul
energy coding, and voila, you have your universal imprint. It simply scans your
soul energy code based on the DNA code you provided and it locates every
single DNA match for you as it is based on your soul code. Do you understand
what I am telling you?”

“Yes, I believe so, but why then do they need a DNA code if they have the
Soul Code?”

“Your DNA is a code that replicates everything about you, here and now,
in the system. Meaning you are nothing but a code inside a computer. If you
desire to learn about your life, the DNA code allows direct reference to this
life. If you only had a soul code, then you could jump to any life without much
control, and you would be inundated with tons of information that is not
necessarily beneficial to you here and now.”

Page | 216
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“How can a computer be that powerful to remember so much
information? Our best computers today are like only 256K memory?”

“In your future within 25-years from your time, your computers will
advance from KB, to MB to GB to TB to PB and it would have continued if the
shift didn’t take place.”

“I know what KB is, what do those other letters mean?”

“KB means, kilobyte, representing 1000-bits of information in the hard

drive of a computer system. The computer can hold this much information, as
your system might be 256K, it means it has 256,000 bits of capable
information that it can store.

Now MB is megabytes, it is one-thousand-times more than kilobytes.

And it represents one-million-byte memory. Then there are GB, or gigabytes,
which is one-thousand-times even more, or one-billion-bytes. The TB, are
terabytes or one-trillion, bytes of information, and then it increases to PB or
petabytes, which is a quadrillion, bytes of information.

Now understand, this is just the hard drive faculty of what can be stored.
This is not the memory that is needed to allow a program to function. That is
different, that is called memory speed, and this is what drives the computer,
like a person driving an automobile. This is what generates the active pixels to
form during operation of movement.

The stored memory can create the driver and the automobile, but the
RAM (Random Access Memory) speed is what allows it to go virtual, where
the driver can begin driving the vehicle.

It references how much power can be given to the virtual drive. By 2017
the fastest RM speed will be so powerful that it will be very close within a few
years to creating a virtual reality that could appear as real as your life, in this
world and in the universe.”

Page | 217
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Wow that is magnificent, something that powerful to produce a fake
reality, whoa!”

“If this world were to continue and not get stuck in the time-loop where
everything is reversed backwards. Then this world would come to the place by
2022AD, where you would make a virtual reality of your very own earth inside
a computer and then link your consciousness awareness up to it creating your
own virtual earth. And within a dozen more years you would make a virtual
solar system. And then 100-years after that it becomes a virtual universe.”

“Chief, you said that in past tense, as if it already happened?”

Of course, it did, before this world came into fruition it was patterned
from an original world, that already existed.”

“Just a second Chief, are you telling me these centers have such a
computer where it can visually store memory from all ages. Wouldn’t that
imply that someone has the capability of building such a universal operating
machine where it is all a virtual reality right now?”

“That is what I am trying to convey to you, that the world we appear to

live in is a simulated computer program. We are already inside a virtual reality
because someone already had this technology and they are using it, and we
are the rats in their lab.

Now, I am going to allow you to access these virtual controls to witness

your past lives and existence that is linked with your soul energy.”

“Do you mean that you know where these energy centers are and have
access to these virtual worlds?”

“Well yes and no, I do know where some of them are, but we will not be
going there, YET. We do not even need to go to these places to locate these
controls.”

Page | 218
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Why not?”

“Because why go to the machine when we already have the information

stored within the soul?”

“We have all of this stored within us?”

“Oui, mon ami!

Everything that you have ever done is stored within you for all times. If
the machine can access your history’s past by interlinking the DNA of your
program to your soul energy, then why not use it to discover your past? And
this is what we will do, use the soul energy.”

“But you just said, that only using the Soul Energy would go way beyond
this life into other lives, and worlds, we won’t be able to control it, will we.

“It won’t matter, this is only for learning.”

Page | 219
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(21) Past Lives

The Reunion Day Four – Alternate Realities

The Chief then began to lead me somewhere and I was extremely

apprehensive, yet excited. I wanted to see my past and what history was like.
He led me to this hut, it was rectangular fortress made from trees, probably
about 10’ X 8’. It appeared to be big enough to allow for five maybe ten
people inside.

The bottom was rectangular, and as you peered up the walls it began to
shape into sort of like a cone; like a Teepee. They used tree branches, and
they were positioned toward the center top about 15-feet high, from the side
of the walls.

As I walked in I could see an opening at the top about a foot in diameter.

There were several beds made from trees and branches. A leather pillow with
pine needles was available, as I could see some of the needles protruding out
of the pillow.

There was a circular area in the center on the ground, and inside the
circle was a remnant of burnt logs and ash for a fire. Some new wood was
placed on top of the old ashes and it was set aflame. Smoke was rising
through the vent at the top of the roof, and it became very warm in there.

The Chief then referred to a drink that had some type of a mixture of
plants and herbs inside, I think it had been boiling for quite some time as it
really had to go through a process, it was like a thick tea. The Chief then asked
one of his people if the brew was ready. The other one replied in the
affirmative, that it was prepared.

The Chief asked me to sit down, and prepare myself. He said, you are
about to go on a journey of the soul, you may become frightened at times,
you may even become thrilled or mystified by what you are about to witness.

Page | 220
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Remember, this is your past and future reality along with portions of this
illusory world. I must warn you what you are about to drink may cause great
discomfort, and you might not be able to hold it down. Do whatever it takes to
keep it within you. And then lie back on the bed and place your head on the
pillow.

After you do this, some strange things are going to occur. However, I
have perfected how to use this mixture that allows you to tap into your soul
and then I can guide you in the experience. It is sort of like regression therapy
but a thousand-fold more powerful.

The mixture we are using is from the Ayahuasca plant found in Brazil. I
was preparing it earlier on one of our first sessions, I was preparing it all for
you. Most do not realize that properly prepared, it becomes, ‘soul oil.’”

“Soul oil?”

“Yes, this plant is neither in this dimension or the other, it sits between
worlds. And when properly brewed the plant can lubricate the soul
connection linked with your specific mind-body and begin to engage the
memory of that soul.

So, my friend, you will be leaving me for a while, but I will be here asking
you questions along the way, not to create your experience, but to help guide
you. Everything that you will experience is an event that your soul has gone
through. However, what the energy centers on earth cannot do, we can do.”

“What is that Chief?”

“We can now go beyond the programming into the dimensions that you
came from, although it will be limited. I am going to direct you back before
you came to this universe and before you got trapped into the program. Only
your soul can remember this. It will guide you to what it thinks you can handle
at this level of awareness, a guide may be with you. Are you ready?”

Page | 221
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Um, not sure, but hey, why not… A guide, what’s that?”

“Don’t worry, OK drink this, drink it all, and do your best to hold it down.
The guide is a soul assistant, or better understood, a guide is directing ‘YOU’ at
another level of awareness.”

“I am not being possessed or becoming some channel to evil spirits, am

I?”

Laughter, “Your own mind can be your best friend, or your worst enemy,
what is in the mind can regulate your outer field of awareness. There is always
danger among us and even within us, we must value the protection over the
danger.

However, the process is harmless and the Caelestus Pater is there to

protect you always if you so seek, nevertheless, this process will reveal unto
you many unknown variables. What you do with it is up to you.”

I began to drink this thick fluid and I wanted to heave my guts out. Oh,
my god, this is horrible. I have never tasted anything like this. I did my very
best to hold it down, but I wanted to release it. The Chief told me if I did not
keep it in, I had to drink it again. That thought was so reprehensible I decided,
once is enough.

I then slowly began to lie down on the bed provided. My abdomen felt
like snakes were crawling all through. It was like my intestines were nothing
but worms trying to escape.

I then closed my eyes and began to wonder what will happen, if

anything. I felt like I was in deep space, like I was no longer cognizant, and
began wondering if I was even among the living. I wondered if the Chief had
made a mistake and gave me poison, because I began to think I had passed
on.

Page | 222
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
I even thought of opening my eyes, but I was so far gone into this deep
sleep, I stopped caring anymore. I don’t know how long I have been here, or
where I am anymore, but I don’t think I am home, I don’t think I am anywhere,
like between worlds. As soon as I thought that my eyes began to observe what
appeared to be somewhere in space.

I was on some world, I don’t know where, but I was peering into space
and before me appeared several planets of magnificent and varied sizes that
were just hanging directly in space, over my head, above the planet I was
upon.

The colors, the awesome beauty, the resonance, I could even hear sound
as if they were singing. I just said, “Oh my God this is awesome!”

I then heard this voice that seemed to come from nowhere, deep inside
of me. It was a female voice, like an angel, beautiful, tender, and
compassionate.

It asked me, “Do you know where you are?”

I replied, “No, I do not, where is this place?”

“Your consciousness is visiting a beautiful realm where you can witness

the beauty of creation itself before it turned into a decaying and dying state.”

I was in total astonishment.

“This was you, (this female guide spoke) millions of years ago before you
fell into the dimension of matter, when all things were just consciousness
observations.”

“I feel like I can touch these planets, how can they just sit there like
that?”

Page | 223
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“You can touch them if you desire, just feel them in your mind, you can
do so many things.”

I then stuck my hand out and I could feel the energy. It was so amazing,
as it vibrated, changing a little and then it re-formed before my observation.

The voice then said, “Are you ready for your next visit?”

I didn’t want to leave I was in such peace of mind, I just wanted to

remain there forever. I reluctantly told the guide that I would be willing to
move on. Everything went black, I could see nothing. I could feel nothing, I had
no sensations about anything, other than; I could think, but I was in the void.

I recalled what Rene Descartes said, “I think therefore I AM.” At no other

time in my life had I ever realized this more than right now. My thoughts, my
consciousness is who I really am; it is who we all really are; everything else is
dress wear.

Then as quickly as everything faded to black, I began to see light. It

reminded me of when I was sitting outside the cave by the tree with the
Agents, and everything turned black. I began to wonder is this what
happened?

Did the turning into darkness represent my transition in dimensions? As I

was thinking these thoughts, I heard this old familiar voice say, “Yes, it is the
same principle.”

I asked, knowing this was the Chief, “How did you know I was thinking
this, I did not speak it out loud?”

“I hear your every thought; they are coming to me as mental pictures.”

When I began to awaken from this blackness of the void, I began to see
before me waters of an ocean, as I was sitting upon a rock bench on a beach. I
was staring out to sea, and then I looked, and sitting beside me was my wife,
Page | 224
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Annie May, the same wife I have in this world, I just knew it, I could sense it
and feel it, it is my wife indeed, she even sort of looked the same.

Her short black hair, and kind eyes, and the optimistic smile. I could tell
we were happy. I felt like we had known each other forever. I wondered why
she was there, have we always been together?

Again, this familiar voice brought reason into confusion. It said with
complete confidence, “This is a soul mate, a part of you that has been
together for a very long time. A friend, a deep association between two souls.
And often when you participate in something, the other one wants to be right
there along for the ride.”

As I sat there on the bench looking out to the beach by the ocean. I
began to watch the sun. I thought I was seeing things at first. But the sun
started to turn a dark deep orange color. And I began to see black protrusions
forming all over the sun’s surface.

I then brought my wife’s attention to it, saying, ‘what is happening to the

sun?’ I remember saying, ‘Oh this is not good!’ She sat there in silence.

As I continued watching the sun, it began to appear as if it was losing its

energy, black dot like protrusions were growing bigger and expanding in size
and quantity and they began to fill the entire surface.

The sun began to grow darker and darker as if it was burning out, I then
grabbed my wife’s hand, and we began to run away towards the opposite
direction from the beach and the sun. It was even in my mind, ‘what am I
doing, we can’t run from this?’

The Sun then went completely black, and everything went dark and icy
cold. We continued to run but the cold air was so cold we froze in full stride, it
felt like we vanished into nothingness. And then everything faded to black,
having only my thoughts to contend with.

Page | 225
 Time-Loop Chronicles
I asked myself, what happened? And then the female voice said to me,
“This was a world you used to live upon, prior to coming to earth. The sun that
burned out eventually became a brown dwarf, and it was in type like a binary
star system, which had been linked to a secondary sun, like that of your
system that you have with your sun.

Even though you were spirits enjoying the entertainments of the matter
universe, things happened that spirits never had to deal with until they
decided to play in these worlds. This is before darkness took over the soul and
sacrificed the light.”

Again, I blacked out and suddenly I am flying in space, “I am free, like a

bird with no ties. I was flying with two other friends. We were not in ships; we
were flying like birds through space. It feels so real; I feel like I am there…”

“Not that long ago, you were really there.” the voice continued. “Please
continue to tell me what is happening with you and your friends.”

“We are just soaring through space without a care in the universe. OH
WOW?”

“What? Did something happen?”

“The planets, we are flying by planets, but they are not round, I don’t
think they are planets; they appear to be alive.”

“Tell me more.”

“The planets, they are shaped like dolphins and whales, sea creatures,
and they are alive. The planet is living; they are moving through space like
swimming in the ocean. WOW!”

“Yes, in the true spirit world all things are alive and have consciousness.
These are not matter worlds but living energy worlds.”

Page | 226
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
As we kept soaring, I then looked far in front of me and I saw this white
chalky substance filling part of the space. I began asking; “What is that?”

“Continue to move forward, you already know what it is.” The Chief
replied in my thoughts. I am looking towards my friends, while a deep sadness
comes over me. We spoke of it while we were flying towards this white chalky
substance.

One of my friends conveyed to me, ‘this is the dimension of the prison

galaxy. We have lost many close friends in this realm, and they have never
come back out.’ Deep sadness and gloom filled our hearts. We all
remembered our fallen friends, and now they are prisoners of this fallen
dimension.

“Chief, can you hear me, what is this?”

“I can hear you and know your thoughts as if they were my own. This is
the universe you call the Milky Way Galaxy. It indeed is a prison for souls.”

“Yes, I can remember now, many have fallen and are down there, and
they are lost. And they don’t even remember who they were. I feel terrible for
them. I cannot understand how they were trapped. They had great and
glorious powers like we all do, but now all of their memory is gone.”

My friends that were flying with me, reminded me that we were not
supposed to go into this realm, or we would be sucked in. If we are sucked in,
then we will lose all memory of who we are and forever be missing.

That didn’t set well with me, why would we become lost? We have these
powers, we are not prisoners. We remember everything. And even if we enter
matter worlds and experience it, which is called death, we are not trapped, we
just awaken unto our soul’s journey.

Again, my friends assured me that we were warned not to go into this

realm. I then asked the Chief, “Is this true, is this realm a trap for spirits?”
Page | 227
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Yes, it is, to those who decided not to honor the will of truth, they were
indeed sucked in, but there are still many that did not follow.”

As we continued to fly forward, I kept thinking to myself, I have this

power, I have this glory, why can’t I go into this realm and awaken my friends
and bring them back to the fold? I felt it was wrong to leave them there, that
if we had this kind of supremacy and we do not use it to help, are we not
worse than those who have enslaved our friends?

The Chief interfered in my thoughts, “The issue is not whether you can
help them; the issue is, they chose to do something that they were not
prepared for, and thus they became trapped into this horrible nightmare.

They were also warned and they made the wrong choice. They are not
trapped forever, but they must follow protocols so that they can be released
from their own error. And only until then will they become free.”

At this point I was not really listening to the Chief explain these things, I
felt morally responsible to help my family. Not doing so echoed badly on my
character. I told the two friends that were with me, “We need to help these
lost souls. There is nothing there that can trap us. We are spirits, not material
beings, so we can move into this realm undetected and remove our friends.”

My two companions were not as sure about this as I was. But they saw
my determination and believed we could go in there and retrieve our friends
and become heroes. The guide then spoke out, “Sometimes good intentions
are paved on unstable foundations.”

I continued to lead the way, and this small voice, which I had not heard
before, entered within my mind, “You do not know everything, some things
are secrets, and thus the soul can be trapped in matter!”

As we maneuvered closer to this white goo in space, I just didn’t believe

the soul could be trapped, and then I recklessly flew into the forbidden
substance. Suddenly, we all blacked-out just like what happens when
Page | 228
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
experiencing soul changes. I could hear this swooshing sound as it continued
to pull me at a very fast rate of speed like a sucking machine or vacuum. I had
no control against it. I didn’t know what was happening.

The next thing I knew I was standing in a desert area, surrounded by

what appeared to be Tuareg’s and Bedouin type people that appeared to be
nomadic. They were a desert clan that lived in clay houses.

I had no idea where my two friends were, they were missing and I didn’t
know what had happened to us, and then this subtle mental thought
protruded through saying, ‘they are now lost in time.’

The houses where these dwellers lived were rounded like an igloo. And
they had one entranceway into the front part. Inside each hut were
uncomfortable looking clay chairs and beds, maybe two of each. They were
not large rooms, enough to hold a family of four possibly.

While there I ran into one of the people, he was wrapped in some dirty
white garments from the head to the toe, wearing sandals upon his feet. He
looked at me and said, “You do not belong here, you should not have come.”

I asked if he knew who I was. He said, “You are traveler from beyond the
world, like me, you came from another time and place until you were pulled
into this world. Why did you come here?”

“I wanted to help, I was hoping I could free everyone.”

“That was a tragic mistake on your part. You cannot free us, we are
trapped and we are stuck forever.”

I asked him, “You do not believe that you are trapped, do you?”

“All I know is that everyone who has come here has been trapped for a
very long time. And most, unlike you, do not even remember who they were

Page | 229
 Time-Loop Chronicles
from the day they came here, their memory was snatched by some enchanted
sorcery.”

“Well how is it that you remember, and did you see two others like me
arrive recently about the time I came here, these were my friends?”

“It is because the black ones have not stolen my memory, they do not
know I can still recall events from where I came from. And if you came with
friend’s chances of them landing in the same place are nil, they are probably
somewhere else on this planet. They love to divide and conquer.”

“The black ones?” I queried.

“These are those who dress in black, they are not human so they hide
their form from us. But they have powers, and they can touch you with their
rod and strip you of your memory. And you will become a slave for them.”

“How is it that you have remained with memory? How did you avoid the
black ones? And what is this Rod that you speak of”

“Because, I don’t let on that I am aware of anything. When they show up

I act completely ignorant like everyone else does who has been taken over.
Everyone else just follows orders, they cannot think through the situation,
they know to be able to eat and have warmth and a place to live, they must
obey. Their rods are some sort of magical control sticks, if you are hit with one
you will black-out and upon awakening you will have forgotten everything you
ever knew.”

I was becoming angry. This was really bothering me. I hated that I had no
power. This body was so thick and dense, and it did not allow me to move or
operate properly. It was a useless tool.

Suddenly, the nomad I was talking too said, “Keep alert, here comes the
black ones; I do not know you right now, just do something, anything, look

Page | 230
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
busy and whatever you do, do not look in their eyes, they can read your
mind.”

I was at a loss for words, being angry, all I wanted to do was fight and
flee this situation, but I hid around the side of one of the dwellings, and
waited there acting imbecilic by kicking dirt around having no rhyme or reason
as to what I was doing.

I heard these entities pushing the nomadic travelers around and brutally
whipping these poor souls without cause with straps that had pieces of rock
melded into the leather. I had to look to see what these entities were.

I poked my head around and standing there was one of the black ones.
They were wearing some sort of bird like head gear over thick heavy black
garments, with leather shoes, like sandals, but not exact.

They were very tall and fit, maybe 9-feet tall, and built like a soldier. As
soon as I looked around, one of them saw me and caught my eyes. Instantly
he hit me with this small wand and everything went black.

The next thing I knew I was living in a village, I was a young teenage boy.
Maybe 16-years old. I had straggly black hair, I was unkempt, had tattoos
everywhere. My body was littered with jewelry, which was pinned inside the
skin. I was a sad sight for sore eyes.

The Chief then interrupted, “Now you see how you got stuck here, now
it is time to recognize your journey as to why you made this choice and what it
will take to leave here.

That young man is you when you were living in Atlantis before it fell.
Most of the children were like this, just like many of the young ones in your
time are becoming like this again. They are angry, they are mad, and they
want to fight anything and everything.

Page | 231
 Time-Loop Chronicles
In your near future, there will be drugs induced and forced into these
kids while they are still young, it will remove their anger, make them passive,
but it will leave them dead inside and they will become docile and easily
controllable. You were such a kid back in Atlantis. Now begin to watch
yourself.”

There was no doubt this kid was angry; he was walking around punching
his fist into anything he could find. I could feel his thoughts and his pain, but
his mind seemed empty of all logic, it was pure uncontrolled emotional
resentment. He was punching and kicking brick walls. Blood was pouring from
his scabbed knuckles. He would then slam his head into the walls and blood
began flowing from his forehead.

He was furious and had no recollection as to why, and extremely upset

about everything. Wanting to hurt anyone even himself, it didn’t matter. I
looked at this kid and said no way that this is me. And yet this deep dark air
fell upon me as a memory, and I recalled that I was this young man in a past
life.

Everything faded to black again. While I was in the state of blackness, I

asked the Chief a question dealing with how many lives have I had, and
surprisingly the voice of the female guide interrupted instead.

“You have lived hundreds of lives since you entered the lower realms,
but I am choosing these few to help you get a balance as to what happened,
and your extreme long recovery.”

At that point, I then found myself in what appeared to be an ancient

museum. I was being trained by a wizard. I was called a Wizard’s apprentice,
whatever that is.

I remember considering a mirror hanging on the wall, and I saw myself. I

was a young boy probably around 22-years old and had a blond pageboy hair
style. That is when it appears as if someone stuck a bowl on your head and

Page | 232
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
simply cut around it and then teased it so the rest of the hair at the bottom
would curl under.

I looked like a girl, very thin with a pasty complexion, but I was a boy.
The wizard was teaching me how to keep spirits locked up if they were
malevolent, and how to release the ones that are benevolent spirits.

He gave me this 18-inch stick, and he led me in front of the pictures on

the wall, very large paintings. Scenes which consisted of places, people and
things. I could see actual movement in the pictures as if the picture was itself
beaming with life. He told me how to wave this stick that he called a wand in
such a way to release the spirit in the painting.

I asked the Wizard, “How did those spirits get in there?” He told me, “We
placed them in there to confine them.”

He told me that inside these paintings were virtual worlds. To those that
were inside these worlds, they appeared real, and everything seemed normal,
but they were prisons of the mind, and they were simply locked into a
program, which was embedded inside the painting.

I replied, “A world inside a picture, bizarre!”

The wizard then said, “Are you ready to release your first spirit?”

I replied, “I think I am ready.”

“Then wave your wand as I taught you precisely and release the spirit. I
will be here if you need any help.”

He then cautioned me not to release a bad spirit, they can be tricky and
seduce you into freeing them. I then located one of the paintings and held my
wand up, there was this friendly looking creature on the other side that
appeared to need assistance, giving me a puppy dog like facial demeanor. It
seemed innocent enough.
Page | 233
 Time-Loop Chronicles
I wanted to help free this one. So, I then did a spiral move with the wand
as I waved it at the picture. And this energy poured from the painting. And this
malevolent spirit came out with utter destruction in its intent, screaming god
awful and blood curling sounds with cursing.

I yelled, “Wizard, Help Me! I made a mistake! Help me!”

The Wizard came over very quickly and he took his wand and moved it
around and the spirit was replaced against its will, screaming like a child while
it was forced back into the painting. I then faded to black.

I asked the Chief again, “What did that mean? Where was I that I would
be a wizard’s apprentice?”

“It is now time that you know the truth, that you were selected by the
dark forces to be part of them. They used your anger to bring you into the
fold. At one time, you were part of the Secret Societies, you had become one
of them. The problem is, they never seem to understand, they cannot have
the Caelestus Pater’s children. They can use them at times, but they cannot
keep them.”

“Yea, but that Wizard didn’t seem to be malevolent?”

“That is because they have their own will of what is right and what is
wrong. He was teaching you how to release good spirits. Do you know what
happens when you release the spirit out of the picture?”

“No, what?”

“These pictures are of the world you exist in right now, the world of
humanity of the place called earth. These different scenes are from this world
in different times. These souls are inside a program. They are concealed,
hidden away from the truth. These pictures are prisons.

Page | 234
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
If the wizard removes the spirit, it means they released your soul, and if
that happens you die to this world and go back to the control center in the
fourth dimension.

They determine when you live and when you die. Notice though they
didn’t want you to release a malevolent spirit, because they want them to
remain so these wicked spirits can torment the good souls.”

Sorry, but stealing a line from Marty McFly from Back to the Future,
‘Whoa, Doc that’s heavy!’

“As a wizard’s apprentice, you were on the other side of the veil where
ghosts exist.”

Finally, I came out of the blackness and entered another world, this time
I was with royalty. “My god Chief, I am king of France. Chief, I think I was king
of France, I was Louis the XV.”

“Yes, I know, look closely at yourself. Who do you see?”

“You have got to be kidding me, it is me. I mean me, as I look now… I
mean it is me. That is my face, it is a tad different, but it is me. Do we look like
ourselves in past lives?”

“Sometimes, almost identical, even with some of the same scars and
birthmarks. Now look at the face of King Louis XVI, he is your son, is there also
a familiarity?”

“Oh geez, it is my dad. I mean the one that was my dad in this life, it is a
spitting image of my dad.”

“That is correct, it was your dad in this life, but your son in that life. You
see most of the family members you have been with, not all of them, but
many times are retreads from the past all playing different roles.

Page | 235
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Sometimes you were the child, sometimes you are the parent. This is
how a soul group sticks together. It gives you an illusory feeling of comfort to
be around those your soul recognizes. If everyone was a stranger the soul
might awaken to the ruse. However, sometimes you get stuck with enemies of
the soul to torment you in a lifetime as a family member or an acquaintance.

The key is when you were royalty you did not play by the rule book, you
brought in a different set of directives, more contingent on doing what was
considered good-natured, which royalty hated, you had more fairness in your
heart.”

“Why is that?”

“Because you were beginning to overcome the program, your soul was
growing and learning from your past mistakes, especially the one. You hated
to be king while others were relegated as peasants.

And thus, your kingdom was riddled with ridicule by your own
contemporaries, saying you were lazy and cathartic and much too spiritual in
thought, which was not a compliment; mind you.

They said that you had no real ability to rule a kingdom like others by
showing force of will. However, you were aptly named, ‘Louis the Well
beloved…’ The people loved you for your fairness.”

I then blacked out again all the while the Chief continued to speak to me.
As I began to move through the blackness, the voice of the guide came
through again and said. “You have moved through time all the way until the
18th century, and have seen several lifetimes as you had lived prior. The next
event we will now return to the past.

It is important that you witness an event that occurred called, the great
flood. There have been many stories that have been passed down as to what
occurred, when it occurred and did it really happen. And if there really was a

Page | 236
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
global flood that buried a planet under water? So, without delay are you ready
to move forward, or backwards as it is in your case?”

“I am ready…” Immediately light began to appear within my vision. I was

expecting to see the ancient past. I was expecting see land dwellers working
hard to exist. I was expecting to see people who were clothed in ancient dress,
wearing robes and sandals.

I was expecting to see people living in huts, existing very crudely. These
images I was expecting turned out to be nothing as I had fathomed. The very
first thing I saw left me confused. I even had to tell the guide, there must be
some mistake here. This is not the past but the future.

The guide responded, “What you are witnessing is a past event of what
happened at the end of all of the ages. There is a reason that Aquarius is
called the Water Carrier. As Pisces enters Aquarius, the world is blanketed in a
global phenomenon cleansing, called the great flood.

During this period, events take place in your solar system that are
replications of one of the Great Wars in heaven, remember it is all in a time-
loop. Horrible events occur causing great cataclysmic horrors and the world is
once again buried in water. The planet becomes a grave yard again. The only
difference this time is, your world was moved out of where it could
experience the totality of it all.

The ancient stories of one family escaping were not quite accurate but it
relayed a key point as to what happens during this event. When the ancient
time-loop occurs as it always does for all planets in the solar system, when
Aquarius comes to life on its return, this is when the planet is buried in water,
as a renewal, or rebirth and a cleansing. Thus, unless you are born again…

Too bad that you are not allowed to be born again. When Sol Malum
changed the time-loop with the help of his dual counterpart, Luna Lunem. as
the Diabolis, they made sure the world did not return to the 1st Age ever

Page | 237
 Time-Loop Chronicles
again, that it would always be cut short just before the grand event, and then
sent back into Pisces a millennium earlier.

And thus, comes your rainbow of remembrance, as a sign of

incarceration, it is the band that seals the world in prison. What you are about
to witness is the last Great Flood event, however some surprises will indeed
be revealed that you will not expect.”

The next thing I knew I was in this large building hanging around people
that I knew from my life of today. Most of these people were of those that I
have known in my life here and now. There were some anomalies, because,
some of the people I knew, however, some of the people I didn’t know. I was
a little confused.

It was then the voice of the Chief spoke and said, “The reason you are
seeing some contradictions, it is because back then when these events
occurred, this was the same life you are living now. The difference is, after the
time-loop changed, you have lived many lifetimes and because of that you are
witnessing key changes since this event occurred long ago.

Some of these changes are the direct result of souls who have broken
out of this prison of hell and have gone home. Other changes are the result of
decisions made that altered circumstances and some of the people who you
had known in that life are no longer in your life’s corner now.

Yet for the most part pretty much everything else is the same, even
down to direct memories of events you have in this life, they were almost
identical to even way back then. Bringing out the utterance, ‘So as the days of
Noah were…’ revealing it is a reoccurring event. It is sort of a sad revelation
proving we have not changed that much over millenniums.”

As I looked around this large room, people were sitting and listening to a
speaker. I wasn’t really listening because the event seems so odd to me, as
certain people I knew, and certain people I didn’t know were surrounding me.
Once such person was this young lady who was sitting beside me.
Page | 238
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
I didn’t recognize her but I had a feeling I knew her. However, others
who I was sitting with, I knew very well. There were some odd quirks about
some of the people. One of the people I also knew in my life time now. It was
a friend I have known for a very long time. We were very close, almost like
brothers.

This guy was always so happy, so content, and so jovial. And yet the
person I was seeing back then was pessimistic, judgmental, and angry and
filled with hate.

I said to myself, “This is not what this person was like.”

Again, the female voice of the guide broke through and said, “This is
what he was like back then. However, over time he had changed, and
developed a different mental pattern.”

I then got up from where I was seated and walked to the back of the
auditorium, and I saw books and pamphlets upon some tables that were set
up. I began to look at them when this woman I was seated next to came from
behind me and put her arms around me from my back wrapping them under
my arms and then around my shoulders with a very loving embrace. I didn’t
know what to think but I had this feeling, we were very close.

“Yes!” The Chief immediately responded to my thoughts. “This was your

wife back in those days. Do you remember meeting a girl when you were
younger in this life and you felt as though you had always known her?

There was this bond and closeness that was so unique and special and
yet no matter what, there were influences keeping you away from her until
finally you were torn apart from each other never to mend the problem.”

“Yes, I do remember her; I think of her often in my life wondering why

those strange events happened.”

Page | 239
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Those events happened because you were being kept apart, for she was
your ‘Gemina’ and in many lifetimes, you were together but so often tragedy
struck.”

“I don’t understand, I thought the wife I have now, Annie May was my
soul mate, and she has been with me for ages?”

“Yes, again!” The guide broke into my thoughts this time and
volunteered another response. “Soul mates are friends; these are those who
you have been close to for ages. However, the ‘Gemina’ is different.”

“What is a Gemina then?”

“It is you before the polarity separation.”

“Okay, you lost me.”

“Back before you fell into the hands of Sol Malum, you used to be a
complete spirit. Complete, meaning, you were both halves. You see every soul
is from a complete spirit. Every soul has both the female and male expression.
There is no such thing as male and female being separated, except in Sol
Malum’s world.

When you fell under the spell and sorcery of Sol Malum, your soul was
divided and stripped. Both halves became individualized and sent their
separate ways. This has caused so many peculiar disconnections in spirit that
it is a direct cause why humanity is always in a spirit of enmity.

Removing part of yourself leaves emptiness and creates all sorts of dark
imaginations, like jealousy, ego, wrath, and hatred etc. It is also why marriage
seldom works properly, this is because most couples are placed together that
are not compatible in spirit. The reason odd things occurred when you knew
this girl in your present lifetime, was because the enemy made sure you would
not come together in this life, or even within many past lives.

Page | 240
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
The program was designed to make sure it didn’t happen. They knew
you were getting too close in breaking away from their power grip and putting
the two of you together was giving you too much internal power.”

“Wait a minute, I thought you said it was free choice, I tried to make
things work; that was my choice, it was not allowed to happen?”

“That is not quite true, you didn’t try as hard as you had thought. In fact,
you were also influenced by the way people were acting along with the
negative influences that occurred, it caused you to make decisions that only
harmed the relationship. You were just as guilty as if you caused it not to
work.”

“What is strange is, I could feel that this girl from this previous ancient
life was her, I just didn’t say anything. She didn’t look the same, but I could feel
her energy, as if we were one, as twins.”

“Yes, the energy is the key not the personal appearance. The reason you
were placed with the wife you have now because she was familiar as a friend,
a long personal acquaintance. But it was also known, when you two are
together, you have not made great strides in changing or perfecting your
consciousness so that the soul can be freed.”

“Why is that?”

“I guess the only way I can explain this to help you make sense out of it,
it is like having friends that are troublemakers. They are your friends, they are
your connections, yet they lead you to make faulty decisions and cause you to
do things you know you shouldn’t.

Now granted your wife is not a troublemaker, nor are you, in truth you
are the opposite, more peaceful, content, and easily entreated. The problem
is you two are so alike you have no real reason to make major changes. This is
what the dark side was counting on.”

Page | 241
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Then does that mean I am not making the proper changes?”

“No, in fact it backfired this time, the oddity of the events that occurred
with your ‘gemina’ caused such a stir in your soul that it sent you personally
on a lifelong trek to figure out what was interfering in your personal world, it
all became too obvious that things were not as you had believed.

However, since your wife was so peaceful and easily entreated she never
stopped you from your pursuit and in fact she was there for you the entire
journey to back you in whatever endeavor you sought.”

As I took in what was being revealed to me the events of this time-loop

began to take hold. I walked out of this auditorium and began to witness life
all around. It was like this life but with some differences. One difference that
stood out was many people were driving ATV’s (all-Terrain Vehicles) on the
highways rather than cars.

It was then that extraordinary events began to occur. I felt like I was
being pulled through time rather quickly as days became hours, and weeks
became days. Earthquakes began to occur, the roads were tilting back and
forth, and buildings were falling apart. It was horrible to witness. As I kept
being pulled through time, the events didn’t let up.

Hurricanes and tornadoes were everywhere. Cities were collapsing. It

was as if a thresher was moving across the land and devouring and destroying
everything. People were fleeing like ants that had been stepped on, mass
panic was in everyone’s eyes as I began to see things from above like watching
from inside a dream.

It then began to rain like I have never seen it before. As I was being
taken through time the rains would not cease, it just kept coming down. I
began to witness walls of water begin to flood the towns, the land, everything.
The water began to rise. People were still scattering for their lives. Yet nothing
was there to save them.

Page | 242
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
The waters became great floods and developed into a massive ocean, as
I witnessed this event first hand. Now no longer standing above watching
these events I was now down in the water. I was swimming and watching
others who were frightened, splashing around the water trying to stay alive.

But nothing was happening to stop these events. It just kept getting
worse and worse until I looked out and noticed that the entire world was
under water.

The waters were so high I could no longer see buildings or trees or

anything protruding from the ground. Not even mountains could be seen. As
time moved forward the daylight turned into nighttime, I was still in the
water, and it had covered the entire planet where I could see every horizon
without there being any obstructions.

I can’t even begin to elaborate the dreadfulness. As I looked out the

rains had finally ceased and the air was perfectly clear and pristine. I could see
the horizon without any blocks, and all I could see is stars everywhere.
Nothing but stars filled the realm.

I had the feeling I was swimming in space. There was nothing but water
as far as the eye could see, and nothing but stars and starlight. I could see the
stars even as they reflected off the water. I could not separate space from
land, it had all become ONE.

It literally felt like swimming in space. It was then a voice came unto me,
it was neither the Chief nor the guide’s voice. It felt like an internal voice of
greatness and glory the same one I had earlier, establishing contact for the
first time in ages, I really believe it was the Caelestus Pater.

This voice uttered these words as if my world was being narrated as

some scene in a movie. “Behold, the planet you call Earth; it is now called
Mars. Behold Mars, has thus been changed to Earth and reset into another
part of the solar system.”

Page | 243
 Time-Loop Chronicles
I remember thinking, you mean this planet was Earth and then became
Mars. The voice said, “Earth was your original home but it was destroyed as
you can plainly see. You were then taken aboard the Ark which was a ship to
fly in the heavens, it transported the remaining life upon the new Earth, which
had been Mars. Mars as you see today, was the original Earth, and Earth as
you see today was the original Mars.”

The next thing I realized it was now daylight. All the water on the planet
had frozen. It was snowing as well. As far as the eye could see the planet
became an ice world. At that time, the waters had receded a little before it
froze, and there were protrusions sticking out of the ice that obviously did not
belong there.

Things like mountain tops, buildings that had broken off its base, and
floated to the surface were then wrapped in ice as parts of them stuck
through like a sore thumb. The voice then returned.

“You will be taken to the new Earth, and although it was greatly
damaged by debris in the Great War, it still maintained an atmosphere and
along with the radiation projection of the sun, a new holograph restored the
planet as it once was.

The ship will land on water and as the water recedes it will be found
upon a great mountain, and the inhabitants and animals on the ship will be
part of seeding the world again.”

I asked, “Was there anyone on this world prior to the great destruction
who may have survived?”

“Yes, there was, Mars had life just like Earth did, there were still races of
people all over in areas that were not damaged unlike the planet you now call
Mars, there, the only survivors are mostly underground.”

“So, both Mars and Earth were inhabited before the great destruction?”

Page | 244
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“Yes!”

I was stunned to learn this; I am not sure if anyone in the world knows
this about these two planets. And I wondered if anyone would believe that
before the first time-loop occurred that many humans were living on a
different planet.

I supposed that this name change was to make sure this event did not
pass into the consciousness of the souls, or else the jig would have been up.
Therefore, we wrongly believe only Earth has been inhabited, and Mars has
always been a barren desolate planet.

Everything then began to turn black and the Chief jumped in and said,
“Pretty astounding isn’t it what you can learn and experience for yourself?
This should be enough to prove that what I have been telling you is correct.
Are you ready to return?”

“Yes Chief, I am.”

Immediately the female guide jumped in and said, “Not so fast. You need
to experience one more event. This is not going to be a past life or a future
life, but it is going to be an experience called, soul travel.”

Once again, I blacked out and the next thing I knew I was standing on
Mars today, the planet which was known as Earth long ago. I was sunken into
the sand, as far as the eye could see. I began to walk around and then I came
to what appeared as an old trailer court. Everything seemed old and damaged
but it was things that would be considered Earth-like and modern.

Trailers, trucks, cars and old tires etc. it looked right out of Earth today,
but obviously, disaster had occurred. I then continued my trek across the hot
sands and came to a place where I was shocked to say the least.

Page | 245
 Time-Loop Chronicles
How do I describe this? It is a terrace, a huge cement terrace. It is joined
to what I can best relay as a glass tunnel. How do I explain this? It is like an
indoor mall that was built like a tunnel, rounded edges and it was very long.

I then looked upon the terrace and a man wearing blue custodial
clothing came out and was cleaning the area. I was shocked because he was
not wearing any protective gear and he appeared human. Immediately the
voice of the guide came through. “This is Mars today. This is what it looks
like.”

As I got closer to the terrace, I walked up the steps leading about 10-feet
off the ground and walked over to the man and wondered if he could see me.
The voice again said, “No he cannot see you nor hear you, but his soul can
communicate with you.”

That threw me for a loop, the soul can communicate without the
individual knowing that it is happening. Very weird! The Chief then chimed in,
“They actually do know they are communicating with you, however to them it
will seem as though they are communicating with their own thoughts, and not
realize they are talking to a ghost.”

I laughed thinking that was a good one Chief. He responded in like, “But
it is very true.”

Eventually I could speak to the man in the blue work outfit and asked
him why he didn’t have gear to breathe since he is walking outside in the
Martian climate. He then spoke to me as if he heard every word. I would
never have dreamed he could not see me or hear me.

“The idea that we cannot breathe is a fallacy, a fable, (he said.) The
Martian climate allows for one to breathe, however the oxygen levels are so
low, we cannot stay outside for very long.”

Page | 246
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
I then followed him back into the mall like tunnel structure. I saw all
sorts of people walking to and fro. I asked the custodian, “Who are these
people?”

“Many of these are those that were taken from earth, kidnapped against
their will and forced to work in the mines of Mars.”

I was perplexed by what he said to me. I then began to watch the

people, all of them mostly from Japanese persuasion. They appeared business
like, and it seemed that the area I was in was like a cafeteria. I noticed this
tunnel that extended off the other side and went down a deep slope. I asked,
“How can this many people have been kidnapped and we not know about it?”

“People go missing every day on planet earth,” the Chief revealed, “and
often they are never found. This is because they are gone. Those from places
like Japan, were removed before tsunamis and great volcanic explosions
decimated their areas. So, no one is really looking for them, believing they had
perished.”

“I guess then we can say they at least had their life spared, but Chief how
did they get to Mars?”

What I was told no one would believe.

“This is no life for these people, it is a deeper hell and prison than even
on earth. They were transported using a transporter machine just like they
used on the T.V. show Star Trek.”

I didn’t want to touch that one at all…Many people were walking from
the tunnel into the cafeteria and returning into the tunnel. I then walked up to
the area where one could buy food. There was obviously some sort of
economy here, where money was being used to trade for goods and food.

Page | 247
 Time-Loop Chronicles
I walked up to the counter and they were serving fast-food like
hamburgers and fries. What surprised me was the prices. A hamburger was
like only 25-cents and fries were a nickel, everything was very cheap.

I then walked over to the coke machine. I would swear the machine was
built in the 50’s yet it was brand-spanking new. The coke machine had a long
glass paneled window on the right. It was about 6 inches wide, and it had a
swinging door latch to grab hold of to open the glass door and then retrieve
the soda that was aligned in these metal holders with only the neck of the
soda bottle showing.

The soda was in glass bottles, and the price alerted me once again how
dated this all was. It was only 5-cents a coke. I could sense the people were
not happy. No one was smiling, no one was joking or even talking that much.
It seemed to me as business was priority number one. I felt sorry for the
people. I did not see any children at all.

It was amazing to look out the glass windows and see the entire planet.
Surprisingly though, Mars had blue skies, not red as we have always been told.

Finally, I noticed it had turned to nighttime outside. I then realized that

the people started gathering at the windows as if they were searching for
something. I then walked over to the door that I came through and went back
outside. I noticed something peculiar happening. The custodian man was still
working and I asked him, “What is happening?”

He turned around and looked at the object that was forming in the sky,
and he said as if he could see and hear me, “That is the Hologram of the Earth.
The masters put it there to give us comfort. We can see the Earth as it looks
today, with all its lights and even national boundaries. We often point to
where we lived before, and great sadness overwhelms us, but it does liven the
spirits.”

I couldn’t believe what I was witnessing, a huge holograph of the Earth

presented itself within the atmosphere of Mars, and it was beyond words. The
Page | 248
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
beauty and the lights, and the colors. I was speechless. The earth would rotate
so everyone could see their respective areas where they came from.

I could see sadness and tears welling up in their eyes as they wished they
could return home. I then asked, “Why are they doing this to these people.”

The female guide said, “They are malevolent, and they are wicked. They
have made slaves out of everyone. The only difference is, those on Mars know
they are slaves, those on earth believe they have freedom while they are
being controlled as slaves. All of it is a deception via ignorance.”

It was then the blackness set in and I woke up inside the hut where I
began this journey. The Chief looked over to me and asked, “Have any
questions?”

“No Chief, realization of truth is setting in, and I am very distraught…”

Page | 249
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(22) Antarctic-Arctic controls

The Reunion Day Five – The Time Machine

The Chief told me today that, “We are going to take a physically
demanding journey. This is not going to be an easy trek for you, it will take
several days. We are going to walk through another gateway, this time we
won’t walk into the past or the future.

We are going to enter via a dimensional gate into another part of earth,
but we will not be in our flesh and blood body, only our soul-mind. This gate is
very old and it is the only one in North Americanus that I am aware of. We
discovered it by accident. Fortunately, the gate remains untouched and it is
always well hidden from seekers.”

We began a long hike northward. We must have walked 7-hours, and I

was very tired, we stopped for the night and rested. The Chief and I spoke
about many things that night but told me not to write any of it down in my
first notepad. We then proceeded to walk about 7-more hours. We entered a
place that was exceedingly amazing. Later I would realize where this place is, I
have been here often. It is called, “Zion National Park.”

It is exquisiteness on top of stunning splendor. There was this spiral rock

staircase that we had to climb down and around that was very difficult. In
modern times a road was built, they call it the switch-backs as it winds around
like a funnel.

The Chief was skilled in locating the best path, but this was not an easy
hike. We then walked between these towering mesas that pointed to the
heavens. During my time, these large megalithic monuments are given names.

Places like ‘Angels Landing’, ‘The Three Patriarchs’ and the ‘Great White
Throne’. No matter what era that these spectacular sights are beheld they
leave one in awe of its mystery.

Page | 250
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
The Chief then uttered as we were stunned into silence of this
magnificent beauty as it reigns above our small insignificant bodies, “It is
amazing that these spectacular sights are as a sacred sculpture, as far as the
eye can see, along with mesas towering up to 2000-feet into the sky.”

I have witnessed these things before, and every time I gasp at the pure
power of the raw nature of beauty that created this spectrum of glory. Yet the
Chief reminded me, it is but a facsimile of the real thing. We then walked to a
place where the path appeared to end at large walls hovering and completely
trapping us in this extraordinary hidden world.

We were blocked by mesas everywhere. I told the Chief, “I know this

place, it is at the end of the shuttle journey far back into the canyon, and this
place is called, the Temple of Sinawava where the hiking trail along the Virgin
River begins.”

The Chief had to laugh, “It is like they want to throw this in our face,
knowing the majority will never figure it out.”

“What do you mean Chief?”

“They named this area the Temple of Sinawava, it sounds like a good ole
Indian name, maybe even Anasazi.” (He continues to laugh)

“I thought it was an Indian name… what is it Chief?”

“The Sinawava is a cute expression for SINE WAVE, a measurement for

time, which is provided by its oscillation and amplitude. What they are telling
everyone that coming here they are near a gateway to teleport to another
place on earth.

The Sine Wave is moving all over this place as a frequency bouncing of
the canyon walls, it is revealing we are near the door and that something
strange is occurring.”

Page | 251
 Time-Loop Chronicles
The Chief took us around to the flowing river. We then followed the river
for about 750-feet and crossed the river, until we came to some large trees.
They were standing next to a very tall mesa.

The Chief took me into the patch of trees and at the wall of the mesa
was an insignia of some kind. It looked like an ancient drawing. I had no clue
what it meant.

The Chief told me that, “This was the place where we are going to pass
through the world. I looked at him and thought he was crazy. There was
nothing there but a wall of rock.”

He then called me over and said, “Touch it!”

I responded back, “Why?”

“Just do as I say, touch the canyon wall.”

I then walked slowly up to the wall and touched the wall. To my utter
shock, my hand appeared to move through the wall. The Chief said, “The rock
wall here is an illusion, it is actually a gateway for the soul to translocate to
another part of the planet.”

The Chief told me to walk through and to think about the place called
Antarctica while my hand was partially through the gate entrance. He told me
it is especially important that my mind not think of anything else. I asked him,
“What would happen if my thoughts changed and it placed us someplace
else?” He said, “Well then expect to enter the place of your thoughts.”

I was not thrilled to hear that, so I made sure I kept repeating to myself,
Antarctica, Antarctica, repeatedly. I was very apprehensive about doing this.
But I mustered up the courage and I walked through the wall.

Page | 252
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
As I was moving through this wall, I could see energy moving all around
me. A light blue color of energy, like blue fireflies that were buzzing
everywhere.

Then the thought hit me, what if I end up going to a different part of
Antarctica than the Chief? How would we meet, and how do we return? I
became rather nervous. Yet at this moment I didn’t feel like I was walking
anymore, I felt like I was floating. As if something was grabbing a hold of me
and pulling me.

Everything went black again, and then the very next second, I was
standing in a place where snow and ice were as far as the eye could see. It
reminded me of my excursion into the past on Earth after the last flood,
where I entered an ice world.

The Chief standing about 15-feet away, called over to me, “How did you
like the ride?”

“Not sure, still do not understand how we did this.”

I then asked him, “How did you know we would both come out at the
same place?”

“This is due to how the gates operate. When we thought Antarctica, it

took us to the only gateway that is available. There are different gateways on
this earth, and when we think of a place that is near a gateway it will always
take us to the same gate location.”

I looked at the Chief and enquired of him, “Why is it that we are

standing in this frozen tundra and yet I do not feel the cold. In fact, I don’t feel
anything?”

He snickered about that, he said, “The body you have on is a mental

projection, which is from your soul-mind. We see what our souls sees.

Page | 253
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Remember our journey to the sun, this is similar, we can feel the cold if you
desire, but that is not why we are here.”

“This is not my body; why does it look like my body?”

“Because your soul is projecting what you believe your body looks like,
do you want to become a roaring lion?”

“Ah, no thanks, I am happy as I am.”

“Ok then. Your flesh and blood body is still standing at the gate back at
the wall. Your body never went through, only your soul did. As you touched
the rock your soul hand, and arm and torso and the rest of the soul, as the
mind conceived it, entered the wall and the body is still waiting for us to
return.”

“Wait a minute, what if our bodies decide to take off without us, you
said, a soulless body can still operate…”

“Well at least you listen to me. Don’t worry, your body is in a state of
suspended animation, it isn’t going anywhere. There is nothing to worry
about, unless a mountain lion passes by.” (The Chief roared into laughter)

“Oh, God a mountain lion, thanks for telling me now.”

“Nothin’s gonna happen! That sine-wave is sending out a signal that

keeps the critters and cats away. They can hear the sound that this thing is
producing and it is like a warning bell to them that burns their ears at the level
of their cells.”

I then had this strange thought come over me, “What about wandering
humans on a hike, could they come over to our bodies and see them and freak
out and cause trouble for us?”

Page | 254
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“No, do you remember any other humans around us when we entered
the wall?”

“No, didn’t see anyone.”

“Then don’t worry, the very split second you left, you will also return as
if no time had passed. This is the part of the mystery of the soul. All any other
human could see is that you were placing your hand against the wall, and they
will see nothing else. By the time we return it will be instantaneous.”

Chief, there is problem, there is no gate on this side. We appeared in the

middle of an ice world. Where is the gate? How do we get back?”

Again, the Chief cackled…

“You believe you are detached from your body, but in truth you are still
attached to it, only your mind has moved, you have not moved an inch, you
are still connected by the etheric cord to the body.”

“What the heck is the etheric cord?”

“It is the DNA coding along with your soul energy coding. Remember,
this place is not real, neither is your body. But due to this coding you really
think it is real, and thus it appears real.”

“So how do we get back?”

“We will be pulled back as if nothing ever happened. To you it might

appear as a dream, but it is what we call Soul Travel. In effect, you have left
the body and will soon return. Soul travel is possible without any aid of the
gates, but the gates simplify what most cannot achieve on their own. And one
nice thing about the gates is it gives you extra energy to remain away from the
body much longer, whereas on your own, energy is quickly depleted.”

Page | 255
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Like what happened to me when I went to Mars, I was taken from my
body as a soul traveler.”

“Exactly, however the Ayahuasca helped you so that you were able to
have the energy to fulfil the mission. This time it is the Sine Wave.”

I began to understand some of this, and I thought, well if the gateway is

here then this place we are at must be important. The Chief replied, “Very
important, this is where the machine we call the holographic earth-time
console is operating from.”

“Where is it?” I asked.

The Chief waved me on and we began to walk a little way, maybe 100-
feet, and we came to an ice cave. For the life of me I would have never found
this. It blended into the never-ending scenery of snow and ice, which created
an invisible cloak. We then walked down into this ice cave and it appeared as
if it had been excavated. Obviously, someone has been here before.

“Chief, has someone been here?”

“Oh yea, prying eyes and dark minds.”

We walked deep into the ice-cave at what felt like a downward angle
until we came to an ice wall that stood about 25-feet high as a solid thick
block of ice. It appeared many have been chipping away at this thing and yet
very little penetration had occurred. I grumbled out, “Eh, it looks as though
our journey has come to an end.”

The Chief looked at me appearing startled at my obliviousness. He said,

“What is an ice wall to a soul?”

And at that moment, he walked into the ice wall and disappeared. I
knew that I had to follow.

Page | 256
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
As I then penetrated the ice with ease as if it was not even there. I came
to what appeared to be a super doorway. It was at least 15-20 feet high, and it
had all sorts of controls and gadgets and lighted operational fixtures.

I wondered, where did this door come from? Who built it? Who could
even open this door? And how tall must they have been to even reach the
controls and the automatic handle, which was a huge metal rounded object
with holes on the outer edge and lights embedded within the holes that
obviously needed a code for entrance and the door would auto-open and
close.

The door appeared as solid metal, maybe titanium, who knows, nothing
was going to penetrate this door without a passcode. But few if any were tall
enough to reach the controls. This door was not meant for normal humans.

The Chief was no longer here; he must have walked through the metal
door also. Yet as I stood there marveling at this incredible gate, I began to
hear this humming sound. It was as if a machine was operating. I had to find
the source of this sound, it did not fade, and it was continuous, it had a low
dual thumping sound, like a heartbeat... thump thump, thump thump…

I then walked through the huge metal door and what I saw I can’t even
begin to explain. But I will have to write this down mentally, so bear with me
as I try to explain what it is that I witnessed here and hopefully my memory
can be retrieved when I finally detail this journey in my notepad, when I
return to my body.

The place we entered was like a hollowed-out hole in the earth that was
500 yards to 1/3rd of a mile in every direction. It was a monstrous cavern if I
can even use that term. The walls were like glass.

I was in total reverence. It was obvious where the humming was coming
from. There is no way I can properly explain what it is that I was witnessing so
that I could give it some common connection to our everyday life.

Page | 257
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Earth truly is a machine!

There is this huge tube-like apparatus going into the earth, it must go
back 150 yards before it disappears, it enters right inside of the earth. The
tube has a clear casing, it is about five feet in diameter, and I can see this blue
and white energy, oh, it is incredible, it is flowing like water, but it is pure
sparkling energy.

The Chief then interrupted my thoughts, “Notice the energy coil moving
into the earth at what may appear to be straightforward, but in fact it is going
down through the middle of the earth, the place we are at is actually
stationed South to North.”

This energy I noticed is flowing in the tube from where it enters the
earth, directly to the front portion that it connects to the apparatus
wherewith there is this huge golden ball, probably about 15-feet in diameter.
As far as I can tell it may solid gold. “That would pay some bills.” I marveled.
The Tube goes right into this ball.

As the energy flows into the ball it creates a static electrical charge as
best as I can interpret this. And then an arc of light, as in type a lightning bolt,
is then sent to the middle of this gyroscope looking apparatus. This gyroscope
is about 175 yards in width, and length and depth. It is monstrous. There is no
way to look at it without expressing awe.

In the center of the gyroscope, which is in direct line of the core of the
flowing energy. The Energy core is flowing from this long tube directly toward
the center of the golden ball, which then emits these sparks of light into the
center of the gyroscope, however the tube stops at the edge of this apparatus
at the golden ball. It doesn’t enter the inside the area of the gyroscope, only
the spark of light enters.

The tube itself is fastened from the ground using pillars and metal I-
beams to be in direct link to the center of this gyroscope high above the
ground level. On the outer rim of the wheels that surround this mega
Page | 258
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
gyroscope, it has panels, or some sort of rectangular sheets made of pure gold
it appears.

These panels are about 10-feet wide and 15-feet long, and maybe 5
inches thick. These panels are connected to the outside wheel where there
are twelve panels that range from one direction to the other around this outer
wheel, and they are fastened by a large metal beam to the center of the plates
from the edge of the wheel, the panels seem to be separated by about 12-feet
from the other adjacent panels.

There are five wheels surrounding this Gyroscope. All the wheels are
positioned as wheels within wheels at different coordinates, but they are all
unique in what degree they move around.

The gyroscope itself is in a fixed position, and is connected by multiple

gigantic steel girders, and frames connected to the outside perimeter into the
earth, where there are two large round silver colored metal curved I-Beams
that maybe are three feet wide and one foot in depth, that surround the
gyroscope east to west and north to south. The movement of this multi-wheel
is quite a show unto itself. It is very difficult to describe.

As an example, the first outer wheel moves in a 360˚ orbit from the
north to south spectrum at the 12 o’clock position. The rest of the wheels
begin their journey at about the 3 o’clock, 5 o’clock and 7 o’clock and 9 o’clock
position of the main wheel. And they all move based on the cycles of the arc
of light.

The next wheel moves in a 360˚ pattern, but it is positioned about 3

o’clock. Therefore, these wheels function in movement in all different degrees
around the gyroscope.

As you get to the other wheels each one is slightly smaller so it can spin
within the larger wheel, and the panels also are somewhat smaller. The outer
wheel is divided in to 12 panels. 6 on one side, 6 on the other, like a clock. The
next wheel is divided also in 12 panels, again 6 on both sides.
Page | 259
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Once again, the third wheel a little smaller than the first two, are also
divided into 12 panels, 6 on each side. The next wheel, smaller yet, is divided
into 10 panels, they are divided, in to 3 then 2 then 3 then 2 or five on each
side. The last wheel is the smallest wheel it only has 6 panels, and it is divided
3 on one side and 3 on the other.

In the center of the gyroscope, is a huge round 50-foot crystal ball

looking apparatus that appears to be floating in midair, like from a gigantic
magnet, and there is nothing connected to it on any side. It is a spectacular
sight as it just floats there and spins. It almost looks like a gigantic floating eye,
or the mysterious all-seeing eye.

Now let me try to explain how this machine is operating. Everything is

moving, these wheels all move. The panels are designed to catch the arc of
light that comes from the tube through the golden ball into the crystal ball
which then sends it to the panels. The outer wheel is moving every second, it
is just churning along.

It makes a sound somewhat akin to a vehicle driving over equal cracks in

the road, i.e. thump, thump - thump, thump. Or a train as it moves over the
ties on the track. It is a constant sound as the wheels are moving. It is almost
like the Earth has a heartbeat.

Every second an arc of light comes from the golden ball into the crystal
ball, which then sends this energy into a specific panel in its alignment at that
moment. When the energy is sent from the crystal ball and into a panel, the
panel turns from gold into a bright white glowing light.

Now what is amazing, is the wheels are separated and operating at such
a precise measurement, that when the energy from the crystal ball hits the
panel, there is no obstruction from the other panels.

They are all separated enough to make sure the energy hits the correct
panel. So, every second the energy hits the outer wheel’s panels, the wheel

Page | 260
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
then spins to replace it with a new panel. It moves around the outer wheel 5
times giving it a full minute, 12 panels multiplied by 5 revolutions equals 60.

As soon as it hits the 12th panel at the 60th second, the first panel of the
second wheel has slowly moved in place and is also in direct line to catch the
arc of energy, thereby both panels light up in this magnificent bright white
light that appears like a lightning strike, it is that bright. When 60 minutes or
one full hour is finished, then three of the panels line up, the seconds, the
minutes and then the hours.

The same thing occurs with the minutes, the wheel moves five times
around to finish the process, or 12 multiplied by 5 equals 60 minutes. Then
when the hour panel aligns with the minutes and seconds, it follows the same
measure except it only revolved around twice, 12 multiplied by 2 equals 24
hours. Everything is precision, everything is exact.

I asked the Chief, “How can we see the entire movement of this amazing
inner earth clock.” He said, “We could speed up time within our soul-mind and
watch the hours turn into days and then the months turn into years, right
before our eyes.”

We then began to speed up time, and the gyroscope was flying. It was
glorious. It sounded and felt somewhat like a tornado with wind and lighting
flashes all around us, or thousands of horsemen in battle. We came to the
cycle of days, and there were only ten panels, and each panel was energized
three times, bringing a perfect 30-day month.

And then the last wheel having only 6 panels, represented 12 months
with the energy hitting the wheel on every panel twice. All of this was mind-
blowing. I asked the Chief, “Where is the core of the energy coming from? Is
that wondrous blue light energy in the core tube creating this effect?”

“It is coming from the Northern polarity of the Arctic where the same
thing is occurring there but at the opposite end in reverse and it is being
influenced by the Moon.”
Page | 261
 Time-Loop Chronicles
I then was mesmerized by the crystal ball, what I have not shared is what
is occurring in the crystal ball in the center of the huge gyroscope, that alone
is beyond words.

Every time energy is released to the panels, a holographic image appears

that looks three-dimensional. It shows some place on earth. It appears to be a
recorder that records everything that is occurring on the planet, yet is only
shows precise events. The best I could make of it, is if something changes,
then it records it and shows the change and then melds it altogether. I
wondered when conversing with the Chief, “Why is anything changing?”

“I believe it is due to the interactive nature of this world. Remember, it is

all programmed, but being that the players in this program are interactive,
they can make slight changes.”

According to the Chief our minds are constantly creating new events.
And these changes must be recorded. So, whenever humanity creates a
change that part of the world is sent into the holograph to record it and add it
to the program.

That is what we both surmised by what we saw. It could be wrong, but

that is what it appeared to be. As an example, if an earthquake was released
or a volcano erupted, the crystal ball would show these events in the
holographic window via the crystal ball.

Now for the clincher. When we sped up time to enable us to witness the
months and years. We noticed when we got to the 360 th day, the energy shut
off for a fraction of time. Everything shut down.

The Chief yelled back at me, “This is where it is malfunctioning. This is

what took us out of the time loop of 25,920-years and turned it into 1080-
years.”

The entire gyroscope stopped working for a short period of time. I

believe this is the added 5 ¼ days that was created due to the moons pull. The
Page | 262
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
internal clock does not keep running for these extra days, it literally stops
functioning proving something is not in sync. But 5 ¼ days; once every year is
but a fraction of time considering hundreds and even thousands of years. But
the cessation of this mega clock reveals something is very wrong during this
short shut down.

I had to try something, we decided to send the clock ahead until we

came to the end of the age. The date was April 14th by our calculations, in the
year 2017. We then stopped the speed to go back to the seconds and minutes.
We then saw something in the holographic orb, the dates of April 14th, 2018,
2019, 2020, 2021, and 2022 and then it skipped to 2030 which emerged at the
end. I asked the Chief what does this mean.

“He said based on everything we know the absolute end of the age is
2022, so these must be potential dates of the time-loop in case changes are
made that delay it.”

“What does 2030 mean?”

“We believe time is being altered somehow, that the dark forces are
trying to alter time, or change it, or even stop the time loop, some of them
want to move into the next age. It proves not everyone is in alignment with
Sol Malum’s thinking.”

“Why are there different times?”

“Because, 2017 is only for your time here and now, during different
time-loops, changes are made to either move forward or reverse past time
lines. It is all due to the interactive power of people making choices.

However, no one can stop the time-loop. Nevertheless, it revealed the

year 2030, evidently it was an attempt to alter the time-loop altogether, and
since we see the date, they must have succeeded in a single time-line. It is
possible in one time-line, it does end at 2030, due to this attempt to stop the

Page | 263
 Time-Loop Chronicles
change, but even then, it doesn’t work, the time-loop still occurs, they just got
an extra 8-years out of the deal.”

“Are you saying people on earth working for the dark side can change
time, how is that possible?”

“I will explain this a little later…”

When the final hour approached, something happened. The entire earth
groaned like a pregnant woman in travail. And the gyroscope stopped for a
short period of time and then began moving the other way. And then it
switched back again and regained its earlier form, it’s then we saw the earth
stopped spinning for three days and three nights.

And in the crystal ball all we saw were horrible disasters, everywhere
and earth changes as the planet was dissolving. And then we saw… oh my
Lord, LOOK… in the heavens…

“The Chief quickly interrupted and said, forget the last part it is not for
others to know in this time-loop. It is for the next time-loop.”

Suddenly, the holographic images were those of the Middle Ages. The
people were wearing cloths suitable to those times.

“Oh, my god,” I screamed, “We witnessed the time-loop.”

What was even more stunning, for some reason the scene of the images
jumped to a very large ship part way during this transition. I could read the
side of a ship in the ocean; it was called the, ‘Titanic.’

I then told the Chief, “I remember the history of the Titanic, and do you
know what is interesting about this date, April 14th, it is when the Titanic hit
an iceberg and began to sink into the ocean. No one believed that this ship
could sink, they said it was unsinkable. The actual sinking was on the 15 th, but
it all began on the 14th.”
Page | 264
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
The Chief then said, “Yes a definite correlation there, it was also the day
Abraham Lincoln was shot.”

I began to wonder, is there something on this date that causes April 14th
to bring about disasters. I wondered if there were any more disasters on this
day. We may never know the tie to this date, but we now know it is the
ultimate of catastrophes.

I began to feel strange, and I felt like some internal power was pulling
me. And the next thing I knew I had blacked out again, and then awakened at
the entrance to the wall. We had returned through the sine wave, at the
Temple of Sinawava, where this trip began.

My body felt completely energized and we started our trek home.

Page | 265
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(23) The Illusory world

The Reunion Day Six – Virtual Reality

After our long trip home, I slept for hours, and then waking up the final
day I wanted to talk about the mysterious earth time machine, but the Chief
told me there was no more time left, we had to finish and then move on.

Today the Chief has told me we are going to speak about the most
difficult thing to comprehend and that is this world is not real, it is only an
illusion of the mind. The Chief began to ask me that after all that I have
witnessed is there any one truth that I have gained from these experiences
that I could internalize.

He told me you have had the paint brush, and you have had a chance to
fill in the empty spaces on your canvas. You have witnessed things that many
will never have the opportunity, until their awakening. The Chief looked at me
as if he was telling me this would be the last time we would see each other in
this way, as teacher and student.

He said, “It is time that you now become the teacher. You now know
what I know, and I know what you know.” He began to labor in his thoughts,
reaching deeply within himself, and he asked me again, “After all that you
have experienced, have you discovered the core truth?”

I sat there cautiously scanning all the information from within my mind
that I had been taught and witnessed myself. I then looked at the Chief and
said…

“Chief, this may sound strange, but everything I have been taught and
witnessed has proven to me, that nothing here is real. It is our minds
experiencing a program and each of us have our own unique experiences.”

“You have correctly surmised the true condition of this realm. Nothing is
real. So then how do you find truth in non-reality?”
Page | 266
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
The Chief went on to speak. “Everything in this world is an illusion. It is
simply the mind interacting within a program. Matter itself is not real. It is
simply atoms floating in space giving off the illusion of appearance, because of
its holographic, or Hollywood type nature.

All matter is a delusion. You think you are your body, but you are not.
You think you are connected to this world, again though you are not. You are
part of a simulation interactive network, a virtual reality. You think you are
back in time, but you are not. You believe you are from the future, again this is
incorrect.

You consider space and you believe those stars are real, and the planets
are real, and yet it is all the same illusion. The truth is, you are in a coma, and
you are living an illusion while dreaming inside your own mind, as the soul is
slumbering.

Thus, everything you experience is only a dream that the souk-mind has
manufactured as it is links to this external paradigm. Your life is a dream. This
world is a dream. Speaking to me right now, you are dreaming. Your mind is
engaged with an interactive discussion with yourself. You have dreamt me up,
I do not exist in this realm any more than you do.

When I release you from this mind-warp game, where will you end up?
You will go where your mind takes you. And even though everything around
you may appear real, all of it is an artificial spirit.

You have met souls along your life’s path, but they also are snoring to
their hearts desire, sound asleep, having no clue they do not belong here
anymore than you did. Remember, the time you went back and saw that you
came to this world to free your friends? And what happened? You ended up
getting stuck here also.

And yet you said something that makes perfect sense, you said, ‘how can
matter overpower the spirit?’ It cannot not, thus it didn’t. But mind over
matter is the opposite of mind under the control of the illusion of matter.
Page | 267
 Time-Loop Chronicles
When the mind accepts what it believes is occurring, it produces the
event. If the mind believes it can be taken prisoner even though it is a
powerful soul spirit, it will be trapped. All this proves is, just how powerful you
and I really are. We became amiable to our own prison because our mind
believed its validity.

Therefore, everything that you have ever experienced is solely due to

your mind’s acceptance. I am not speaking of the human brain; I am speaking
of your consciousness. Every time you maneuvered through and with the
mind into another dimension, do you remember how you always blacked
out?”

“Yes, why is that?”

“It is because of a transference, a change was taking place as you rightly

surmised, from one part of your consciousness awareness to another. And to
accept its reality you must block out the past to accept the future, which is
part of the soul enigma of forgetfulness and sleep.

It is time that you begin to realize that you have never left paradise. At
this very moment you are there, right now. But your consciousness is
dreaming, it left long ago to experience these play worlds by separating the
spirit into two parts, the experiencer and dreamer. Or the spirit and the
drone.

You could be daydreaming all of this while sitting under an oak tree in
the shade. This is how powerful you really are. The problem is someone else
got inside your thoughts while you were dreaming, and they are telling you
what to believe and what not to believe, and you are accepting it as your own
internal voice. And because of this ritualistic drama being played out
repeatedly. You are keeping yourself locked into the prison of ignorance.

If what I have told you is true, then you are as close to paradise as a
thought, or a whim, or a dream. All you must do is change your thinking and

Page | 268
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
instead of giving up your power of imagination to someone else to use as they
may, release its glory and allow it to make you free.

Do you understand why that you became stuck when you entered the
milky substance in space? Because your mind believed it was a trap. You
already had proof of it because your acquaintances were lost there who were
as powerful as you.

Somewhere between believing you could help them and accepting that
this was a true prison for spirits, you lost the battle of consciousness, and you
accepted the lie.”

“What is the lie?”

“That matter is real, and it can overcome spirit. That matter has so much
power that not even spirit can effectively disengage its control. But ask
yourself, how did you walk through that wall of ice, and that super steel door?
You know why, because you believed me when I said the soul cannot be
confined by material illusion.

If I had told you that there was no way through those walls. You would
never have been able to penetrate through them. You see, you never went to
Antarctica, only your mind did. There was no body there, there was no flesh
and blood; there was not even any Antarctica, there was only belief all of
which you helped to create.

Until you absolutely believe that matter has no power over spirit, you
will suffer this ignominy and fate continually.

The day you become aware that matter does not rule the spirit, this is
the day you will finally awaken and be reconnected to who you really are, a
Divinum Spiritus, aka Divine Spirit child of the Divine Father and Mother.”

Page | 269
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(24) Returning from Somewhere

Back through the Time Loop - Roaming inside the Blackout

It is a new day, yet I am deep inside the mind of the blackout. I feel I
have awakened from my encounter with the Chief. However, the last
moments we were together, I for some reason cannot recall right now.

Being lost in time living with the Anasazi, I had come to the point where I
had to return, and as I had entered the gate, there was no way of knowing if I
would make it back to my time or not. Little did I realize that I was creating a
new thought during this blackout, one that would send me somewhere far
away?

I had been gone from my wife now for many more days based on time as
we know it, which in truth matters not. During this time, the Chief taught me
about the vortexes, and the holographic sun projector, as well as the inner
earth clock in the Antarctic, and the Moon, as well as one last thing that has
slipped my mind in this state.

The last words the Chief spoke to me were, “It is time to walk back to
your time, and as before, I will keep this second notepad also and return it to
the ‘one’ who will complete the final stages of this saga.” He then wished me
well. That was it, it was over.

I had no way of knowing whether I would return to the correct place in

time. But this time I wanted to remember, I had to remember, please
remember. And then a strange thought hit me, what time am I from? And the
blackness went still and confusion reigned.

Page | 270
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(25) Beyond the Dream Gate

Time Loop Mystery – Missing Time

Knock! Knock!

“Yes, who is it?”

“Mrs. Annie Trovel, this is the FBI, we need to speak with you.”

Opening the door very slowly, you could see tears welled up in the eyes
of the woman. She obviously was dealing with heavy life issues.

“Hi, I’m sorry, forgive me,” (as she wipes her eyes and prepares herself)
“What is the trouble?”

“Mrs. Trovel, are you related to Tim Trovel?”

You could see by the way her eyes lifted in what seemed like a state of
an old awareness, that something triggered a memory. “Yes, he was my
husband, is there something I can help you with?”

“Mam, I am Agent Maxwell Stram, and this is my partner Laura Thol, we

believe we have found your husband. He is not dead, but is severely injured,
he was found near a mesa, but he is now in recovery at the local hospital.”

Annie May with eyes wide open now began to recall a memory and
wondered if this was a joke. She asked the two officers, “Now this is odd, I
remember you two, you came to my place nearly 30 years ago…”

Suddenly Mrs. Trovel took a step back and said, “No that is not possible
is it, neither of you look a day over 25...

What is going on here?”

Page | 271
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Mam, we don’t know what you are talking about, but we have found
your husband. The reason we contacted you is because where we found his
body there was a very old notepad and it seemed to describe some very
strange events, and we think he must have been involved somehow. Do you
know anything about these events that took place while he was out in the
desert?”

“My husband and I were contacted by two FBI agents 30-years ago
about this very same thing, they discovered a body on one of the trails, it was
an elderly man that was badly injured. He also had notes that supposedly my
husband had written down.”

Mumbling under her breath she continued, “Oh god, are you playing a
game with me.” (Still believing these were same the two agents.) “Are you
sure that we have not met and had this same conversation before, cuz…?”

The Agents ignoring her off the wall comments inserted, “Mrs. Trovel,
what was your husband doing out in the desert at his age, and why do you
think he might have tried to climb a mesa.” The Agents believed he may have
fallen from the mesa.

“Officers, my husband disappeared almost 30 years ago when he took

off with two similar agents to find out what had happened, and I nor anyone
else has seen him since, and the agents in question also disappeared. And you
are telling me, you have my husband, that can’t be, he passed away; he has to
be dead.”

“Mrs. Trovel, if you would come with us you can then identify the person
we brought to the local hospital, we just found him after some hikers had
witnessed his body around an unknown desert trail.”

“I don’t understand, but I will certainly come with you to see who you
have recovered, but I am certain it is not my husband.”

They all got into the government car and headed to the hospital.
Page | 272
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
At the hospital…Tim Trovel is having an internal conversation with his
thoughts while lying on a bed, “I can hear voices, little chatter coming from
what seemed to be far away, and yet close.

I cannot make out the speech, but its volume seemed to increase every
moment as the blackness began to change into light. Suddenly, I could see this
dim grayish light growing from under my closed eye lids, which were now
partially opened in a squinting position.

I could make out shadows of figures that were beginning to form as the
shade of light became much more intense as I began to recognize a large
bright light above me and several humanoid figures standing around and one
of them screaming out, ‘My lord it is him!’

I was having trouble putting a name to the faces that I was seeing. But in
time the faces all but became clear to me. One of these faces were my wife,
but looking very aged and haggardly, like she had been through a terrible life
ordeal, and now she appears as if she has seen a ghost. And along with her
was two other familiar people who I thought went missing.

They were the two government agents that disappeared after I had that
strange event occur when the day turn into night. The Chief told me it was not
their time, so they were taken away. I didn’t fully understand what he meant.

The funny thing was when I saw them clearly enough standing in front of
me in what appears to be a hospital, I asked them, “You two are alright then, I
didn’t know what happened to you, you left and then I was told… Oh well, it
doesn’t matter, obviously, you are both fine.”

“Mr. Trovel, why is it that you think you know us?”

“Well for one I do know you; you were with me when we went to
investigate the event of the elderly man. Remember, the one I said was the
Chief? So many things happened to me, and so many things were revealed I
can’t wait to talk about it.”
Page | 273
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Annie May while holding Tim’s hand said, “I don’t understand Timmy,
where have you been for the last 30-years?” As she bellowed out this horrific
gasp.

Tim gradually pushing from side to side in his bed and trying to lift his
head higher on the pillow began to reply while being very agitated, while
looking at his wife who now seemed completely different with grey hair.

“What do you mean 30 years? My journey with the agents was not that
many days ago, when we went to check out the mystery of the man who
supposedly had my notepad. Remember, I discovered it was the Chief.”

Agent Thol inquired of Tim, “Do you know what year it is?”

“Of course, it is 1991.”

“Mr. Trovel, it happens to be the year, 2014, and your wife claims she
has not seen you since 1984.”

“No, that is not possible, it is 1991.”

Swallowing deeply as I was starting to realize the magnitude of the bad

news that I didn’t come back to my time. Somehow, I advanced over two
decades into the future. I was puzzled as to why the Chief would allow this to
happen, why didn’t he warn me or help me, this is tragic and god awful
horrible?

I then looking at the Agents said, “Then how is it that you look the same?
You are both as I remembered. Wouldn’t you two have aged some over this
period of lost years?”

At this point the agents seemed to be reliving a few demons of their

own, and were speechless, as if a long-lost memory was haunting their minds.
Suddenly, I began to realize something. When the Chief spoke of these two

Page | 274
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
officers he said they were not meant to be here they were not in their correct
time.

I could not fathom what that meant, but now I am realizing what
happened. Somehow when this event first transpired, they went out to see
the body of the elderly man, which was near the doorway to the cave.

And doing so got them caught in a time event. And when they went to
check into this bizarre case they must have traveled back in time to 1991
where I first met them, because they must have been locked into my time line
due to this door being my personal connection to the past. At least that is my
best guess.

However, the conundrum here is my wife today thinks I disappeared in

1984 after my first hike. And yet she remembers the two agents also. But we
didn’t meet them until 1991. However, when I awakened from this strange
dream, I recall now that neither one of us knew that I even hiked at all, like it
was a past life or another time. Maybe the time-loop!

That memory is starting to come back. I forgot that neither one of us

believed I had hiked anywhere, yet I know I had. It is now becoming clear if
the event in 1984 occurred, and in 1991, that means I did hike into the area of
the mesa where I met the Chief, but the Chief said all of it was a dream.

Yet how come neither my wife nor I knew how I had come upon this
information if I didn’t take that mysterious hike? Well of course, we both
determined it was all a dream, but was it? So, the agents left in 2014 from
their time and unknowingly went back in time. They then came to me when
they found the notepad with my writing, but they didn’t realize it was 1991.

I remember now, it was because of when I was sharing this information

over the airwaves, this is what got their attention. Could it be the airwaves
represented something to do with time and time travel?

Page | 275
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Yet, the same two agents evidently also came back in 1984, thirty years
earlier, because my wife witnessed them also due to the fact, she said it was
30-years ago where she met them and then after I left with the agents I then
came up missing.

Therefore, in 1984 I was there and in 1991, I was also there, but my wife
has no recollection of the second event, and I have no recollection of the first
event with the same agents. What occurred during those seven-years of
missing time?

Did I invent 7-years of time between 1984 and 1991? Was that all a
dream? Did all of this take place in 1984 and I have gone missing all this time,
but where did I go? I then looked at my wife and asked her something to help
remedy this problem. “Do you remember us going to the, ‘Back to the Future’
movies?”

“Oh, my love, I remember that like it was yesterday. But you were not
there with me. I went to the movies by myself. I read and watched everything
I could about time travel, doorways, and gateways, whatever it took!

I tried to find you, or anything connected with you, believing you were
taken from my time. In my heart, I could only accept this scenario of what had
happened to you if I believed you were safe and alive. I had to believe you
were fine, that is what kept me going all these many years.”

Tim now in total confusion, “We never went to those movies together?”

“Only in spirit Timmy, only in spirit…, I assure you when I watched the
Back to the Future trilogy, you were right there beside me in spirit.”

“Then how could you be aware of missing time, doorways to the past and
time travel, if I never returned, how did you know all of this?”

Page | 276
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“The reason I knew all of this is the agents when they came to tell us
about the incident of the person they found, they also told us about this
notepad, which had your information that you had written down.”

“I don’t understand, if I took off with the agents in 1984 as you say,
wouldn’t we have kept the notepad with us?”

“Yes Sweetie, you did keep it. But when you never returned, nor did the
agents return, I located an experienced hiker to find this place. And it was
there they unexpectedly found the notepad hidden under a rock near a hole. I
began to wonder if the agents were criminals and the notepad was used to
lure you away, but I realized this was indeed your writing.”

“Then why didn’t you check the hospital to see if that man they had
found had been me?”

“Because the agents assured me that the man they found was an older
man maybe 70’s or later, much older than you could have ever been. I never
tied the two events together that the man was also part of you and the
notepad. The case was closed after it was determined there was no
connection between you and the man that was found.”

Tim begins to wonder in his thought. I know what I am thinking can’t be

possible, but I don’t have a better explanation? How did I have these
memories of returning in 1984 and then living seven-years with my wife until
the agents found us in 1991 if it never happened?

I continued to comb through my mind in trying to figure this all out.

When we had gone back to the trail where the cave was in 1991, the agents
disappeared, because they did not belong in my time, so where did they really
go?

But there was an anomaly, when I returned in 1984 and continued to live
with my wife for the next seven years, the memories of my trip were coming

Page | 277
 Time-Loop Chronicles
along very slowly. And neither one of us knew I had hiked before. Could the
memories have been from another time-loop?

Does this mean the agents also slipped time and went back to 1984 also?

I need to quantify all of this; my wife says I never returned in 1984. I

believe I did return in 1984 and lived another seven years, but my wife has no
recollection of this ever happening.

Yet in traveling back in time somehow the two agents went to two
different dates, or better yet maybe two different timelines. The one they
returned to speak to me in 1991 was from an older time-loop, when maybe
this was not yet my time as the Chief had said about the two agents. And thus,
the events were just faded memories like a dream.

It appears that 1984 was the critical date, the rest is all overlapped
memories. However now in 2014, the same two agents return to my wife
because they discovered that I was in a hospital.

When the two agents got back to their time going through the infamous
blackout, they awakened just like I did the first time, having no memory of this
experience, because the only experience they knew of was their own timeline
in 2014. Therefore, they do not remember returning into the past.

So, when the agents saw my wife, the information they had about the
mysterious man was that he was very old, obviously it was me in 2014, but
since they returned, the old man from 2014 was being revealed in 1984; and
1991; however, it was out of context and it didn’t fit the time-line.

When the two events didn’t link the old man and me to these earlier
dates, the case was obviously closed. Now when I returned in 1984 after the
original hike, neither my wife nor I had any recollection of me ever hiking at
all. In fact, it was something that I never did during that time-line. Obviously,
this was also another time-loop when two different events were blended
together.
Page | 278
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Yet the events that happened that were glued into my mind, could only
have happened if I did take this hike. Thus, the only explanation I have is, I
never did return in 1984, I simply vanished. However, in another timeline, I
had existed in 1984 somehow carrying the memories of this event when I did
take the hike and eventually disappeared.

Ok, but how do I explain seeing the agents in 1991? This all had to be
another timeline when this occurred. Therefore, between 1984, 1991, and
2014, the agents were part of three different timelines, but they only have
recollection of the one, now. The reason must be, is that all three events are
connected to the same soul-event.

The Agents then went to speak to my wife, thinking this was the first
time that this occurred. When in truth it was the third time. In 1984, 1991 and
now 2014, 30-years after the original event. Could this be what the Chief
meant when he said all time is the same time? My wife recalled this meeting
in 1984 because that is when I went missing. That confirms the agents also
went back to 1984.

Therefore, from the first time I met the Chief, I have been gone ever
since, until right now. For 30 years I have been missing, but for me it has only
been a short span of time. Nevertheless, why have I returned? Where I am
confused is when I saw the picture of the old man in 1991, it was the Chief?
So, the notepad and the old man are connected.

Somehow, I must have passed through a time-loop life memory of at

least two different life-times, while being in the blackout state, and then I
ended up here. Was all this a dream? Am I still dreaming?

The problem is, it certainly didn’t seem like dream for my wife, she had
to live these last 30-years knowing the horror that I had disappeared. We may
never know why this happened. This is truly a mind game.

Annie May began to break down, great sadness welled up in her, and she
let go of her emotions. Blaring out with heavy tears and great sobbing. I held
Page | 279
 Time-Loop Chronicles
her as tightly as I could as she cried saying, “You don’t know how much I have
missed you?”

She then composed herself and had a look on her face that I will never
forget, “My life was totally ruined, and I have lived 30-years all alone in my
own pain. I wish to god I had come with you on your hike.”

It was then as if a great knowing entered me and I realized why I have

returned.

She continued… “I could not locate the FBI agents, everywhere I called;
every city, every town, they told me there was no such pair that worked for
the agency. I believed all this time they were part of the con and you were
kidnapped and killed.

I was even so desperate believing that I was left a widow that I took out
a large million-dollar insurance policy on you, and then I would report your
disappearance later since the agents were obviously fraudulent, therefore, no
one would be the wiser. But after I did it I realized I could not follow through
with it, it simply wasn’t the right thing to do, so I never made any payments.

I reported you missing to the police and the FBI and even the NSA and
CIA got involved, they could never find or discover anything to help me of any
import, and it all went down in the cold case lost files. Final report: ‘None of
this ever happened.’

None of them took the notepad serious, they all thought it was
something my husband had done to write a science fiction novel. They
believed he left me to follow his own secret ambitions. And ever since then
Timmy has been forever gone, until now. My only hope and prayer was that
maybe you stayed with the Chief and lived your years out quietly always
thinking of me.” (She continued to cry…)

At this point in time I was frightened, I was not expecting this at all. I saw
the pain in my wife’s eyes, I saw how deeply she had been hurt. I wished I
Page | 280
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
could have blotted all this stuff out that it was never real, that none of it ever
really happened.

I was hoping it was all an illusion, and then I remembered the last day
with the Chief, he said. ‘This world is an illusion of the mind.’ I then asked my
wife as I slowly began to put things together, “Could you bring me a mirror.”
She took out a small mirror out of her hand bag and handed it to me. I took
one look and I felt like I turned white as a ghost.

“My dear God, do you see who that is?”

“Yes, (My wife alerted me) it is you, a very old you, but it is you Timmy…
just like I am very old now, so are you.”

I slowly turned my head toward my wife and then towards the Agents
and said, “I am Chief Animae Cibus. My god, I am the Chief, this is who I have
been learning from and spending all my time being educated dealing with
what is occurring in this world. Damn it, it was always me! The Chief was me!”

Agent Thol barked out these words, “It seems to me that you have been
under a massive delusion. Obviously, you can’t be in three different places all
at the same time and still be you.”

I then asked my wife, “Do you still have the first notepad with the
account of the first experiences that I had written?”

She replied with a sad facial expression, clutching my hand she said, “No
sweetie, I am so sorry,” She began to cry again, she then continued,

“About 23 years ago I had given up hope. I truly began to believe you
were long dead, and this notepad was nothing more than your attempt to
write a novel even though as the years passed everything you had written in it
came true. I threw it into the fireplace after watching the 3rd movie of Back to
the Future, and it became ash. I am so sorry I lost hope.”

Page | 281
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(Agent Stram interrupted) “It appears, there was no Indian Chief, there
was no tunnel or cave through a doorway, the whole thing was obviously
invented by you. And as you have said, all of this was an illusion of the mind.”

No, I didn’t want to believe that, there is no way that can be true. But
here looking in this mirror, I see the Chief staring back, I was the Chief, there
can be no doubt about it. Yet no one was going to convince me that I made all
of this up. I then angrily replied, “If this didn’t happen, where in the hell have I
been for the last 30-years?”

“That is what we would like to know?” The Agents grumbled!

Agent Thol and Stram decided that this case was going nowhere. There
were strange anomalies, but there was no evidence or proof to be able to use
any of it without looking like fools. They both assumed it was a marital dispute
and I left long ago to follow another dream. Both looked at my wife, and agent
Thol said, “Are you alright Mrs. Trovel?”

My wife glared suspiciously back at them and then realized she had no
comment other than to say, “I am fine, thanks for giving me back my
husband.”

The two agents formerly advised us that we could seek medical help, for
what they believed was some sort of schizophrenia or delusional paranoia
syndrome. They then dismissed themselves and walked away while handing
me the notepad of the first expedition.

I then looked at my wife, with great sadness in my heart of what I had

done to her. Yet I knew I didn’t do this on purpose, these events were way
beyond my control. But then like a ton of bricks it hit me, this is 2014, oh my
God, “What is the world like right now?”

My wife straightened up from a bent over position and said, “Honey the
world has become everything your notepad said that it would become. It is a
sick and dying world, getting worse every day. I really believed as the years
Page | 282
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
rolled along that your experiences were indeed real, I was living in it and
witnessing it every second of every day, like a clock going tick-tock.

There is nothing but crime, and the crimes are corporate and banking,
and political. The news is filled with people harming other people and the
morals, forget it, there are none. It has become a nightmare.

To have to watch this slowly occur over the years it was extremely
unsettling. This is not the same world we lived in back in 1984, it has changed,
mysteriously changed.

I wanted you to be here so that we could work this out together. I was
all alone to see these things fall apart and felt I would die alone. I am an old
woman now, I have long past my youth. Yet I would not trade this day away
for any day in the past. (Annie May starting sobbing again.)

To be together with you is the shining moment in my life. You are

everything to me and will always be. And your very presence backed by what I
read in the notepad is proof that you indeed did have these experiences, and I
am sickened that I lost hope and destroyed the notepad, but thank god the
agents had another one.”

Both Tim and Annie May when she said that both looked at each other
with this look of how is this possible, if Annie burned the notepad, where did
the agents get it from? They then shook it off as being the weird norm of this
strange event.

Annie May Continued… “I missed you so much. Every time I would try to
tell anyone what was written in the notepad, no one would listen, they would
mock me and belittle me. They would say, ‘where is this mysterious notepad,
old lady, you speak as a senile old woman?’

They even said I was of the devil and a witch and that I belonged to
some satanic cult. They called me a demon, and the children would mock me

Page | 283
 Time-Loop Chronicles
and throw things and even spit at me. And between me and you, I began to
wonder if I wasn’t crazy.”

Being filled with absolute compassion for my wife and what she had to
endure, I then began to backtrack in my mind thinking how special my wife
had always been, and how we shared a great life albeit now cut short, she was
truly a wonderful mate and time traveler companion.

My wife was born of Greek lineage. When we met, her family couldn’t
stand me, but over time I finally won their heart over the process of time via
familiarity. I used to call her ‘Anima’ all the time.

It had become a pet name between me and her. She is my heart and
soul, and she is my bountiful blessing. She is my lover, friend, wife, sister, and
confidant… And no doubt a true soul friend.

Little did I realize that the Chief’s name and my wife’s pet name were
nearly identical? It became all too clear that all of this might have been in my
own imagination, yet how is it all coming true?

Nothing else made sense, why was the Chief’s name, Animae, also very
close to my wife’s pet name ‘Anima’? And why is it that staring in the mirror
now I see the very same Chief I had been dealing with all this time?

My wife being a wise woman understanding my very thoughts said, “You

didn’t make all this up; don’t even think go there, (as she grasped her hands
on my cheeks,) we have 30-years of proof that everything you said was real,
and even though I doubted, my doubts have all been erased.

This happened to you, all of it, just like you said. Whatever you wrote in
that notepad was not something you made up, but what you were being fed.
Do you know why, I discovered what Animae Cibus means, it means ‘SOUL
FOOD’? It represents how you have been nourished by this information from
another part of yourself.

Page | 284
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
This is something I realized when you were gone. It is the soul within you
and me and all who are from the divine realm being fed spiritual nutrition by
our Chief.”

I was blown away, it never dawned on me that the Chief’s name meant,
SOUL FOOD. It is the spirit that comforts the soul. Annie May looked at me
with her deep blue glazed eyes, and said, “I even figured out what the soul
food is.”

“What is it?”

“Sweetie, it is the Panem Vitae. Remember the Chief told you that you
must eat it?”

“Oh, yes indeed, I do remember, at the time I didn’t understand what he

was saying to me. The idea of eating Panem Vitae never made sense. He
explained all about the Panem Vitae how it became a person from a specific
bloodline.”

Annie May quipped “But as you know darling, it wasn’t the bloodline, it
didn’t have anything to do with a bloodline. It was all about the person named
Panem Vitae. Do you remember what the Panem Vitae is?”

“I remember clearly, a caller on the radio told me it was the Latin term
for the Bread of Life!”

“Exactly, and the bread of life were the spiritual WORDS the Panem
Vitae fed us with. It was not something we physically ate, but spiritually. You
see, we do not physically eat the Panem Vitae, he is but the teacher, the soul
food within. It is the WORDS he disseminated that were to be internalized,
which is indeed, the Bread of Life to all the true seeds of the Caelestus Pater.

It is he who guides the soul, and you knew him as Animae Cibus, he is
your SOUL FOOD, your personal connection to soul, he is the one who leads
you to partake of the Panem Vitae as your true spirit, the BREAD OF LIFE. And
Page | 285
 Time-Loop Chronicles
then that one is returned to his foundations of Caelestus Pater, or the
Heavenly Father in the sky.”

“Then tell me, what is, Panis Venenum. This was supposed to be a
counterfeit. Did you also figure this out?”

“Of course, my beloved, Panis Venenum is POISON BREAD.”

It was then made very clear to me that my wife had even greater
understanding than even I had. I then knew why I returned to this time, I was
not about to make the journey alone. I returned in her dream to bring my dear
beloved Annie back with me, as she was also ready…

Page | 286
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(26) The Very First Day

Time-Loop Finale – Returning from the Past to the Future

I just woke up and it is early in the morning and I can’t wait to take my
hike, I had remembered about a place that might house ancient burial
grounds of the Anasazi, and I just had to see if I could find them.

The temperature today was already quite warm, so the hike was going to
be a grueling one. It is going to be about 85˚ today and when walking over
difficult terrain it may seem like 100˚ out there.

It is June 12th, 1984 my wife and I both woke up having had the
soundest sleep ever. I told her this is the day I find some ancient burial
grounds, and maybe there will be some cool souvenirs.

However, before I leave I need to go to Walgreens, to get some items,

and then I am ready for a long day’s hike. I can’t wait. I feel so rejuvenated
and so alive, and right now I feel very happy. As I bounced out of the restroom
dressed to kill, so to speak, my wife said, “Hey, you aint going anywhere
without me!”

“Are you kidding me, you want to take a hike? What in the world got into
you today, you never go with me on hikes?”

“To be honest, I don’t know, but a silent voice in my head told me to stay
as close to you as I can.”

My wife and I had been together for about ten years, and we are like
tied to the hip on almost everything we do. However, that never included
hiking, this was never her cup of tea. But for some strange reason, she wants
to come today, and I am thrilled that she will be able to see these ancient
sights, because they really are extraordinary.

Page | 287
 Time-Loop Chronicles
The place where I am going today, a professor which happens to be a
close tie to my wife, had told me that he had discovered some amazing
artifacts and information in a hidden area in an off the trek zone. I had been
taking some night classes on the ancient Anasazi cultures.

My Professor, William ‘Kikapoo’ Keuinedes revealed a lot of mystery

about the Anasazi. He spoke often how they had been Cliff and land dwellers
in the Southwest of the United States. His origins like my wife Annie are
Greek, but he had some strange ties to this ancient culture, and desperately
wanted to discover all he could about them.

His most researched aspect of this ancient tribe was the fact that this
entire tribe disappeared. Today the Hopi and Pueblo believe they are the true
descendants. However, there are some missing links to this tradition as well as
the name Anasazi refers to ancient enemies, or it might better be translated
ancient strangers, a people who never belonged.

The Professor said, he believes they received this moniker as ancient

enemies because they were revealing the dark sinister malicious spirit in this
world. In retrospect, as the professor was always fond of saying in class, “The
enemy of my enemy is my friend.”

The idea was proposed due to the fact this entire tribe disappeared that
there was something unique and may even be otherworldly about them.
Some even identify them with aliens, represented by the name strangers or
enemies of man.

Much of this is speculation, no doubt, but the professor believes that

their culture was unique, way beyond the mindset of most Native Americanus
or even that of most of humanity.

As such, the Anasazi were known for building an astronomical

observatory. Watching the stars was very important to them. Why, we may
never know, but it appears that it may have had something to do with a

Page | 288
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
ceremonial calendar on how time functions and is also altered. The Professor
began to speculate, that they understood time itself different than most.

Now get this, in their dwellings they constructed a central hole in the
floor. It represented a portal from the underworld into the fourth world.

Somehow these mysterious tribes were moving into different

dimensions. The Professor’s theories are not widely accepted among
historians, but his youthful excitement and his uncanny knowledge about all
of this, energizes the students, including me, and made the entire topic of
great interest for us all.

Now what is strange is that by the 13th century the Anasazi all but
disappeared as if leaving this world for another world. Some have thought
maybe they were ancient alien survivors and their people came back to
retrieve them. Whatever occurred they left without a trace. And speculation
has left many wondering where they could have gone.

No matter what one may think, an ancient tribe that was so

knowledgeable about astronomy and how the universe works obviously were
far more advanced than the tales of scavengers, headhunters, cannibals and
thieves. To think these people were ignorant is more of a testament about
who we may be, than what they truly are.

Their culture was advanced, with art, religion, architecture, and the
petroglyphs that they left behind were astonishing, revealing monumental
information about them. This was a race of people who knew more than even
what the legends portray.

So today will be a real treat for my wife and myself to look back into the
past and hopefully learn how this culture really lived. Who knows, maybe we
will even find the missing link to this auspicious culture, the doorway to our
souls.

Page | 289
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(27) The Reckoning

THE EVENT– Processing the Data

It is September 11th, 2016, I just woke up from sleep, my wife told me,
“You must have had a pretty wild dream you were talking all night. You said
some pretty wild things.”

All I could say was, “The Anasazi figured out a way to escape this world.
They have left all the clues behind to figure out how they did it. They are able
to pass through worlds and continue to help even those of our time.”

“Is this why you were tossing and turning all night?”

“No, it has to do with something two FBI agents told me a couple of days
ago. They made me aware of something. I realize now how important it is for
me to make sure that others know what I know. And yet there is now so little
time.

I don’t want to be here anymore. I am sick of this world and tired of

what has been taking place, where for centuries the only thing we ever
advance in is technology, but we never grow in the heart and feed the soul.

We are like a stagnant race that moves from one generation to another
always believing we are improving, and growing mentally and emotionally, as
a civilization, yet we do neither.

The fruits of every generation have revealed our lack, and instead we
allow that which has always mocked us to be our entrapment. We are not
growing; we are not even evolving. Every generation of humanity continues to
live within the desire for bondage rather than the beauty and omnipotence of
freedom.

Page | 290
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
This is what the story of the Anasazi is there to teach us. That we destroy
what we touch, we tear down what we build. We are like unsupervised
children that never grow up.

We think we are more intelligent, because we have great inventions as

well as innovations. But we do not build upon the greatest of all, and that is
our spiritual wellbeing.

As a people, we only live our lives to fulfill our own lusts and desires. We
live to survive, but few have ever really lived to find the gateway to their soul.
We indoctrinate ourselves with what feels good to our senses, rather than
what benefits others and the whole.

We then in turn bring curses upon everyone for our despicable flight of
fancy that we cultivate, while standing upon the backs of others to catapult
ourselves above them due to greed and avarice. We often call good evil and
evil we often call good. We are like Jekyll in the day and Hyde in the night, as if
some strange power is holding its curse upon our necks.

And yet I look back to what was written in the notepads, that the world
is an illusion of the mind, and the minds of the many have become sick. And
thus, the world only translates out of what is in the mind.

The beauty we see, is only a reality of hope that we once longed and
desired for. And yet it is slowly fading, the rules have changed and that which
was omniscient and omnipresent has become decaying and obsolete.

We appear to be alive, yet we sleep the death of ages. We watch our

plants grow in the sunlight, which then go to sleep at night under the moon.
Yet the Sun and Moon are our enemies, they are the violent caretaker of our
souls placing us in these bodies of death, as it replaces our divine creed.

We are trapped inside a prison without walls, one so sturdy not even the
strongest among us can break free. Whole armies have been devoured, lands

Page | 291
 Time-Loop Chronicles
have been shredded all to realize nothing can penetrate the walls of this
prison except one thing.

We must awaken out of the dream before it is too late and we are back
here again having spent generations of living life while slowly dying.
Therefore, this is the reason I was tossing and turning. We must come to
realize that our only hope for freedom comes from within us, which was
seeded a very long time ago by our divine parentage.

This is where all things reside. Our hopes, our desires, even our dreams.
Everything resides within us. It is to those who know where to place their trust
as to how we may become free.”

In a private session with the Chief, while reading the notepad again, it
revealed, “When you come to internalize all that is within you, then the
gateway will be opened to reunite with your grand spirit and then you may
forever leave this place behind. You shall return unto the ancestors of old and
be free as a little child of the great and glorious family of Caelestus Pater.

It is for those, because of the inheritance, our brothers and sisters and
sons and daughters of the Great Spirit Father and Mother in the Sky, that we
will indeed eventually be removed from this hell once we have acknowledged
one thing, ‘that none of us are here by accident, all have made choices that
have led to our captivity.’

Only our divine parents have the keys to our prison, which is within our
soul. To unlock the gate; we must eat of the Panem Vitae and we must
believe, truly believe.

And when that day comes we will not need to come back here again.
There will be no need to find the doorways of our past. We will simply be
guides for those who remain to be led and nurtured towards their ultimate
reunion... OF THEIR SPIRIT WITHIN-The Panem Vitae!”

Page | 292
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
We have within us the keys to our ultimate reality, and once we unlock
that door, there will be no need to ever enter the past or future again. My
wife wondered why it was that this has been so daunting giving me restless
nights of worry. I told her, “It is because, I have failed again, another time-loop
is about to come, and it appears that I am not ready.”

She said, “What will it take to be ready?”

“Having the key and then using it! I am now holding the key to the
future, but I needed it in the past.”

My wife then asked me, “What is the key?”

“It is written in the cave writing upon the door of the gateway that was
written about in the Notepad, I finally figured it out.”

“What does it say?”

Page | 293
 Time-Loop Chronicles
The gate is to your awakening from the sleep of the Piscean Age
– those who do walk-through do not come back- warning!

“What does it mean?”

“It means the gate only opens when it is your time, and once you truly
walk through, you will be changed forever.”

Page | 294
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
(28) End of the Age

A Reckoning Continues – End of the World 2017

As I sit here pondering the message of the gateway of the cave that I had
spoken to my wife about seven months ago. I really miss my Cousin Annie
May and her Husband Tim. I had come to learn one last thing that needed to
be completed to make sure that I was ready for the transition.

I had to return to the place where all of this began. After speaking to the
FBI agents, they told me there was something very valuable that I may want
that was near the mesa.

I have kept as many clues as I can so the information in the notepad will
remain safe, and I have locked in triggers to remind me on how my wife and I
can finally escape this world during the next time-loop. This is what has
saddened me, that we cannot make this transition now. I believe I have a
major work to do before I can flee this world.

I also must warn the world. I must take these notes and do as instructed
and make a book out of them so the world can then pass this key down to
their children.

As the warnings revealed, we are having earthquakes and volcanic

eruptions all over the planet due to the events in the heavens and the
malfunction in the earth. Indeed, we are at the great apocalypse. Scientists
are calling it the great shift. Everyone can feel it. We have just lived through
the worst economic crash in the planet’s history in 2015-2016.

Over ten-thousand politicians and bankers were all hanged or executed

in various ways mostly firing squad like, due to the enormity of the conspiracy
that they were part of that included massive theft and deception.

Yet it won’t restore the millions of lives that were lost in the great global
illegal refugee movement riots of 2015 just one year ago. I no longer live in
Page | 295
 Time-Loop Chronicles
the United States, I now find my home among friendly, albeit strangers in the
Mexican town of Puerto Vallarta.

It is now April 14th, 2017 and the world by all appearances seems to be
over, and yet we now know it is the time-loop. At last report, hundreds of
millions and possibly into the billions now have perished in Europe and mostly
Asia through flooding, tsunamis, earthquakes and disease.

The scene is beyond anything we could have ever expected or imagined.

Russia has become a frozen tundra with strange weather anomalies that have
been accelerating ever since 2012 across the globe.

England was basically wiped out in floods; the higher lands of Scotland
carries the remaining population who are trying to hold on. Norway, Sweden
and Finland have entered another ice age. From most reports, few have
survived.

South Americanus and Africa are inundated with disease everywhere.

However, many are fleeing to these continents due to the climate change that
seems to be more livable, but it doesn’t appear that it will save them as the
destruction is accelerating.

Asia Minor, which includes most of Turkey and some Greek areas along
the Northern Arabic borders as well as Italy are also being battered by horrific
size earthquakes some measuring in the 8’s and 9’s on the Richter scale.

There are even mystery reports of tens of thousands moving into cities
below the ground, none of that was ever confirmed, most of this was kept
from the public awareness as it appears to be a safety net for the world
leaders, i.e. politicians, royals, bankers, and military etc.

The Middle East after the conflict has left a path of death. Israel has
been annihilated through war and destruction, leaving just a few outer
factions of Palestinians remaining.

Page | 296
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
The Arabic world appears to be somewhat ahead of the game and some
are surviving this upheaval, but many of the borders are being redefined.
Some are already beginning to change their country’s names to benefit the
religious Islamic beliefs under the old prophet Mohammed for Allah, and his
teachings are being restored. Many believe that the ancient names should
have remained.

Iran has once again been changed back to its historical name called,
Persia and many countries are following in suit. Not sure what any of this will
do as the world seems to be coming to an end.

Places like Babylon have been restored in central Iraq. The land of Egypt
has spread out. It is as if we are watching the world return to the ancient
times. All of this has occurred so fast we cannot even follow it. It is as if the
world does survive it will become as it once was in the past, instead of moving
into the future.

So many strange things have happened, who could have ever known. So
much of this was revealed in the first notepad that the agents gave me, where
I mysteriously gained access to it having already had the second notepad.

Out of the East rose a megalithic economic bloc of nations, where the
monetary reset included bringing back gold and silver to be the cornerstone of
the economy. Again, it is as if it is all returning to another time.

Sadly, for the Americanus and parts of Canada and Mexico the entire
region has been culled to maybe a few million. Most cities were burned to the
ground during the great riots.

Disease and famine removed and took the lives of almost everyone in
the urban areas, cities are all but wastelands. Those who could live off the
land in rural Americanus, many of them teamed up with others of like mind
including many races of the Americanus Indians and they have pulled their
resources together.

Page | 297
 Time-Loop Chronicles
These have had the best chance of survival, but there won’t be many left
as food is basically obsolete. Animals are all but gone, as many of them were
destroyed in the riots as gangs fought for food and clothing.

The U.S. Government fully collapsed in late 2016 when it was proven
they were engaged in a conspiracy to overthrow their own people and take
over the globe using deception and lies.

Great death followed via the weather wars as well as the internal civil
war that proceeded. It became known that technology was being used to
subvert the weather, which has now made the planet basically unlivable for
billions of people.

It also seemed to ignite the new northern Ice age, which has severely
hampered and harmed all of Canada down to the Midwest of the U.S. and
Northeast region of the country. If I had not been aware and seen much of
this with my own eyes and ears, I would say this was a bad dream, a terrible
nightmare of a life-time long ago.

Even now as I am reporting this in Puerto Vallarta, a massive earthquake

and multiple volcanos have erupted in the South Pacific around the ring of
fire.

A major volcanic eruption had also occurred in the Yellowstone of

Wyoming about two months ago, followed by multiple 7.0 aftershock
earthquakes. But it was not nearly as bad as some had feared. Yet many lost
their lives as far as 600-miles away due to this event.

The San Madrid fault also busted loose, dividing the Mississippi river into
three parts and dividing the country from the East and West. Several fault
lines including the San Andreas created a massive separation of land from
Seattle down through San Francisco all the way through Los Angeles and
spread even down into the Baha regions.

Page | 298
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
Some regions in central California there is a large swath of sea water
inland nearly two miles wide, some of the water penetrated via earthquake
sub tectonic plates from as far west from San Jose to about 800 miles east
through Nevada that reached all the way to the Great Salt Lake in Utah,
adding billions of gallons of salt water. The destruction is paramount.

What few reports that are coming in now here to Puerto Vallarta, we
have been warned that a wall of water 200-feet high blamed on these oceanic
earthquakes is heading our way and will envelope much of the area of
Western Mexico in a massive Tsunami this evening.

Sadly, I leave this world with great sorrow as to what it might have been,
instead it is turning into the abomination that makes desolate.

This will be my last entry in my diary, as I now have the keys to walk
through the gate and finally return home, but sadly I will have to wait and be
plagued by the deception of lost memory until I return to find my many clues.
Everything that was written in the notepads has all come true.

It is my fervent wish that the next time I will make things right, at least
that is my dream. With all my love to my wife, my sweet love that passed on
earlier this year. Until we meet again, I promise I will get it right the next time.

My special thanks are to go out to Tim E. Trovel and to his wife, my

cousin, Annie May, the Chief and his soul mate, for giving us all the chance
to become free and to find our own personal soul-food within.

Signed: William ‘Kikapoo’ Keuinedes - April 14th, 2017

Page | 299
 Time-Loop Chronicles
(29) The Awakening

The Days Wind Down – A New Beginning

January 1st, 2016

Federal Bureau Investigation officers and agents in league with Federal

Emergency Management Agency along with the National Security division…

Today the Bureau will be taking a class with some FEMA and NSA agents,
dealing with the ancient culture of the Anasazi. It was a long-lost tribe that
disappeared long ago without a trace.

The turmoil that is occurring in the country as the government is all but
collapsed, may not cease and we may need to find another way to exist. These
are difficult times and it doesn’t appear as if anything is going to get better.
We must be prepared for every eventuality, even the end.

The U.S. Government is now located in Bluffdale, Utah under the flag of
the NSA. It had moved from Washington D.C. to Denver and lasted only 8
months before it was abolished. It is now only hanging by a thread.

These remaining groups, who have maintained their allegiance to the

country and their agency, while excelling in their specialized fields, they are
being sent to a seminar outside of Salt Lake City.

Somehow most of Utah was one of the only states to have escaped the
great riots and the destruction. And now with the renowned, William
‘Kikapoo’ Keuinedes a 30-plus year veteran of the archaeologist and
geographic scientific field of possible ancient alien cultures. That which
remains of the Federal Government are being retrained on how to bring back
the country using ancient knowledge.

Page | 300
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
They are seeking William’s help in using this ancient knowledge to
understand how to restore the country under the guidelines of protecting the
land and one another.

Mr. Keuinedes has been teaching on this subject for over 35-years. He
resigned from Brigham Young University as tenure to explore on his own.

Along the way, he has discovered some long-lost information that may
help us better understand what happened to the Anasazi tribe, and he has
agreed with the remaining few of the Federal Government agencies to reveal
some of this amazing data to aid in possible restoration.

Agents Stram and Thol stood by each other as they were given their daily
manifesto. Agents Stram looked over to Agent Thol saying, “Damn, we can’t
seem to get away from these strange cases dealing with the Anasazi. Did we
do something wrong in a past life or something?”

They both chuckled, and proceeded to walk out the door to their car and
drove to the seminar.

There must have been 3000 agents sitting in this large amphitheater
encircling the professor whom stood in the center, it was an outside event.
The professor thought the outdoors would drive home the point even more as
to the life and times of the Anasazi, by feeling the subject matter rather than
just listening to it.

As the agents located their seats, they then patiently waited until the
professor was announced. He brought on the center stage a large felt painting
of what appeared to be an Indian Chief and his mate. The painting was placed
on a table that could turn slowly in a 360˚ pattern so all the agents could at
least get a view of it. Mr. Keuinedes stood also on a platform that turned
slowly.

As they began to set up their note taking, Stram looked at Thol, and said
quietly. “Hey, by the way, did I ever tell you that I read the entire notepad that
Page | 301
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Tim Trovel had kept in his journal of his ‘mass delusional events’ before I
handed it back to him?’”

“No.” Thol declared, “You didn’t tell me you read it all. I mean we both
sort of examined it, but we felt there was nothing to it other than what had
already been identified. I never really thought twice about it.”

Whispering, Stram replied, “I tell you what, I did read it all, and it was
weird to the core… Anyway, it would make for a good book or movie. There
was some heavy shit in there you would not believe.

Stuff like the earth is a time machine, and it is traveling back and forth
between two dates, over one-thousand years apart. And by what I could glean
out of the book, we are near at that time now.”

“That is some weird shit, no doubt.” Thol affirmed.

“Yea, it gets a whole lot deeper than that, but you really have to be
wearing your boots and waders.”

Both laughed a little too loud just in time for the professor to say,
“Please everyone, I realize we are outside, but to be able to hear everything I
am saying, you need to be attentive and refrain from talking.”

The Professor continued… “Today I want to discuss about the enigmatic

tribe that disappeared from our shores 800-years ago in and around the 13th
century. These ancient Native Americanus left a secret story behind, and once
you discover the clues would stand your hair on end and knock your socks off,
and today it could easily become a great book or movie.”

Agent Thol turned her head over towards Stram, “Dang, that is weird,
talk about Déjà vu.”

The Professor continued… “I am holding in my hands a long-lost writing

which was mysteriously handed to me by a close relative that wanted me to
Page | 302
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
reveal its content. The book is very old, and the carbon dating has it close to if
not exact, at about 800-years ago. Now if that is not amazing enough. This
work appears to be from our time.”

Gasps in the audience revealed shock and dismay.

Stram with his eyes wide opened as to reveal his denying thoughts, “Is
he kidding me, he also has a notepad that was dated back that far. How
strange is that?”

Thol Replied, “Yea, that is pretty far out there, but how is there two
notepads?”

Stram, realizing the answer was obvious. “Oh, of course, he must have
gotten it from Tim Trovel. Oh god, the professor is in for the shock of his life.
This stuff is all bullshit. How did he get taken in like this?”

The Professor continued… “Yes indeed, we do not have the answers, but
we know this work is very old and yet it appears to be a writing of our day, in
fact… Maybe I shouldn’t even reveal this, but the writing seems to be on a pad
of paper that was bought from a local store in our time, possibly in the 80’s,
and it still has the corporate logo.

If you want to check it out after the meeting then come on down here
and you will see the word, ‘Walgreens’.”

Again, gasps in the audience revealing their stunned disbelief.

“Was this the work of time travelers? Was this alien intervention? Well
we do not have all of the answers, but the clues as they start to build up
reveal something rather amazing here”.

Stram then blurted out with a shrill derision in his voice, “Oh my god, the
shit is about to hit the fan.”

Page | 303
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Thol poked his rib cage with her elbow and quietly said, “SHHH, quiet,
geez!”

Stram replied, “We can’t let this guy make a fool of himself, that crap is
fraudulent, it’s all made up.”

Thol couldn’t help from laughing and she replied, “I know, but orders are
orders, we have to be here.”

“Don’t you think we should say something, this guy is going to make a
fool out of himself, and all of us? I don’t know what he has been doing for 35-
years, but this guy is a looney tune. How could he buy into this nonsense? It is
absolutely insane.”

Obviously Stram was not amused, one may wonder if it is because he

was afraid of the possibility of it all being real, and he did not give it that
honor. Was it fear, anger, jealousy, even envy? Whatever it was, Stram was
not amused.

From this point on Stram and Thol spent the rest of their time scribbling
in their notepads ignoring the professor and chuckling ever so often as they
sat there defiantly resisting the professor’s theories. This brought the closest
officers that were in ear range to become rather agitated by this show of
insincerity of this rebel like mentality.

Finally, the two-hour seminar ended, and both agents decided to take a
closer look at the gigantic felt painting. When they got there they both
recognized the all too obvious faces of Tim and Annie May Trovel when they
were younger.

Each of them were wearing ceremonial dress of the Ancient Anasazi

Indian tribe. And they both looked very young. This disturbed them a little
until they realized it had to be a younger photograph of them that had been
taken.

Page | 304
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
And yet the two agents couldn’t shake the fact that they both believed
they knew these two when they were younger and as they stared at the
painting it became all too obvious that an old memory was returning.

As the professor was gathering his notes and placing them in his brief
case. Agent Stram turned around and said, “Professor, hi, I am Agent Max
Stram, and this is my partner, Agent Laura Thol. We want to ask you a few
questions.

“Sure.” Replied the ever so eager professor to speak more on his favorite
subject.

Laura Thol still glued to the painting said, “Is it me, or do I know these
two people?”

Agent Stram replied, “What’s up with you, of course we know them.”

“No, I don’t mean know them, I mean, didn’t we meet these two before,
the same two and they looked exactly what this painting reveals?”

“Thol, I think we have been on this case too long and it is started to warp
your thinking. We never met them when they were young, how could we? We
would not have yet been born when these two were at this age.”

“I don’t know Max, something about this picture is really bothering me,
like a recollection deep within me, and it’s haunting me.”

“Laura, be logical, (Anger setting in with Stram.) it is not possible!”

Stram then queried the Professor. “Where did you get this photograph
of these two people that the felt painting was made from? I mean you got to
be aware that these two people are very much alive and living in this world
today and they are not even Indians?”

Page | 305
 Time-Loop Chronicles
The professor startled them by his immediate response. “Ah, I guess you
know more than most?”

“What does that mean?” Stram demanded.

“Well you seem to know the origin of the painting’s couple. The truth is,
the couple in this picture were very much alive in our time; approximately 32
years ago, but somehow were also back in time, 800 years ago.”

Stram not wanting to correct the Professor did not try to spoil the
comment by saying that the Trovel’s are very much alive today in 2016, versus
1984. He thought, maybe the Professor is referring to the time that the
Trovel’s had this photograph taken when they were younger. But this idea
that they were back in time 800-years really started to push the boiling point
in Stram.

“Well, professor don’t you think that being part of this fraud and forgery
is a tad deceptive? I mean, why are you telling everyone that these people are
ancient Indians from the Anasazi, when you know they aint?”

The professor laughing under his breath trying to figure out a way to
respond. “DO I REALLY know that?” The professor laughs. “Did you know I had
Tim in my class back in early 80’s? I knew him and especially his wife, but I also
know where this painting came from. And the two don’t add up, that is why I
am so desperately trying to find their secret.”

“Secret? You mean you think they went back in time?” Thol responded.

“This amazing felt painting was not taken from a photograph. It was the
result of a modern-day painter, taking an old drawing and then turning it into
this very lovely work of art.”

“Wait a minute.” Agent Thol proposed, “You just agreed that this was a
photograph taken 30-years ago, and now you say it is an ancient work of an
old drawing. This don’t add up, what is your game?”
Page | 306
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
“May I call you Laura?”

Agent Thol is very agitated. “No, please don’t”

Well, Agent Thol, there is no game here, let me prove it to you. I didn’t
say this is a painting of a photograph, Agent Stram did, in truth it is a
manufactured painting of an old drawing.”

The professor went back into his leather briefcase and zipped it back
open and from the contents he removed a small but very old book. He told
them, “This was the book the drawing was in. And this is not someone’s
figment of their imagination.” As he opened the book the two agents peered
in and turned white as ghosts.

The professor continued… “This is a real 16th century book that is widely
and commonly known to collectors. In it, it describes the artist view as he
commented about the couple in his drawing that, ‘they were not of this
world.’ Yes, what indeed could the artist have been implying, about them not
being part of this world?

Some contended that he had been in contact with aliens, but we now
know he witnessed a 20th century couple of two people that somehow had
left their world and had jumped back in the 13th century. The story says, ‘that
they went back in time and soon they vanished from the world permanently.’

This ancient artist then made a drawing of the couple first hand, of
whom he claimed he had never seen again and then later the entire Anasazi
tribe vanished with them.

This drawing to date was stunning for the time it had been done. Yet it
was a masterpiece as you can see by this fine artwork here.” As the Professor
pointed to the painting.

Page | 307
 Time-Loop Chronicles
“Somehow the drawing survived. In the book under the drawing, the
artist comments were in the old Athabaskan language, ‘this was a drawing of
the Indian Chief, Animae Cibus and his mate Annie May.’

This is when the mystery becomes convoluted. This artifact drawing was
discovered and kept by a tribe of Navaho, until they were conquered by an
invading tribe of Indians from the East. And the artifact ended up in the hands
of a European traveler known as, Cristobal Colombo. Don’t ask me how, it just
did.

He then returned this drawing back to Europe and handed it personally

to Queen Isabella of Spain. Of which was later added to this 16 th century book
of, ‘Common Red-Face Collections of the Americanus West.’”

Both Stram and Thol were now shaken from their head down to the tips
of their toes. The professor could tell they were extremely frightened, as if a
hidden secret was somehow unveiled within their minds.

They both knew they had met the older Mr. and Mrs. Trovel, they
couldn’t understand how a drawing could have been of the two of them when
they were younger at which point they then went back in time and vanished.
This could not be possible.

Finally, the stories that the Agents were told by the Trovel’s as well as
the notepad that Stram read in full, started to unravel within their brains. It all
started coming together in their minds. Now the Agents were on a mission.
They were heading back to Southern Utah to speak to the Trovel’s who they
had last talked to about a year and a half ago.

When they arrived, they went directly to the Trovel residence. There was
an obvious difference, the house was painted yellow from the white and blue
paint it had been prior, and strange children were outside running and playing
around in the front yard.

Page | 308
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
The two agents walked up to the front door, and began to knock. When
a woman of obvious Spanish descent and dialect opened the door, and said,
“Hola ¿quién es usted?”

Agent Thol immediately knowing she was wondering who they were, she
replied. “Yes, we are agents of the FBI and we are looking for a couple named
the Trovel’s.”

The woman unsure of what they meant said, “No we not trouble here,
we family and uh, mis hijos.”

Both agents glanced back and forth to one another, and again, this time
Stram remarked. “No, we are not after your children, we are looking for the
couple who owns or owned this house, do you know where they are?”

Again, the woman said, “No, this is mi casa, no one other.”

“Mam”, Stram replied, “How long have you lived here?”

“Lived here?” The woman gasped in deep thought, “Oh, lived here, siete
años, ah, has been, ah, seven year.”

Now the agents realized that there was definite cause to be concerned.
They then excused themselves and drove to the county courthouse and spoke
to the clerk of courts over records, and asked them if they could tell them who
owned the Trovel’s house. And to let them know if the Trovel’s lived there or
if they ever did. The clerk of courts did reveal the source due to the fact it was
never a sealed case.

Clerk of courts said, “Yes there was a family named Trovel that lived in
the house back in ‘1984,’ but mysteriously disappeared, and were never found
again. The house went up for auction in 1987, and since then three different
families have lived in the house.”

Page | 309
 Time-Loop Chronicles
The two agents walked out of the courthouse and went to their car as
silent as a mouse. They sat there in stunned silence and total shock.

Thol looked at Stram, “Max are we losing it? Didn’t we just go to the
Trovel’s house? Didn’t we find the body of the old man that happened to be
Tim Trovel? Didn’t we speak to Mrs. Trovel in her home and at the hospital?
What in the God forsaken hell is going on here?”

“Laura, I think we may have been in the twilight zone, but this time for
real. I think the two of us need to return to pay a little visit to a strange mesa
outside of town.”

“Is that wise Max, it seems when we go they’re strange things occur.”

“The last time we were there, (Max said) nothing happened, I think that
is because we didn’t go back to the cavern entrance, we found the body laying
outside. This time we must go back to the cave entrance.”

Neither one of them disagreed with the idea, they now wanted to know
what in the world was happening. They now remember that they did go there
back in the past when they met Tim Trovel. Laura Thol remembering, “I knew
something was odd when we went to their house, I am slowly recovering the
lost memory.

I knew their town seemed out of date, and they were driving an older
car, and yet everything looked nearly new. We somehow went back in time to
an earlier year.”

Both began their trek not even the least concerned that that were not
prepared for the hike, they just had to return to the scene in hopes they could
solve this strange and uncanny enigma. They finally made it back to the mesa
from the back side, as they turned around to the front, once again there was
no doorway in sight.

Page | 310
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
But to their utter shock and bewilderment, sitting on the tree in front of
the Mesa wall was none other than a very young Tim Trovel just like they left
him once upon a time. It was as if he never moved. As the agents walked over
to Tim they noticed his eyes were closed, Laura asked, “Is he asleep Max?”

Stram replied, “I think so.”

Finally, Stram walked up to him and shook him crying out, “Hey wake up
old timer.”

Tim awakened and looked up to the agents as they wondered what

happened to him. He said, “Everything went black, didn’t you notice that? It
was daylight and then nighttime and now it is daylight again.”

“Sure Mr. Trovel, (Stram quipped) we saw it too.” (Trying to make small
talk, and placating with him, even though they didn’t know what he was
talking about. They wanted information now, they really wanted to know.)

Tim then stood up as if he had been revived from death. And everything
went black again. Tim transformed before their eyes into, Chief Animae Cibus.
His mind became sharp and he knew exactly what to tell the two agents.
“Welcome back Agents, what I am about to give you is the complete version
of my notes I wrote down the first time I took this journey.”

Laura barked out, “The first time?”

“It is difficult for me to explain to you what happened. These notes will
explain everything even what happened to me beyond the gates of time over
multiple time-loops.

When you have both events from the two times that I went beyond the
veil. You may want to divide them up into chapters revealing also the missing
days and the time-loops. It will reveal the holographic nature of this world and
how all of this is an illusion, a dream.

Page | 311
 Time-Loop Chronicles
At this point you may think it is a very bad dream, maybe even a
nightmare, but I assure you, whatever you think it is doesn’t really matter,
because it is, what it is. Read this notepad, read it all, and then go find
Professor William ‘Kikapoo’ Keuinedes.”

Stram bolted out, “Are you kidding me we just had a seminar with him.
He claimed to have the notepad from the trip from your 2nd journey.”

“Amazing how that happens, isn’t it?” (The Chief replied)

The Chief continued… “He truly does have the original 2nd timeline
experience. The other one was lost when my wife from another time
destroyed it, until you returned it to us. Now as you bring both parts together
and put all of this into one writing, make sure you work together to get our
message out to the world.

It is important that you realize that my wife and I have not been part of
your world for a very long time. I know this may not make sense, but it is true.
We have passed beyond the veil into a new dimension long ago. But for you it
will seem as if it was yesterday.

Please tell the world our story, they need it now more than ever. The
deadline is coming again for your timeline to merge back into the 10th century.
Do not wait, you are a little more than a year away from the time-loop; April
14th, 2017. You must use all the resources available to you to get this work out
to the world in a hurry.

When the work has been completed with both parts, please call it, “The
Time-Loop Chronicles - The Day the Earth fell backwards.” And simply add
your names as the author. There is little time left.

You will have all the information, everything is there, just copy it all, edit
it and then release it to the world. And do not worry about what people might
think of you, and how you will be attacked and maligned. None of that

Page | 312
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
matters anyway, because in truth it is all a dream. Finish this work and the
doorway will be opened for the both of you.

We will both be waiting patiently for your return the day that this event
occurs. May the Spirit of the Great Father and Mother rest upon your souls,
and until we meet again, blessed be your fruits.

Agent Thol grabbed the notepad and instinctively read a portion of what
was written. The words were…

“Chief, why is it so easy to manipulate the people, why can’t they

understand they are stuck in a time-loop?

You would think out of the 8-billion people that will arrive on the scene,
that more than a few would come into agreement that something is very
wrong here. But no, it doesn’t seem to develop into the mass consciousness.”

As the agents were unable to even speak looking horrified as they both
thumbed through the notepad that Stram had completely read once before,
they both were truly freaked out.

The Chief then said, “Our work is now done. We have given the world
everything we know in bits and pieces through dreams, multiple time-loops
and various other ways, to help the true souls to awaken. Now it is up to
whoever takes this mantle upon themselves to deliver the message to the
next generation and future time-loop participants.

There is only one area where sadness still exists for us and that is what
we are trusting you for. We cannot forget our friends of whom are still
sleeping in their coma, hearing, but do not hear, seeing, but do not see.”

As Stram was reading over Laura’s shoulder they both whispered the last
two words at the same time, ‘Wake up!”

Page | 313
 Time-Loop Chronicles
Thol turning to Stram then commented, “How are we going to be able to
pull this off?” Thol and Stram turned back to see what the Chief would say.

The Chief then told them “Go now, you have much to do in a very short
time.”

The blackness of night gave way to the light of day. And Maxwell Stram
and his partner Laura Thol, were completely by themselves.

Thol said, “How can any of this stuff be real, is it like Tim Trovel said, was
all of this a figment of our imagination, are we going crazy? Yet how do we
account for what we saw and know that we experienced it?”

Stram uttered, “How are we supposed to pull this off inside a year. Our
country has serious issues; information technology is basically all but shut
down. There is no way. The truth is, we barely believe this happened, how can
we convince even one other soul?”

Thol Replied, “Max what about the professor, he has the other notepad
and he has some pull even with our departments. And now along with what
he has, we have the rest of the story. Maybe we could pull this off to help
awaken at least a few people? Come on, this has to be real, we didn’t dream
this up, did we?”

“Didn’t we?” Stram barked out. “Isn’t this what this entire story is about,
dreams? Laura think about it, this world appears to be on the edge, millions
have already died in the great riots, and we are trying to rebuild our country
and the world. Our minds are saturated with end of the world type scenarios,
everywhere we turn, so who is to say we are not being fed a bunch of
baloney?

Yes, life is changing radically, but we can’t allow ourselves to accept our
fate as fact, believing that our world is going to be destroyed in less than a
year according to this crazy talk. Do you really want to accept this? Do you

Page | 314
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
really want to believe this world is going to end and begin again in some
wayward past of a dust bowl of the ancients?

We are the one’s repairing this world, we are making the changes for the
future not the past, it aint going to switch back one-thousand years, there is
simply no proof to validate this.

At least, I for one don’t believe any of this no matter how strange all this
stuff may appear to be on the surface, even knowing how real it may seem. I
am not going to tell the world that their cherished sacred reality is nothing but
a crock of shit! Are you really willing to do that Laura?”

Laura shook her head appearing to be in somewhat of an agreement

while lowering her eyes looking mournfully down on the ground, and then
began shaking her head back and forth to reveal, “‘NO!’ I am not willing.”

And as they turned around, Stram took the notepad out of Thol’s hands
and threw it back at the cavern wall where the Chief had been standing prior
to him vanishing, and it lodged comfortably within a hole underneath a large
rock. And agent Stram began to speak these final words...

“Let someone else find it and do the Chief’s bidding. As for me, I am out
of here.”

And the two of them put their sun glasses back on and returned home.

It’s now April 14th, 2017 - Until next time.

It’s now 937AD- Welcome back.

The Chief peering out partially from the void standing next to his mate,
Annie May, like a ghostly apparition, shaking his head back and forth while his
eyes revealed the sadness, saying, “Like I said, it just wasn’t their time.”

Page | 315
 Time-Loop Chronicles
His wife then responded, “That’s ok we knew it wasn’t for them yet,
however, we do know who it is for, don’t we?”

Back to the Future…

It is January 10th, 1959 while a five-year-old girl was up in the attic with
her mother. She noticed that her mother was digging through some old stuff,
while removing some junk and putting it aside while other things she would
place into other boxes. She then took out this old book with a handmade
leather binding and began to thumb through it.

The child stared at the book noticing that her mother seemed to be
deeply in thought while scrutinizing it, so she asked her- “Mommy, what is
that book about?”

“Oh, nothing really child, I never read it, but this was your Uncle’s book
before he passed away. He always told everyone that he found the material
for this book in some of his archeological finds, and it is about the future or
maybe the past, I am not totally sure, it is kind of out there.

He tried to keep the contents of this book hidden from other colleagues,
there was just something otherworldly about what he discovered. So, he kept
it hidden. But when he died, my sister gave it to me, she didn’t want to keep it
around, but she didn’t want to throw it away either.”

“Why mommy, why didn’t she want to keep it?”

“She had told me that she read it after her husband’s passing, and she
realized why he never wanted to expose this.”

“What was in it?”

“Well, honey, for one thing, according to her it had information about
their son in the future, which no one could possibly know. Her husband claimed

Page | 316
 The Day the Earth Fell Backwards
clues were left behind by their son from the future so when he returned he
could then... Oh it’s just too weird.”

“Please tell me, mommy.”

“Well, when these clues were followed they would lead to the most
important discovery ever. But she refused to believe any of it so she hid it away
to make sure no one found it.”

“What is it called?”-

The Time-Loop Chronicles – The Day the Earth Fell Backwards!

By: Professor Walter Keuinedes

“Mommy, we shouldn’t keep this book, let’s give this book to Cousin
William so he can have it when he goes on his dad’s anniversary of his first
archaeological dig, he would get a big ‘Kikapoo’ out of it wouldn’t he?”

“You and your names sweetie you are always teasing your cousin with
that name,” As the mother laughed heartily she replied, “You know something
since my sister has also passed now, I think you are right Annie May, that
sounds like a good idea, your cousin William deserves to have this.

It would be so cool to have something this groovy from his dad, even if it
is way out there, and of course since he loved to hike, like his dad did, in
searching the ancient burial grounds of the Anasazi, this would be right up his
alley.”

ad finem et principium –
∞
The End and the Beginning

Page | 317
 Time-Loop Chronicles
DISCLAIMER

This is a work of fiction in the genre of science fiction and time travel.
Although some names and places may be of commonality, the intended
subject matter was simply for entertainment.

Any name or place that is identical was designed for writer clarity and
not intended to copy a real person or place except for reasons of novelty. All
persons or places portrayed are fictitious.

Note: Much of the subject matter although science fiction the Author
had many of these incredible experiences through dreams, out of body, and
time travel etc. Thus, much of the content was based on personal experiences
in one form or the other.

Page | 318